pealdeniiah Apeieletiad ae ahe eink ase on - _ ee oabata bisadettatectedabimeeaaeaiatacaaeninadeienaaee Se uae jot dm toe pam Mejetend ote barstebeb-steirtteneie be Hetesiaiente ee Pree rene we seen SoacBepeeanee nantes prumpneracean ¥ ; : ebehansopuachstopapeseitonet ene eeerene wee NS pr Rn ek rt a Leet EPS ar NAN nt rrernesy Mbp ee LLE PEER AEL ATS IEG DAD OPTS OH ae on res + ee meee peeeentats elpeadeniieed Oe sales ae paebehs Wwe pats nee gee oo reninne sarin — a a [ setenorarntonts a aaaamntel osehetonnnryneatone 324 hk rw eee LN ee itd < eeee e baad aontene ee ‘ a ; Kes a " wen i bis ih Wee Weastt \é i { bil " - ; ve rahe Eh isha se RECORDS of the INDIAN MUSEUM (A JOURNAL OF INDIAN ZOOLOGY ) Vol. XII, 1916. EDITED BY THE DIRECTOR OF THE ZOOLOGICAL, SURVEY OF INDIA. Calcutta: PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES OF THE INDIAN MUSEUM. BAPTIST MISSION PRESS. IQI6. WEL. VIII. LES: X. XL DElE SLE: XIV. CONTENTS. ae es Part I. Published 29th February, 1916. Page On some undescribed Aphides from the collection of the Indian Museum i fs fe I On some Indian Cestoda, Pt. II xp aE 5 Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, No. 4 = of Bs a5 21 Report on a collection of Mollusca from the Cochin and Ennur backwaters ie a melo Four new species of Aulacobolus, Poc. (Diplopoda : Spirobolidae) from India... Mf me ee On the Hydrozoon Campanulina ceylonensts (Browne) 49 Part II. Published 28th March, 1916. The Evolution and Distribution of the Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae, with notes on the distinctive charac- ters of various species ae a Lt E50 Report on a small collection of Marine Mollusca dredged in shallow water in the Andaman Islands... 87 Part III. Published 19th May, 1916. A new Chlamys from Calcutta .. i ane LOW Description of two new Fish from the Chilka Lake .. 105 Description de la larve de Lasiodactylus chevrolatt, Reitt. (Coleoptera, Nitidulidae) Ns OO Contributions to a knowledge of the Terrestrial Isopoda Ol india ge belles oe oa om dels Part IV. Published 31st August, 1916. Notes on Indian Odonata ate ore oe 120 Some Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae from India and Borneo 137 Part V. Published 27th September, 1916. Notes on the Ciliate Protozoa of Lahore .. See 7 The Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum .. i SSS li Contents. Part VI. Published 31st October, 1916. Page XVII. Notes on the Freshwater Fish of Madras .. of 240 XVITI. Studies in Indian Helminthology, No. III .. xi ZOD Part VII. Published 16th November, 1916. XIX. On a collection of Oligochaeta belonging to the Indian Museum ae BP = Ee 299 Part VIII. Published 18th December, 1910. ae t Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum :— VI.—Indian Crangonidae ee be Sate ABEND VII.—Further Notes on Hippolytidae .. on; aos KISt OF -PeAT ES: —<>——_ Follow page Plates I—IV (Thelyphonidae) a: oe ee OO Plates V—VII (Hydrozoa) ia x AAS Plate VIII (Crustacea Decapoda) Ss = ee 30d Plates IX—XIX (Isopoda) a = aoe 128 Plates XX—XXTI (Beetle-Larvae) .. = Tie 370 Plates XXIII—XXIV (Cephalopoda) ig ee 3240 Plates XXV—XXIX (Fish) rs ae see 204 Plates XXX—XXXIII (Oligochaeta) we He 354 Plates XXXIV--XXXvV (Cestoda) .. Sie ae 2OS Plate XXXVI (Crustacea Decapoda) . . ie AOO List/Or AU LHORS. ANNANDALE, N., D.Sc. On the Hydrozoon Campanulina ceylonensis (Browne). I.— The Systematic Position and Synonymy of the species BHATIA, B.-.,..VM.Se: Notes on the Ciliate Protozoa of Lahore CHAUDHURI, B. &:,.D.Se: Descriptions of two new Fish from the Chilka Lake COLEINGE. We Hn MSc: Contributions to a knowledge of the Terrestrial Isopoda of India, Pt. Il ; Goot, P. van der. On some undescribed Aphides from the collection of the Indian Museum. +, GRAVELY, F. H., M.Sc. The Evolution and Distribution of the Indo-Australian Thely- phonidae, with notes on the distinctive characters of vari- ous species .. = = me Some Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae from India and Borneo Kemp, S., B.A. Notes on Crustacea Decapoda in the Indian Museum :— VI.—Indian Crangonidae ne VII.—Further Notes on Hippolytidae LAIDLAW, F. F. Notes on Oriental Dragonflies in the Indian Museum, No. 4 Notes on Indian Odonata .. : ERODE DSc. On the Hydrozoon Campanulina ceylonensts (Browne). II.— Life History of the Hydroid and Medusa Massy, ANNE L. The Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum MAUvULIK, S., B.A. A new Chlamys from Calcutta PEYERIMHOFF, P. de. Description de la larve de Lasiodactylus chevrolati, Reitt. (Coleoptera, Nitidulidae) . Page 49 177 105 ETS IOI 10g vi List of Authors. PRESTON. Heeler Report on a collection of Mollusca from the Cochin and Ennur backwaters i? Se — Report on a small collection of Marine Mollusca dredged in shallow water in the Andaman Islands SILVESTRI, F. Four new species of Aulacobolus Poc. (Diplopoda: Spiro- bolidae) from India nee he aes SOUTHWEDI. Ip eAeiaGn SC. er oA Sen ee eles O. On some Indian Cestoda, Pt. II STEPHENSON, J., M.B., D.Sc. On a collection of Oligochaeta belonging to the Indian Museum : STE WARD ths le DESC. Studies in Indian Helminthology, No. III SUNDARA Raj, B., M.A. Notes on the Freshwater Fish of Madras 41 INDEX. —<>—— N.B.—An asterisk (*) preceding a line denotes a new variety or subspecies; a dagger ({) indicates a new species; a double dagger (t) a new genus or sub- genus: synonyms are printed in italics. A Page Abalius Pp O83, Wig Wer G2 manilanus 78, 81 nasutus ie a 81 rohdei 6 50 Fy ll samoanu } 78, 81 willeyi : Gi (ik Abothrium crassum . . 6 fragile 6 rugosuim 6 Abralia andamanica. . 239 trigonura : 240 Acanthoctrrus macropeos 13 macrovostratus. . 13 Acanthosepion hasselti 223 Aceraius .. af Lee pmmieyo) grandis hirsutus 142, 143 helferi 143 kuwerti 142 pilifer ae 143 Acmaeodera adspersula ene SCL Aegeon .. ++ 355, 374, 375, 383 affine a6 se 376 andamanense. . 375, 379 bengalense 375, 379 cataphractus Say WOR Byae! habereri 374, 375 lacazei 374, 375 medium 376, 3775 378 obsoletum BVO sw, orientalis 374, 375, 378 pennata - 375 379, 377 propensalata .. Me BAO B97) Aegeon (Parapontocaris) anda- manense 379 bengalense 379 Aegus 56 150 roepstorffi 147, 149, 150 Aesalus scarabaeoides Sis 147 Agrilus anxius 155 auricollis 155 granulatus 155 ruficollis Sa eas Agrioninae 4 Ditiey AKO Akidinae .. 158 Akis bacarozzo 158 punctata 158 veflexa 158 Alaba rectangulata 30 Albula conorhynchus .. DES vulpes Alectrion unicolorata Aleochara bilineata .. Alope aS Alphitobius diaperinus fage Ey, mauritanicus piceus 2 Alphitophagus bifasciatus Ambassis ambassis commersont miops myops ranga ee Amblypharyngodon .. microlepis mola Aimia calva Amphibia. . Amphicotylinae ee Amphilephus fasciola. . Amphiprion percula .. Amphotercotyle elegans Anabantidae bic ; Anabas scandens 250, 251, 276, Anaitis calophylla Anatinacea Ancylocaris aberrans Ancylocheiva douet Angasia ayvmata Anguilla australis bengalensis bicolor elphinstonei Anguillidae ae Anomalocardia squamosa Anomia Anoplocephalinae Anthaxia inculta umbellatarum . . Aphanisticus consanguineus krugeri Aphididae. . Aplocheili.. te A plocheilus melanostigma panchax vubrostigma Aplustridae Arachnida Arca 251, Page 28 150 387 168 169 169 169 167 279 279 279 1 2g) 278 277, 278 390 153 399 265 266 265 266 266 251 36 Arca granosa Arca (Anadena) holoserica Arca (Fossularca) lactea Arcacea a Arcidae Ardeola grayi Argis - Argonauta boettgeri boéttgeri Argonautidae Arius falearius Armadillidiidae Armadillidium Ac Armadillo.. infuscatus intermixtus nigromarginatus Armadilloidea Asida bigorrensis corsica dejeani jurinei sericea Asidinae A stevoteuthis andamanica Aulacobolus yexcellens fgravelyi tnewtoni thurstoni t+variolosus Aulacocyclus kaupi Aulophorus furecatus palustris stephensont Aviculariinae Barbus amphibius chrysopoma dorsalis filamentosus mahecola pinnauratus sarana sophore ; ZIsib stigma vittatus Bathybothrium Bathyteuthidae 3 Bathyteuthis abyssicola Belone cancila : Benthoteuthis megalops Bithynis +Bittium gravelyi Blaps chevrolati fatidica gigas lethifera lusitanica mortisaga mucronata obtusa plana cous 160 160 Page | Blaps producta 160 Blaptinae.. 159 Bolitonaeus quadridentatus 165 | Bolitophaginae é Se SLO Bolitophagus agavicola 165, 166 armatus ore 105 reticulatus 165 Bolitotherus cornutus 164 quadridentatus . . 165 Bos taurus 16 Bothridiotaenta 7 Bothriocephalus macrocephalus. . Fi. Bothriotaenia 50 8 Brachys aeruginosa Ree Is Buccinum .. Sys ay 29, 89 Bulla as a 92193 Buprestidae 152 Buprestis douei 3 153 Burmoniscus [G5 120, 127 tkempi 115, 127, 128 moulmeinus 126, 128 Bycrea villosa 163 Cc Calliteuthis 243 veversa 242 Calyptraea pellucida .. a3 go Campanulina 49, 50, 51, 55 acuminata ae 49 ceylonensis 49, 50 repens 50 Camptosomata IOI Capulidae .. 90 Cardiacea . 94 Cardiaspis pisciformis 156 mouhoti 156 Cardidae O4 +Cardiomya andamanica 99 Cardium Pe 94 Caridea 383, 394, 400 Cassidinae. . eon Catapiestus indicus D7 taupe | Catla buchanant is 254 catla 250, 251, 254 Catoxantha Mipeese tS Cephalopoda 185, 186 Cevandria cornuta eh KO Ceratognathus froggatti 146 tryvovatus 147 Ceriagrion.. : 132 cerinorubellum : 133 coromandelianum 132.34 erubescens ng 50 133 olivaceum 133 +rubiae 132 Cerithiidae a 2 Ceropria subocellata .. 167 Ceruchus tarandus 146 Cestoda .. a tis Sour | Cestoidea .. yey its) | Cetonia aurata 146 | Chalcophora virginiaca ig | virginiensis 152 , Chara 250 | Chela argentea ee Tene ORE clupeoides ac 251, 260, 261 Chenopus atrata TI ix Page *Cubaris brunneo caudatus 115, 121, 123 +cavernosus DES bee +chiltoni lity VPA sete: fdilectum 115, 120 texpansus 115, 119 fgravelii r15, 118 tlobatus 115, 124, 125 ioe ints 120 solidulus : 122 Cucujidae . 150 _ Cultellus subellipticus | 37 Cuspidaria annandalei 39 y7cochinensis ae 39 Cuspidariidae 33 5 3099 Cyclodinina ae 180 Cyclostrema micans .. ae Cyclostrematidae 33 Cylichna cylindracea. . sh g2 +Cylichnella seeds: ae 92 Cyprinidae ‘ 251, 278 Cyprinodontidae ots 251 Cyrenidae.. : 36 Cysticercus cellulosae 16 fasciolaris TOSn 7, pisiformis 16 D Davainea .. bie 5 Cina eee cesticillus 9 corvina . 9 echinobothrida 9 Davainea friedbergeri 8 polycalcaria 9 proglottina 5 ao Davaineidae as BO ey | Davaineinae SE Seay aS Davidius .. ar GE 280 RIS) aberrans 135 davidi a. we EAS *davidi assamensis 135, 136 zallovensis Bis 135 Dendrocitta 13 Dendroctonus III Diaperinae 166 Diaperis aenea 166 boleti ot 166 Dibothrium longicolle - nt ae 8 Dibranchia B75 Dicerca 157 divaricata oe 153 Dichogaster 299, 346 affinis 56) uayate! Dichogaster bolaui palmicola 300, 348 malayana te 346, 348 Dicranotaenta : i IO Didinium nasutum 180 Diorchis acuminata Te americana 13 Diplocanthus 10 Diplopoda. . 4I Dipylidiinae a a 13 Discosoma 385, 387, 389, 390 Dorcus : 149, 150 paraliclopipedus 146, 147, 148, 149 Dorvichthys : 269, 270 bleekeri 269 cuncalus 270 Page Cheraphilus oy Ae 355 Chilifera oe we 182 Chione imbricata 36 marmorata 36 Chiroteuthidae Se 243 Chiroteuthis (Chirothauma) impe- rator aye ah 243 Chlamydinae ae ae IO1 Chiamydodonta Be ey a Chlamys .. ae Je 101 ygravelyi 101, 102 Chrysobothris affinis .. aie 154 dentipes 154 femorata ae 154 Chrysochroa (Megaloxantha) bi- color gigantea . a8 W152 Chrysomelidae IOI Chrysophlegma flavinucha : II Cichlidae .. Seg IS Ciliata ee 2a3 77 Cirrhina reba 251, 254 Cirroteuthidae ‘ zo WO Cirroteuthis grimaldii 186, 247 macrope Rie ikoka meangensis : 5) RAS Cistopus bursarius .. a Bont indicus te 204, 205 Clarius batrachus.. 251, 262 maguy te 5 6 AIO Clupea finta Sy oe 6 ilisha Be sb Re Clupeidae .. a2 cre eS Cobitididae a Soe Lit Codokia fischeriana sy 37 Coelenterata 56 Coenagrioninae san 120 Coleoptera. . 59, 109 Colepina See kSO Coleps hirtus 180 Colpoda cucullus 182 Conchacea.. Bre 35, 94 y+Conradia cancellata.. 30 Coraebus bifasciatus .. 154 Coralliocrangon 384 +Corbicula cochinensis 5 36 Corvus macrorhynchus 8,9, 10 splendens oe So 9 Cotugnia .. ae aie Gi digonopora .. sie 8 Cranchiidae ae ae Lea eAlG Crangon . +355, 379, 383, 384 affinis i e380 cassiope 380 consobrinus oO crangon 379, 380, 381 hakodatei SOO propinquus eine eSteIO) Crangonidae c 355, 383, 384 Cricelomys gambianus_ Ns 18 Cristovomer namaycush ai 15 Crustacea Decapoda .. 355, 385 Crypticinae Peon Crypticus glaber 164 quisquilius 164 Cryptocheles 392 Cubaridae . 126 | Cubaris IIs, ‘117, I1Q, 123, 126 | falbolateralis .. 115, 125 Page | Doryrhamphus ae 269, 270 brachyurus .. 250, 251, 269, 270 | cuncalus 56 251, 270 | Dosinia laminata ee 5 94 | Drawida .. Sis 299, 307 ghatensis are 0 309 +jalpaigurensis es O7, robusta typica eyes O9 travancorensis. . oc 309 Drepanidotaenia ae LON er gracilis ae ie 12 lanceolata ote 30 12 E Echinocotyle Se ae 10 Echocerus corvnutus .. Se 167 Egeon orientalis te 5a SY) Hichhornia a Gy SE IKSS) Hirene oc oy: au 50 | Eledona agaricicola .. 50, 9 KOE agaricola on: eS Eledonella at se Die diaphana x PA. Ailey Pains heathi At ate 214 Elenophorinae sc 30 UB Elenophorus collaris .. Seat ey idls7/ Eleodes .. ae ee LOL dentipes ae 160, 161 | gigantea sic ee LO opaca ie es 161 Eleodiini .. 5A ae 161 Eleodinae .. Ee aise 160 EBleotris fusca S05 251, 286, 287 Blodean s- Sc en 3250 Elopidae .. ae Acme Elops apalike ae a0 BRR hawaiensis 36 ee ear indicus 3 DE, DEO | lacerta at 5.08 3252 machnata Ae 2 saurus ate Titan 55 Enallagma patvum .. 35 Tes Enchelina .. = aie 178 Enchelys arcuata ie yO) Engraulis purava oe Di 5 Als} Enoploteuthidae ae ao. 30) Episphenus indicus .. 141, 142, 143 neelgherriensis. . NSIS), Ait | Epitonium robillardi .. sire QI | Ethalia capillata ae 509 i, CD Etroplus on 285, 289 maculatus ae sit, ev, ails suratensis whe 251, 285, 286 Bucentrobolus Ae Ae 41 Eudichogaster Lis 299, 344, 345 bengalensis .. Ate 344 Eulima oxytata on a5 iin ON trossinsulae .. oe gI Eulimidae ot QI Euprymna morsei .. ye re eG Eutyphoeus 299, 342 *annandalei fulgidus ne 342 bastianus ae 5% 342 incommodus .. ae 342 | nicholsoni aS Peeana.| waltoni oe ae 342 | Helodrilus (Bimastus) ‘constrictus 352 eiseni parvus Page Exhippolysmata ite 385, 401, 402 tugelae 402 F | Figulinae .. : 149 Figulus striatus 146, 149 Folliculina 54 Fossaridae 30 Fulvia papyracea 94 G Gallus bankiva 9, 14 gallus sc 8 Gastropoda ah 277, Gelastocaris paronae.. 401 Glossoscolecidae 299, 349 Glossoscolecinae : iS 299 Glyphidrilus a 299, 300, 349 annandalei So SAIS) stuhlmanni Sia OO +tuberosus : 300, 349 Gnathocera (Cer andria) covnuta .. 167 Gnathocerus cornutus 167 Gobiidae : 251 Gobius giuris kokius .. 288 tostreicola 105 setosus 287 striatus : 50 250 Gobius (Acentrogobius) acutipin- TMS, i 5.0 251, 287, 288 neilli : 251, 287 Gobius (Glossogobius) giuris 251, 288, 289 Gobius (Oxyurichthys) striatus ou 289 Gomphinae 135 Gonocephalum intermedium 162 micans 163 Gonocephalum pusillum 163 pygmaeum 163 simplex 163 Greenidea . 3 Gryporhy nchus pusillus ae 13 Gryporhynchus (Acanthocirrus) macropeos : 13 H Hagenius aberrans 135 Halammobia pellucida 164 Halysis gracilis : ae 12 Haplochilus 270, 291, 292, 2903, 294. dayt a3 291 melanostigma 251, 266, 268, 269, 291, 203 melastigma Ee OO panchax sy. DOS: yubrostigma - 268, 291 Hectarthrum es 150 trigeminum 150, 151 Heliopathes abbreviatus 161, 162 gibbus big 162 ibevicus 161 Heliophilus ibericus .. 161 Helodrilus 299, 352 352 352 Xi Page Helodrilus (Hisenia) foetida 352 Helopinae. . Be 072 Helops agonus 172 angustatus 172 assimilis 172 cerberus 173 coeruleus 7 ecoffeti - 072 laevioctostriatus 172 lanipes 173 laticollis 173 pellucidus 173 pyrenaeus 173 styiatus 172 Hetervophaga opatroides 168 Hippocaimpi ay ae27O Hippolysmata 385, 401, 402 dentata 402, 405 ensirostris 385, 401, 402, 403 ensirostris punctata 403 vittata 402, 404, 405 Hippolysmata (Lysmatella) prima 404 Hippolyte 387, 391, 392 ventricosus 391 Hippolytidae 38 5, 402 Hispinae .. IOI Histioteuthidae 242 Holocrates gibbus ee eio2 Holophrya 178, 179 coleps ae 179 tindica 178, 179, 180 simplex 5.0 sole lyse) Holophryina 7 ' 2178 Hoplocephala haemorthoidalis . 166 Hydrobiidae 31 Hydromedion nitidum a 173 sparsutum Sc 173 Hymenolepididae Ry @p vt Hymenolepidinae 9, 10, 12 Hymenolepinae 23 ac 9 Hymenolepis 55 Oy WO; Wi, 1A, Ue), 208 capillaroides IO diminuta ie 10 flavopunctata .. 243 IO murina 16, 295, 296 nana 295, 290 Hypoctonus' 60, 61, 62, 6351677, 60.9734 79, 80, 81, 33 binghaii ar 68 birmanicus 68 +carmichaeli 67 formosus : 68 forymosus tnsularis 68 granosus 69 oatesi 61, 66, 107, 68 rangunensis 68 saxatilis 69 stoliczkae 60, 69 sylvaticus 69 _ wood-masoni 69 Hypophloeus bicolor . . 169 fasciatus 169 ferrugineus 169 linearis 169 pini 169 unicolor 169 | Page Ichthyotaenia 15, 16, 18 Ichthyotaenia (Acanthotaenia) nilotica : 15 Ichthyotaenia (Proteocephalus) ambloplitis .. a 15 pusilus ae td 15 Ichthyotaeniidae 15 Idotea 401 Infusoria . me 183 Inioteuthis japonica .. Aylin ATS, maculosa ; ZGSe 210 morvset 216 Iphthimus italicus 169 tIravadia annandalei 31 yennurensis 31 ytfunerea aA 30 Irene ceylonensis AQuE Sse 52 palkensis : 51 Ischnura ‘ 129 aurora 130, 131 delicata : 131 forcipata eed ea 2 gangetica 129, 130 Lmmst ‘ ie inarmata ESOs ust nursei : 131 rufostigma 4 PIO euair senegalensis .. 221 20he3O Isocerus purpurascens ee Lol TIsopoda EUG 2058 12 J Japatella diaphana 213 Julodis albopilosa 152 onopordi 152 L Labeo 253 calbasu PBN 253, 255 Labochirus 60, 61, "62, 63, 64, 67, 79, 80, 82, 83 africanus 64 andersoni .. 66, 83 browni er ae 66 cervinus 65 dawnae 66, 67 ellisi ae Ee O7 OS gastrostictus .. y's 65 kraepelini 65 proboscideus 64 tauricornis 65 Lacrymaria vermicularis s 180 Lamellibranchiata .. ses 33 Lampito 5 AO), SU, Gee +dubius F SH sy ts mautitii ae ane Sis Lampra rutilans 153 solieri 153 Lasiodactylus 112 caliginosus Be Pit chevrolati LOD LIO Lhe hue pictus mapa Ee Lates calcarifer 251, 278 Latreutes 302, "306, 398, 399, 402 Xil Page Page Latreutes anoplonyx .. .. 399 | Megascolecidae Ata 299, 411 laminirostris .. -- 399 | Megascolecinae 50 299, 327 mucronatus 396, 397, 398 | Megascolex aa 299; 327 planirostris .. 3960, 307 cingulatus 2 ‘ 329 planus Ae : 399 insignis os ne: 326 *porcinus 2 397, 398 konkanensis_ .. ie ese pygmaeus a 396, 398 Tpentagonalis .. a Geos unidentatus .. » 214609, fpumilio a ee aes Ee oe sheet thermalis 251, 261 ratus : me R27. Lepidotrias ae Io travancorensis. Ar 333 Leptaulax bicolor fs 139, 140, 144 | ytrivandranus .. ESCO. bicolor vicinus 140, 145 | Megascolides 299, 300, 311, 327 dentatus ae Aon edd *oneilli monarchis Some iS) Limunodrilus a2 299, 307 *tenmalai karakulamensis 311 Lionotus .. at .. 182 | Megeleates sequoiarum iA 165 Liosiphon stromphit .. ot 182 | Melanimontibiale .. ee 162 Litiopidae ee Es 30 | Melanophila abe se: 154 Litonotus .. Ss x, 182 | Melia azadirachta ; 109 fasciola Be 181, 182 | Melobasis cupriceps .. rd 154 varsaviensis .. 181, 182 tvidescens nS 154 Littorina arboricola .. oe 30 | Menephilus cylindricus afel .© Littorinidae a A 30 | Menephilus (Tenebrio) curvipes 170 Loliginidae Ae .. 218 | Meracantha contracta oH | Wg Loligo a B 204, 222 Meracanthinae ote as 173 indica 185, 218, 221, 222 | Meretrix casta ot be 35 pealii j a Pa ovum te 35 spectrum F a 221 zonaria Eo re 35 Loliolus investigatoris Se 92394 Wlesalia saya oe 32 Lordites .. a Le 113 Metroliasthes lucida .. =e 14 glabricula ice: mT I12 Microchaetinae ay a 299 Loxophyllum es 181, 182 | Micromelo undatum .. ie 93 fasciola Se 181, 182 | Micronympha aurora .. a 131 fasciola punjabensis 181, 182 vufostigma ve ae 130 Lucanidae és a 145 senegalensis ae beh 129 Luecanus .. <4 aa 148 Microphis SP ae 66 270 alces a .. 148 | Microzoum tibiale sis 162 cervus = 145, 148 | Mimoscorpius OZ ORb 71, 80, 83 saiga i 146 | pugnator Ey ie Ft Lucina semperiana .. ay gs | Mitophyllus irroratus. . pion heii Lucinacea .. Mi oe Sees Modiola taprobanensis es 35 Lucinidae .. aig Ns 7ELOS Mollusca .. .- .. 27, 87 Lumbricidae ae 2909, 352 Molurinae .. eye 158 Lyphia ficicola 22 .. 168 | Moniligaster deshayesi ‘gravelyi cfs GOO tetraphylla 2 we 168 : grandis a se 353 Lysmata .. S. 402, 404 | Moniligastridae + 299, 307 Lysmatella ae 385, 402 | Mormula .. 3 ae 32 prima aes 385, 402, 404 Muricidae .. fs a9 29 Mus decumanus j 16, 205 decumanus albino a 206 M | rattus 5 ok OnE g: Macrolinus : oe tate) | Mytilacea - a -+ 35,93 andamanensis .. .. 143 | Mytilidae .. + -+ 35, 93 Macrones.. _ ag 265 | Mytilus curvatus ie ie 93 cavasius as 251, 264 | keletius se 2b ieeZOn al vittatus ae 250, 251, 265 N Macropodus cupanus .. 251, 281, 282 | Naididae .. 5 299, 300 viridiauratus .. .. 282 | Naidium tentaculatum eee nO4! Mangilia gracilenta .. Ar 87 | Nais Sy 301, 302 Mastacembelidae bets .- 251 | Nandidae .. es BS eH Mastacembelus armatus 251, 2900 | Nandus marmoratus .. ores 2s pancalus ais 2502 he RZOO nandus ea 251, 278 Mastigoproctus oF 62, 63, 83 | Nassa 5 Ai Ls 89 Mecistocerus - 150, 151 denegabilis .. a 28 corticeus 5¢ Te oiti{o) +kempi oe 30 88 Megalops. a as "Spt ni-xe4e ; has, however, been able to examine a fairly large series of both forms, and as they never seem to blend he is of opinion that the one above described is quite worthy of specific rank. Family MuRICIDAE. Thais carinifera, Lamark. Anim. sans Vertébres, VII, 1822, p. 241. Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam; a single very immature specimen (fF. A. Gravely). Family CERITHIIDAE. Bittium gravelyi, sp. n. Shell minute, fusiform, purplish-brown, encircled by a spiral band of a darker colour; whorls 6, spirally lirate, not convex; suture impressed; columella margin curved; labrum acute, yellowish; aperture sub-cir- cular. pee lie 2025/0 iat: Mayne T 25 (nearly) sonay Fic. 4.—Bittium gravelyt, spon. X 8 Hab.—Cochin backwater, Fic. 4a.— io ee Sesculpture, near Ernakulam (PF. H. Gravzly). X10: Potamides (Tympanotonos) fluviatilis, Pot. and Mich. Cat. Moll. de Douar, p. 363, pl. xxi, figs. 19-20. Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (F. H. Gyavenyy. Family TIraripDAEk. Tiara (Platia) scabra (Miiller). Hist. Verm. Il, p. 136 (as Buccinum). Ennur backwater, Madras. 30 Records of the Indian Museum. (VOr,& SIeie Family L1ITTORINIDAE. Littorina arboricola, Reeve. Conch. Icon. pl. vi, figs..27, a and 6. Ennur backwater, Madras. Family FosSSARIDAE. Conradia cancellata, sp. n. Shell perforate, small, turbinate, in dead condition whitish ; wh Sa Fic. 5.—Conradia cancellata, sp. n. X 6. Fic. 5a.— do., — sculpture, OK Oe whorls 4, the first two smooth, the remainder cancellately sculptured with spiral lirae crossed by slightly ob- lique, transverse riblets, the last whorl convex ; suture impressed; perfora- tion narrow, smooth within ; columel- la margin descending in a curve, lab- rum continuous; aperture rather ob- lique, ovate. Alt. 3, diam. maj. 2°5, diam. min. 1°75 min. Aperture: alt, 1°25, diam. I mm. Hab.—Ennur backwater, Madras. Family LITIoPIpAE. Alaba rectangulata, Craven. Ann. Soc. Mal. Belg. XCV1, 1880. Ennur backwater, Madras. Family RISSOIDAE. Iravadia funerea, sp. n. Shell small, ovately fusiform, covered with a graytsh-black Fic. 6.—Ilvavadia funerea, sp. ity De tor Hic. 6a.— d0., sculpture, xe Oe periostracum; remaining whorls 3, sculptured with coarse, spiral lirae and showing traces of transverse stria- tion; suture impressed; columella margin vertically descending, diffused above into a very restricted, well defined, parietal callus which joins it with the upper margin of the labrum; labrum acute, angled by the terminations of the spiral lirae; aperture slightly oblique, elliptical. Alt. 2°75, diam. maj. 2, diam. min. 1°25 mim. Hab.—Cochiu backwater, near Ernakulam 19106. | H. B. Preston: South Indtan Mollusca. 31 Iravadia ennurensis, sp. n. Shell imperforate, small, cylindrically fusiform, in dead condition yellowish-white ; whorls 5, sculptured with regular, revolving lirae. crossed by fine, transverse striae ; suture impressed, finely lirate above; columella margin slightly oblique, dif- fused above into a thick, restricted and well defined, parietal callus which unites it with the upper margin of the labrum ; labrum varicosely thickened behind, outwardly bevelled, angled Fic. 7.—J/ravadia ennurensts, : : : sp. n. X 6, at each point of termination of the fic. 7a.— do., __ sculpture, revolving lirae; aperture rather ob- <8: lique, ovate. Alt. 4, diam. maj. 1°75, diam. min. 1°5 mm. Aperture: alt. I, diam.°75 mm. Hab.—Ennur backwater, Madras. Iravadia annandalei, sp. nu. Shell allied to T. ennurensis, but differing from that species in its more slender form, more acute lirations and obsolete, feaneverse striae, these latter being ale indistinctly ane : : : Rea 3 visible with the aid of the micro- th . { \\t scope; the aperture moreover is much i rr = . ' ‘ smaller than in that species and the a &Q labrum is quite continuous, while it is possessed of an extra whorl, making 6 in all. : Alt. 3°75, diam. maj. 1°5, diam. Fic. 8.—J/ravadia Ea ae min, I°5 mm. Fig. 8a— do., Seni Aperture: alt. 1, diam. °5 mm. x 18. Hab.—Ennur backwater, Madras (Type); Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (F. H. Gravely). Family HyDROBIIDAE. Stenothyra perpumila, sp. n. Shell perforate, minute, shortly fusiform, semi-transparent, polished, shining, milky white; whorls 4, the last convex; suture well im- am pressed; umbilicus narrow; labrum continuous, opaque white, a little \\) projecting in front; aperture almost ( ) circular. . A Alt. 1°5, diam. °75 mm. Hab.—Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (F. H. Gravely). Fic. gigi ee Oo. Sp. . . 32 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoxL. XII, Family NATICcIDAE. Natica marochiensis, Gmelin. Syst. Nat. p. 3675, No. 15. Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (Ff. H. Gravely) ; Ennur backwater, Madras (a single young and dead specimen from each locality). Family TURRITELLIDAE. Vanesia rambhaensis (Preston). Rec. Ind. Mus. X, 1914, p. 297 (as Terebra). Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam; a single specimen only (F. H. Gravely). The author is again indebted to Mr. T. Iredale for the above generic rectification ; the genus Vanesia was described by A. Adams in the Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 3, vol. VIII, 1851, p. 242, in whose opinion it might be allied to Mesalia and here the present writer is inclined to leave it; it certainly is far removed from the Opisthobranch genera among which it has found a resting place in the British Museum collection. Syrnola attenuata (A. Ad.). Sowerby, Thes. Conch., II, p. 811, pl. clxxi, fig. 22, 1855 (as Obelzscus). Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam; a single dead and worn specimen (Ff. H. Gravely). Pyrgulina humilis (Preston). Fourn Malac. XII, 1905, p.6, pl. 1, fig. 27 (as Pyramidella(Mormula)), Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, 1915, pp. 294-295 as Mormula). Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (F. H. Gravely). Mr. T. Iredale has again kindly assisted the author to a correction of former errors, he having very rightly pointed out that the present species should not remain in the genus Mormula but should be removed to Pyrgulina. var. chilkaensis (Preston). Rec. Ind. Mus. X1, 1915, p. 295 (as Mormula). Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam; found with the type from (F. H. Gravely). Family NERITIDAE. Theodoxus sowerbyana (Recluz). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1842, p. 174. Ennur backwater, Madras. 19t6, | H. B. Preston: South Indian Mollusca. 33 Septaria crepidularia, Lamarck. Anim. s. Vert., VI, 2, 1822. Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (F. H. Gravely). Family TROCHIDAE. Solariella deliciosa, sp. n. Shell small, rather depressedly conic, pale brownish-green, somewhat iridescent above, highly so on the base; whorls 4, carinately angled above the last volution also strongly carinate at the periphery, the upper carination being tuber- cled throughout, sculptured with very minute and closely- set microscopic, oblique, trans- verse striae; suture impressed ; umbilicus ornamented round Fics. 10, 10a, 106.—Solaviella delictosa, its margin with a broad ridge sp. n. X 6. crossed by regular transverse costulae, moderately wide; columella margin rather sharply curved, outwardly expanded above into a white wing-like projec- tion ; labrum acute, sharply angled at the base and at the point of termination of the peripheral carina; aperture depressedly dia- mond shaped. Alt 15, diam. maj 3°25, diam min. 2°75 mm. Aperture: alt. 1 25, diam. i mm. Hab.—Ennur backwater, Madras. Family CycLOSTREMATIDAE. Cyclostrema micans, A. Ad. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1850, p. 44. Ennur backwater, Madras. Class LAMELLIBRANCHIATA. Order TETRABRANCHIATA, Suborder OSTRACEA. Family OSTREIDAE. Ostrea madrasensis, sp. n. This species may be compared to O. virginica, Gmel. (= O. cana/ensis, Lk.) from the E Coast of N. America, it is however of a straighter form and thinner texture and is much more foliaceous externally, the left valve is more concave and the 34 FIGS. Records of the Indian Museum. 11, 11a.—Ostrea madrasensts, sp. Nn. [ VOL. 4 nat. size. r.O0 1916. | Hy, B, PRESTON : South Indian Mollusca. 35 inner margins of both valves, as well as the muscular scars, are of a deep purplish-black colour. Long. 140, lat. 56°5 mm. Hab.—Ennur backwater, Madras. Placuna placenta, [innaeus. Syst. Nat. ed, 12, p. 1154 (as Anomza). Ennur backwater, Madras (a single very juvenile specimen). Suborder MYTILACEA. Family MyvTirtmDaAe. Modiola taprobanensis, Preston. Ann. Mag. Nat. Ast. ser. 8, XVI, p. 84. Ennur backwater, Madras. Suborder ARCACEA. Family ARCIDAE. Arca granosa, Lin. Syst. Nat. ed. 12, p. 1142. Ennur backwater, Madras. Arca (Fossularca) lactea, Lin. Sista Nataed.-12)spsE ELT. Ennur backwater, Madras. Suborder CONCHACEA. Family VENERIDAE. Meretrix casta, Chem. Conch. Cab. VI, p. 349, pl. xxxiii, fig. 346 (as Venus). Ennur backwater, Madras; Cochin backwater, near Er:na- kulam ; juvenile specimens (F'. H. Gravely). Meretrix ovum, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1845, p. 21. Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam. Meretrix zonaria, Lamk. Anim. s. Vert. VI, p. 299. Ennur backwater, Madras; Cochin backwater, near Ernaku- lam (young specimens only from both localities). 36 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XII, Chione imbricata, Sow. Thes. Conch. II, 1855, p. 715, pl. clvi, figs. 81, 82. Ennur backwater, Madras. Chione marmorata, Lamarck. Anim. s. Vert. V1, p. 261 (as Venus). Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam. Anomalocardia squamosa, Lin. Syst. Wat.ied, 12;5p..4133, Ennur backwater, Madras (young specimens only). Tapes turgida, Lamk. Anim, s. Vert. VI, p. 353 (as Venus). Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam. Family CyRENIDAE. Corbicula cochinensis, sp n. Shell small, trigonal, covered generally and in type specimen FiG. 12, 12a,—Corbicula cochinensis sp. n. Pic. 126.— with a dark olive periostra- cum and showing traces of radiate painting; umbones not very prominent; both valves somewhat contracted in the posterior median part and coarsely and somewhat distantly, cotcentrically ridged towards the umbonal region, the ridges becoming suddenly finer and more closely-set and continuing thus to the margin: dorsal margin narrowly and strong- ly arched: ventral margin gently anteriorly rounded, x 6. elongated and very slightly do., hinge, x 9. Contracted posteriorly ; pos- terior side steeply sloping above, rounded below ; anterior side also sloping above, rostrate below ; inte1ior of shell dark livid brownish-violet. Long. 4, lat. 4 5 mm. Hab.— Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam. 1916. } H. B. Preston : South Indian Mollusca. 37 The colour of the shell varies from pale yellowish-green ia certain specimens to the dark olive of the type, the paler speci- mens showing a number of narrow, transverse, radiate, reddish or purple bands. Velorita delicatula, sp. n. Shell small, trigonal, dark olive gray; both valves sculp- tured in the umbonal region with fine, distant, concentric ridges which suddenly be- come much more serried and numerous, continuing thus throughout the remainder of the shell; umbones small, inwardly bent; dorsal mar- gin sharply arched; ventral margin slightly rounded, a little contracted posteriorly ; anterior side rather sharply rounded; posterior side slop- ing above angularly round- ed and a little rosirate below. Long. 5, lat. 6 mm. Hab. — Cochin back- Fics. 13, 13a.— Velortta delicatula, : sp.n. X 4. water, near Ernakulam pig, 139.— ae Ble oe (F. H. Gravely). Family SOLENIDAE. Cultellus subellipticus, Dunk. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, p. 421. Ennur backwater, Madras (two young specimens). Solen fonesi, Dunk. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1861, p. 419. Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (F. H. Gravely). Order DIBRANCHIA. Suborder LUCINACEA. Family LUCINIDAE. Codokia fischeriana, Issel. Mal. del Mar. Rossv, 1869, p. 83. Ennur backwater, Madras. 38 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. XII, Suborder TELLINACEA. Family TELLINIDAE. Tellina ennurensis, sp. n. Shell small, ovate, whitish, faintly tinged with pink, irides- cent, polished, shining, marked with fine, concentric growth lines and indistinct, closely-set, trans- verse striae, these latter being only visible with the aid of the microscope ; umbones small, not prominent ; dorsal margin gently sloping anteriorly, rather steeply sloping posteriorly ; ventral mar- gin anteriorly, and in the median Fics. 14, 14a.—Tellina ennurensis, part, gently rounded, a little sp.n.X 4. contracted posteriorly ; anterior side rounded, somewhat produced; _ posterior side shortly and bluntly rostrate. Long. 4°75, lat. 7:25 mm. Hab.—Ennur backwater, Madras. Tellina brunneo-flavida, sp. n. Shell convex, rather small, thin, roundly trigonal, pale yellowish-brown; both valves sculptured with slightly distant, concentric striae; umbones small, not very prominent; dorsal mar- gin strongly arched, steeply des- cending on both sides; ventral margin rounded, posteriorly exca- vated; anterior side rounded ; posterior side bluntly and abrupt- ly rostrate, angled from the umbone downward. Long, 7, lat.7°5 mun: Fies. 15, 15a.—Tellina brunneo- Hab. — Ennur backwater flavida, sp.n. X 3. : d s 7 Madras. Family SCROBICULARIIDAE. Theora opalina (Hinds). Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 78 (as Neaera). Ennur backwater, Madras; Cochin backwater, near Ernaku- lam (F. H. Gravely). Igr6. | H. B. Preston: South Indian Mollusca. 39 Theora translucens, sp. n. Shell allied to T. iridescens (Hinds)! from the Philippines, but much smaller and of a trans- parent yellowish-white colour, it having none of the milky semi- opaque appearance of that species ; it also differs in the somewhat mote prominent concentric lines and in being of a generally more regularly oval form, lacking as it does, the posterior ventral ex- cavation and both the anterior and posterior dorsal curves of T. wvidescens. Fics. 16, 16a.—Theora translucens Long. 5, Lat. 8°25 mm. sp. 1. X 4e Hab.—Ennur backwater, Mad- Tas. Suborder ANATINACEA. Family CUSPIDARIIDAE. Cuspidaria annandalei, Preston. Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, 1915, p. 308. Ennur backwater, Madras; Cochin backwater, near Ernaku- lam (F. H. Gravely). Cuspidaria cochinensis, sp. n. Shell small, thin, oblong, grayish-white, inequivalve, the left valve being slightly the smaller, both valves finely concentrically striate ; umbones small, rather prominent ; dorsal margin sloping anteriorly in a very slight curve and rather strongly curved and elongate posteriorly ; ven- tral margin very gently and elon- gately rounded; anterior side sharp- ly rounded ; posterior side produced, strongly angled from the umbone downwards, very abruptly and square- ly truncate. Long. 1°5, lat. 3 mm. Hab.—Cochin backwater, near Ernakulam (f. H. Gravely). Ss" —CSZp- 17 Fics. 17, 17a.—Cuspidaria co- chinensis, sp.n. X 8 1 Proc, Zool. Soc. London, 1843, p. 78 (as Neaera). Be a, a = er ee ft por V. FOUR NEW SPECIES OF AULACOBOLUS POC. .(DIPLOPODA: SPIROBOLIDAE) FROM INDIA. By F. SILvEsTrI. The genus Aulacobolus was proposed by Pocock ! for Sp/rvabo- lus uroceros, Poc , from Madras and up to the present comprises in addition only Sfirobolus thurstont, Poc., also from Madras. Mr. F. H. Gravely has sent me specimens of two species collected at Kavalai and Mr. L. Newton specimens of two more collected on the Pulney Hills. Exainination of this material his shown that the four species received by me are distinct among themselves and from the species named by Pocock, they are therefore des- cribed here as new. It is worthy of record that the species of Aulacobolus are all from Madras and South India, as are also the two species of Eucentrobolus, Poc., a genus distinguished from Aulacobolus only by the very strange sculpture of the body. Aulacobolus excellens, sp n. ? Corpus niger capite, antennis pedibusque rubro-testaceis, vel testaceo-latericils. Caput sulco mediano in fronte, inter antennas, interrupto instructum, sublaevigatum, striis tantum nonnullis transversis per faciem inferiorem exaratum, clypei depressione later ili sat pro- funda; oculi subrotundi, ocellis c. 38 compositi; antennae (fig. I, 3) accomodatae mandibularum stipites haud superantes. Col- lum (fig. I. 1) margine antico ad oculorum latum externum rotundatim vix producto, lateribus sat angustatis trunci segmenti primi latera brevi spatio haud attingentibus, angulo antico acuto, rotundato, angulo postico exciso, obtuso, late rotundato, superficie sublaevigata. Truncus. Segmentum primum lateribus quam colli latera deorsum aliquantum magis productis, carinam longitudinalem angulo antico acuto antrorsum aliquantum vergente, postico obtuso, margine infero integro formantibus; segmenti secundi latera ad segmenti praecedentis carinae libellam margine postico incrassaio et retrorsum paullum producto; segmenta cetera cylin- dracea. Segmentorum omnium praezona sublaevigata, vix coria- ria tantum subtus et postice sub poris striis nonnullis instructa, ! Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (7) XII (1903). 42 Records of the Indian Museum. [ViOV.< le metazona gradatim magis elevata ita ut segmentorum margo posticus supra segmenti sequentis praezonam aliquantum altior sit, parum coriaria et longe sub poris longitudinaliter striata; sutura ut linea tenuis, supra poros evanescens, manifesta est; pori magni; sterna transverse et profunde striata. Segmentum praeanale (fig. I, 2) in processum longum, gradatim attenuatum, aliquantum arcuatum (convexitate supera), acutum, valvulas anales spatio longo superantem productum. Lamina infraanalis lata, brevis. Valvulae anales marginibus bene compressis, depres- sione praemarginali parva. Pedes (fig. I, 5-7) sat longi et crassiusculi, ungue terminali longo. Fic. 1.—Aulacobolus excellens: 1. corporis pars antica lateraliter inspecta ; 2. ejusdem pars postica; 3. antenna; 4. hypostoma; 5. pedes primi paris; 6. pedes secundi paris; 7. pes segmenti decimi: A. lamina ventralis; S. pera stigmatica. Segmentorum numerus 51-54. Long. corp. 160 mm., lat. 12, long. antennarum 8, pedum paris decimi 9. @ Corpus quam idem feminae parum magis attenuatum pedibus parum longioribus et crassioribus et articulo sexto soleato. Organum copulativum vide fig. IT. Habitat.—Cochin State: Kavalai, 1300-3000 ft. (F. H. Gravely legit), Observatio.—Species haec caudae forma ad Aulac. uroceros (Poc.) proxima est, sed magnitudine, sculptura et metazonarum forma, facillime distinguenda. 1916. ] F, SILVESTRI: New Indian Diplopoda. 43 Aulacobolus gravelyi, sp. n. @ Corpus niger capite, antennis pedibusque rubro-testaceis vel latericiis. Caput laevigatum, medium sulco subcontinuo (tantum inter antennas subevanescente exaratum), clypei depressione laterali Fic. [].—Aulacobolus excellens: 1. organi copulativi par anticum antice inspectum ; 2. idem postice inspectum ; 3. organi copulativi paris postici dimidia pars a latere externo inspecta; 4. eadem a latere interno inspecta; 5. ejusdem pars cum pseudoflagello magis ampliata: A. lamina ventralis; &. pedum arti- culus basalis ; C, articulus secundus ; #’. pseudoflagellum ; S. pera stigmatica. parva; oculi ocellis c. 32, longitudinaliter 7-seriatis compositi: antennae (fig. III, 3) breves, accomodatae stipitum mandibula- tum apicern haud superantes. Collum (fig. III, 1) margine antico ad oculorum latera externa paullum convexo, lateribus trunci segmenti primi latera brevi spatio haud attingentibus, angustatis 44 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, et postice aliquantum magis quam antice rotunda’is, superficie laevigata. Truncus. Segmentum primum lateribus quam colli latera deorsum aliquantum magis productis, carinam longitudinalem margine integro formantibus, angulo antico acuto, antrorsum et deorsum aliquantum producto; segmenti secundi latera ad seg- menti praecedentis carinae libellam incrassata et retrorsum paullum producta; segmenta cetera cvlindracea. Segmentorum omnium. praezona supra pororum libellam longitudinaliter et creberrime striata, sub pororum libella vix coriaria, mesozona supra poros puctis parvis impressa sub poris oblique striata, metazona laevi- gata, pone poros vix striata, longe sub poris longitudinaliter Fig. IIL—A ulacobolus gravely: : 1. corporis pars antica lateraliter inspecta ; 2. ejusdem pars postica; 3. antenna; 4. pedes secundi paris; 5. pes segmenti decimi; 6. organi copulativi par anticum antice inspectum; 7. idem postice inspectum; 8. organi copulativi paris postici dimidia pars a latere externo in- specta; g. ejusdem pars apicalis magis ampliata: litterae ut in fig. II. striata; pori magni; sterna transverse et profunde striata. Seg: mentum praeanale (fig. III, 2) in processum sat longum, sub- rectum crassum, parum attenuatum, in apice obtusum productum, val~-ulas anales spatio sat longo superans Lamina infraanalis bievis, lata, postice vix arcuita. Valvulae anales marginibus com- pressis praesertim postice, depressione praemarginali sat evoluta. Pedes (fig. III, 4-5) breves, parum crassi. Segmentorum numerus 5T. Long. corp. 120 mm., lat. 11, long. antennarum 6, pedum paris decimi 6 5. @ Corpus quam idem feminae parum magis attenuatum; pedes aliquantum crassiores, articulo sexto soleato. 1916.] F. Sinvestrr: New Indian Diplopoda. 45 Organum copulativum vide fig. III 6-9. Hatlitat.—-Cochin State: Kavalai, 1300-3000 ft. (F. H. Gravely, cui species grato animo dicata est, legit). Observatio.—Species haec a ceteris omnibus mihi notis seg- mentorum numero, metazonis haud elevatis, laevigatis, organi copulativi forma distinctissima est. Aulacobolus newtoni, sp. n. @ Corpus nigrescens capite et antennis latericiis, pedibus rufescentibus vel fulvo-ferrugineis. Fic. 1V.—Aulacobolus newtoni: 1. corporis pars antica lateraliter inspecta ; 2. ejusdem pars postica; 3. antenna; 4. pedes secundi paris; 5. pes paris decimi; 6. organi copulativi par anticum antice inspectum; 7. idem postice in- spectum ; 8. organi copulativi paris postici dimidia pars a 'atere externo inspecta ; g. ejusdem pars apicalis magis ampliata; 10. maris pes segmenti decimi: litterae ut in fig. [1]. Caput totum minute et sat crebre punctatum, per faciem mediam ab antennarum libella ad labrum sulcatum et transverse striatum, vertice sulco sat profundo; clypei depressione laterali parum profunda; oculi ocellis c. 35, longitudinaliter 7 seriatis, instructi; antennae (fig IV, 3) breviores, accomodatae apicen mandibularum stipitum haud superantes. Co'lum (fig. I\, 1) pone oculorum marginem externum paullum emarginaturm et ab hoc puncto usque ad angulum externum linea postmarginali 46 Records of the Indian Museum. [VorL. XII, perparva instructum, angulis lateralibus postice quam antice magis excisis et rotundatis, superficie leviter coriaria. Truncus. Segmentum primum lateribus quam colli latera deorsum aliquantum magis productis, carinam longitudinalem formantibus angulo antico acuto antrorsum et deorsum aliquan- tum producto; segmenti secundi latera ad segmenti praeceden- tis carinae libellam deorsum et retrorsum vix producta, segmenta cetera cylindracea; segmentorum omnium praezona supra pororum libellam longitudinaliter striata, sub pororum libella sublaevigata, vix oblique striata, mesozona punctato rugosa, sub poris gradatim magis distincte oblique striata. metazona quam mesozona paullum magis elevata coriaria pone poros longitudinaliter sulcata et longe sub pororum libellam longitudinaliter striata; pori magni; sterna transverse striata. Segmentum praeanale (fig. IV, 2) in proces- sum sat longum, crassiusculum, paullum arcuatum (convexitate supera), in apice obtusum, valvulas anales spatio parvo superan- tem productum. Lamina infraanalis brevis, lata, postice subrecte truncata. Valvulae anales sat longae, marginibus, postice quam antice magis compressis, depressione praemarginali sat magna. Pedes (fig. IV, 5) breves, sat tenues, ungue longo. Segmentorum numerus 49. Long. corp. 80 mm., lat. 7°6, long. antennarum 3°80, pedum segmenti decimi 4°70. @ Corpus quam idem feminae aliquantum longius (ad 90 mm.) et angustius (ad 7°72 mm) metazonis parum magis elevatis et sutura profundiore. Pedes (fig. IV, 1) aliquantum longiores et crassiores, articulo sexto bene soleato. Organum copulativum vide fig. IV, 6-9. Habitat.—Vicinity of Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 5000-7000 ft. (L. Newton, cui species grato animo dicata est, legit). Observatio.—Species haec ad Awl. thurstoni (Poc.) proxima est, sed corporis sculptura et organi copulativi forma saltem distincta est. Aulacobolus variolosus, sp. n. ? Corpus nigro-castaneum capite et antennis latericiis, pedi- bus rubrotestaceis. Caput ver ice sub collo obtecto, faciei superficie coriaria et media parum longe ab antennarum libella ad labrum sulco grada- tim magis manifesto sulcata, verticis sulco sat profundo, clypei depressione laterali sat profunda; oculi sat magni, subovales, ocellis c. 30, longitudinaliter 7-seriatis, compositi; antennae (fig. V, 3) breviores, accomodatae mandibularum stipitum apicem haud superantes. Collum (fig. V, 1) magnum, lateraliter inspec- tum mandibularum stipites omnino obtegens, margine antico pone oculos parum sinuato, margine antico laterali quam postico laterali multo magis exciso, rotundato, angulo laterali acuto, rotundato, trunci segmenti primi marginem inferum parvo spatio haud attingente, superficie tota punctata et parum rugosa. 1916. | F. Strvestri: New Indian Diplopoda. 47 Truncus. Segmentum primum lateribus latis quam colli latera deorsum parum magis productis, carinam longitudinalem formantibus angulo antico acuto antrorsum et deorsum aliquan- tum producto, margine infero obtuse 3-5 dentato; segmenti secundi latera ad segmenti praecedentis carinae libellam deorsum et retrorsum vix producta; segmenta cetera cylindracea. Seg- mentorum omnitm praezona leviter striata, mesozona supra poros coriaria-reticulata, sub poris oblique striulata, metazona quam mesozona aliquantum magis elevata, variolosa, pone poros pro- Fie. V. specta; 2. ejusdem pars postica; 3. antenna; 4. pedes paris secundi; 5. pes paris decimi; 6. organi copulativi par anticum antice inspectum ; 7. idem postice inspectum ; 8. organi copulativi paris postici dimidia pars ex latere externo in- specta; 9. ejusdem pars distalis magis ampliata: litterae ut in fig. II. Aulacobolus variolosus: 1. corporis pars antica lateraliter in- funde sulcata et longe sub poris longitudinaliter profunde striata ; pori magni, sterna segmenti secundi (fig. V, 4) infra triangulariter producta, sterna coalita transverse striata. Segmentum praeanale (fig. V, 2) in processum sat longum, crassum, paullum arcuatum (convexitate supera), in apice obtusum valvulas anales spatio parvo superantem, productum. Lamina infraanalis brevis, lata, postice subrecte truncata. Valvuiae anales punctatae, marginibus partem posticam versus gradatim magis compressis et depressione praemarginali bene evoluta. 48 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, 1916.] Pedes (fig. V. 4-5) breves, sat tenues. Segmentorum numerus 45. Long. corp. 85 mm., lat. 9, long. antennarum 4°30, pedum segmenti decimi 6 25. o# Corpus quam idem feminae paullo angustius pedibus ali- quantum robustioribus et longioribus, articulo sexto soleato. Organum copulativum vide fig. V, 6-9. Hatntat.—Vicinity of Kodaikanal, Pulney Hills, 5000-7000 ft. (L. Newton legit). Observatio.—Species haec ad A. newtoni, Silv. proxima est, sed colli forma, corporis sculptura et segmentorum numero, cauda crassiore, nec non organi copulativi forma facile distinguenda est. VilwoONe ot ie HY DROZOO NW OAIeP AN U- LENA .CEVYLONENSIS (BROWNE). By R. E. Luovp, M.B., D.Sc., Major, I.M.S., Professor of Biology, Medical College, Bengal, and N ANNANDALE, D.Sc., F.A.S.B., Superintendent, Indian Museum. I.—TuHE SyvsSTEMATIC POSITION AND SYNONYMY OF THE SPECIES. By N. ANNANDALE. The medusa of this species was described by Browne! in 1905 under the name Irene ceylonensis, while the hydroid was discovered by myself? in 1906. Ina recent paper? I have referred the species to the genus Campanulina, van Beneden, and this attribution is fully borne out by a detailed examination since made of the living hydranth. Medusae that agree, so far as structure is concerned, in every respect with Browne’s figures and description of J. ceylonensis have made their appearance in great numbers in a canal of brack- ish water in Calcutta in July, 1915, the water having, at the place and time at which specimens were taken, a specific gravity of 1'0085 (the reading corrected to a standard temperature of 15°C.), and no great difficulty has been experienced in rearing young colonies of hydroids in a bell jar. The development is rapid. Medusae were placed in the bell-jar, which was filled with water from the canal, on July 5th; on July 7th numerous planulae and single minute hydranths, many of which had attached themselves to the cast skins of Copepods, were found, with intervening stages; while two days later young colonies were observed with a single perfect hydranth and a short rhizome bearing at least two hydranth-buds. The buds had the capitate form of those of C. acuminata (Alder) as figured by Hincks.* The hydranth figured here was sketched from life on July roth, by Babu D. N. Bagchi; only the part exserted from the hydrothecais shown. The column was capable of great elongation, but the tentacles seemed to be less extensile than in the adult and the whole organism was less sensitive. 1 In Herdman’s Rep. Ceylon Pearl Fish., 1V, p. 140, pl. iii, figs. 9-11 (1905). 2 Rec. Ind. Mus., 1, p. 142, fig. 4 (1907). 3 Mem. Ind. Mus., V, p. 105 (1915). 4 Brit. Marine Hydroid Zoophytes, pl. xxxvii (1868). 50 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOrE. hte This hydranth though immature in several respects, already exhibits the generic characters of that of Campanulina, being webbed at the base of the tentacles, which are surrounded by regular circles of nematocysts, and having a short conical hypo- stome. The hydrothecae of the adult hydroid only differ from those of more robust species of the genus in that each grows on a short stalk that arises directly from an adherent stolon while the gonothecae closely resemble those of C. repens, Allman, in outline. Major Lloyd! tells me that a short stem bearing a gonotheca as well as a hydranth is sometimes produced and that more than one medusa is often produced in a single gonotheca. If it is necessary to place the medusa as distinct from the hydroid in a recognized genus, greater difficulty is experienced. It agrees with Phortts, McCrady, and differs from Ezrene and Tima, Eschscholtz, in not possessing marginal cirri, but the ten- Fig. 1.—Young hydranth of Campanulina ceylonensis (highly magnified). tacles have a narrow longitudinal band of muscle on the velar sur- face and the gonads are less restricted in position than in most species of Phortis, though they do not until very fully ripe extend along the manubrial peduncle as in Tima. On the whole, there- fore. the medusa may be said to occupy a position intermediate between Tima and Phortis, but to be nearer the authentic species of the latter, to which it should probably be assigned, as Meyer’ suggests. The name Campanulina (1847) has priority over Phortis (1857) by ten years. ! | regret that, as | am about to leave India for some months, I have not been able to read Major Lloyd’s paper printed below. He has, however, kindly informed me as to the results of his observations, and shown me his preparations. % Medusae of the World, I, p. 309 (1910). 1916. | N. ANNANDALE: Campanulina ceylonensis. 51 The only species of Phortis, that has been traced to its hy- droid, if we except ‘‘ Ivene cevlonensis,” is P. gibbusa (McCrady), the life-cvcle of which was worked out by Brooks! in North America. His description, which is brief and unaccompanied by figures, does not conform to Campanulina in that it makes no mention of an operculum to the hydrotheca or of a webbing of the tentacles, but both these points are difficult to detect unless attention is specially directed to them and the general conformation of the colony is not unlike that of the species found in the Gangetic delta. Some of the medusae from Calcutta lived in captivity for a week, though all of them had apparently shed their gonads at least three days earlier. Those that remained alive at the end of the week were, as was shown by the asymmetrical form of their bells and their feeble and irregular pulsations, in a degene- rate condition. They had, moreover, assumed completely the peculiarities regarded by Browne (op. cit., p. 141, pl. iii, figs. 12- 16) as diagnostic of his /rene palkensis. When the gonads first reach or approach maturity the tentacles alternate with sense- organs round the margin of the bell; the former are capable of great elongation and all are complete in structure; the otocysts are small and each contains a single otolith or sometimes a pair of otoliths. The shedding of the sexual products apparently takes some days. When it commences the gonads do not extend down the manubrial peduncle, but as it proceeds and approaches com- pletion they do so to some extent. Meanwhile considerable changes take place on the margin of the bell. Numerous addi- tional tentacles begin to bud out, but as a rule only the basal bulb is completed and the filamentous part is altogether abortive. At the same time the otocysts increase greatly in size, becoming three or four times as large as hitherto; the otoliths multiply, so that there may be as many as eight in a single sense-organ, and finally the whole structure divides into two otocysts. Details as to the process of division have not yet been worked out either in the cysts or in their contained concretions. These changes in the tentacles and sense-organs prove that Browne’s two species, Ivene ceylonensis and Irene palkensis, are identical or rather that the latter represents merely a degenerat- ing phase of the former. Before the sexual products are completely shed the upper part of the bell often becomes constricted, the constriction involv- ing not only the jelly but also the upper part of the subumbrellar cavity. The tentacles then degenerate, and finally both they and the sense-organs disappear. The bell shrinks to a half or a third, and finally to about a sixth of its original size and at last ceases to pulsate. The manubrium, however, though also shrunken, still exhibits languid movements, which persist for some days after the complete disappearance of the marginal structures and even ! Stud. Biol. Lab. Fohn Hopkins Univ., Il, p. 470 (1883). 52 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoE! ahs of the radial canals. Death is thus extremely gradual. All these points are clearly important in considering the systematic position of any medusa that exhibits the slightest signs of degeneracy. II.—LIFE HISTORY OF THE HYDROID AND MEDUSA. By R. E. LLoyp. In July 1915, Dr. Annandale informed me of the occurrence of the Medusa, Irene ceylonensts (Browne), in the brackish water of a canal in the neighbourhood of Calcutta and suggested that I should enquire into its life-history as his own observations on the subject had to be discontinued. He also kindly lent me a stained permanent preparation showing several planulae, some with bud- ding hydroids and stolons. This preparation was made by Mr. F. H. Gravely from material gathered from the bottom of a glass bowl in which a number cf the medusae with ripe gonads had been confined for observation, About the middle of July, the medusae were plentiful throughout the canal so that I was able to obtain a large number, varying in diameter from about 2°5 mm. to 2.5 cm. By the end of the month however none were to be found. No doubt they were killed by the heavy monsoon rain, which greatly diminishes the salinity of the water. I was unsuccessful in again raising the planulae in captivity but was fortunate in obtaining some colonies of the hydroid grow- ing in the canal attached to stones. Some were kept alive for ten days, affording good opportunity for observation. Several gene- somes were obtained from these colonies. These were stained and mounted in Canada balsam. They show certain stages in the development of the medusa, especially the early and late stages, in a satisfactory manner. The Hydroid Colony. The hydroid was defined by Dr. Annandale from material taken in brackish water at Port Canning, but as I had the oppor- tunity of examining the living animal from day to day in the laboratory a few further remarks on its structure will be made. The hydroid varies considerably in size Only the larger and older individuals can be discerned by the naked eye. The colony as a whole is much less conspicuous than most hydroid colonies. The stolon seldom divides, so that it is easy to strip off as much as an inch from the substratum without meeting any outgrowths except the hydrothecae. The stolon however does occasionally branch, the growing point dividing in a simple dichotomous manner. The coenosarc of the stolon has a different appearance from the coenosarc of the hydroid, due principally to the fact that the endoderm cells of the stolon are granular and opaque while those of the hydroid are clear, vacuolated and much larger. The hy- 1916. | R. E. Lioyp: Campanulina ceylonensis, 53 droid is not set directly upon the stolon but upon short inter- mediate branches which have the same structure as the stolon. The line of attachment of the hydroid to these intermediate branches is most conspicuous when the hydroid is contracted, but it is visible at all times as a sudden change in the character of the endoderm cells. The intermediate branch as well as the hydroid lies in the hydrothecae, The Hydrotheca. As a rule the hydrothecae arise directly from the perisarc of the stolon. Occasionally, however, they atise from short lateral branches which are common to them and to a gonotheca. They measure “45 mm. by ‘15 mm. (Annandale). They terminate in a conical pointed operculum consisting of a number of acute con- verging projections of the perisarc which together closely resemble the peristome of a moss capsule. The number of these processes is about twelve but they are difficult to count owing to their transparent delicacy. The method of the opening and closing of the hydrotheca is simple and effective, depending as it does upon the elasticity of the marginal projections and upon a slight upturning of their points. Because of their elasticity they tend to converge so that they are always in contact with the stalk of the hydroid even when it is fully extended. At first sight it seems that in this con- dition the converging points would hinder the withdrawal of the hydroid by catching in rugosities projecting from the surface of the stalk during contraction, and it also seems likely that the points would strangle the neck and so prevent the entry of the head into the theca. Such possibilities are prevented by the slight upturning of the points. The act of withdrawal is not easy to observe. Low degrees of magnification are insufficient for the purpose, but when using the high power it is of course neces- sary to cover the object which causes immediate and lasting con- traction of the hydroid. The difficulty was overcome by using an ocular of very high power with a low power lens. Ocular No. 18 such as is supplied with Zeiss’ oil immersion lens combined with an objective 2/3 in. focus gave good results. A portion of a colony living undisturbed in a capsule of water was thus magnified about 200 times so that the act of withdrawal could be observed. The Hydroid. The principal features of the hydroid are well known. The web or membrane uniting the bases of the tentacles being the chief characteristic. The fully extended stalk of a large individual measures about 2 mm. in length by ‘o6 mm. in thickness. In the living animal the ectoderm of the stalk is a very thin layer devoid of cell outlines or nematocysts. The outlines of the endoderm cells on the other hand are plainly visible even under the low power of the microscope In the expanded state each endoderm 54 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XII, cell appears to contain a single vacuole, so large that the proto- plasm is reduced to a delicate peripheral layer in which nuclei are scareely visible. Except for the granular contents of the gut cavity the stalk is transparent. The appearance of transverse lines in it is due to protoplasmic septa composed of the peripheral layers of adjacent endoderm cells which separate the vacuoles. Since the diameter of the hydrotheca is not much more than twice the diameter of the extended stalk, it is evident that the ~ cubic content of the stalk must be very much reduced before it can be accommodated by the hydrotheca during contraction. This reduction must be brought about by evacuation of fluid from the vacuoles of the endoderm cells, The process however was not observed. As mentioned before, the endoderm cells of the stalk present a very different appearance from those of the stolon and intermediate branches, the latter being granular and not vacuo- lated. The transition from the one to the other issudden. When extended the stalk is straight and stiff. It usually appears to be motionless but on attempting to draw the outline with the Camera lucida, it becomes evident that the animal is seldom quite motion- less. In the largest individuals the tentacles are constantly six- teen in number. When extended they measure about ‘5 mm. in length and they are usually held in two series, eight of them springing from the base of the hypostome at an angle somewhat less than a right angle, while the other eight which alternate with them project more downwards. When the tentacles are in this position the margin of the web forms a characteristic zig-zag out- line. The web measures about ‘06 mm. from its margin to the angle between adjacent tentacles The tentacles are as usual in the Calyptoplastica devoid of a central cavity, the outline between the endoderm cells being plainly visible in the living animal. That part of the base of the tentacles which lies in the web usually includes three endoderm cells and bears a few scattered nemato- cysts. Throughout the length of the tentacles the nematocysts are disposed somewhat irregularly in rings, one ring corresponding roughly to each endoderm cell. Habits. The hydroid first found at Port Canning was living in as- sociation with the protozoon Folliculina and this organism also occurred among the colonies taken from the canal. A species of small Polychaet worm (Spioniformia), however, was found more plentifully in association with the hydroid at Calcutta. The deli- cate sandy tube of the Polychaet was frequently interwoven with the stolon of the hydroid. On one occasion I was able to observe the hydroid preying upon the worm. ‘Three fully expanded hy- droids which happened to be adjacent were under observation in a capsule of water. An immature worm measuring about a milli- metre in length came within reach of their tentacies and was soon fast entangled and paralysed. One hydroid attached itself to the mouth of the worm another to the anus, while the third which 1916. ] R. E. Luoyvp: Campanulina ceylonensts. 55 apparently obtained no nourishment helped to subdue the strug- gles of the victim. A yellowish granular stream, the blood and coelomic fluid of the worm was seen pouring slowly into the two hydroids which were attached terminally. The enteron of the hydroids became considerably expanded for a short distance below the tentacles and this expansion was no doubt the means of suction. A lesser expansion at this point is frequently visible even in the resting condition (plate v, fig. 1). The nourishment was not re- tained by the hydroids but passed on rapidly into the general coenosare of the colony. Within five minutes from the com- mencement of the operations, the stems of the hydroids which remained extended throughout had regained their usual glassy appearance. The body of the worm, motionless and shrunken, was released in less than five minutes after capture. The Gonosome. The gonosome was found in various stages of development (plate vi). Although the series illustrated is not complete the earliest and later stages are well represented. In the iatest the young medusa can be seen lying within the gonotheca provided with tentacles and sense vesicles. Although the manubrium is still imperforate, the medusa is evidently almost ready to be liber- ated. As estimated from the drawing to scale, the convexity of the bell of the medusa lying within the gonotheca measures about ‘7 mm. in the specimen figured The diameter of the bell in the smallest medusa caught swimming freely was at least 2 mm. There is therefore an interval in the life-history including the liber- ation of the medusa and the first part of its free life which was not observed. There are usually two medusae in each gonosome, a proximal and a distal, the latter being always the more developed. Some- times only one medusa occurs which probably represents the prox- imal member of the pair after the liberation of the distal mem- ber. About 1 in 5 of the mature gonosomes were in this con- dition. The gonosome of Campanulina was described by Hincks as growing from the stolon and containing one medusa. In this species, however, the gonosome usually grows from the base of a hydrosome and contains two medusoid buds. In its earliest puuse the gonosome appears as a tubular out- growth from the coenosarc which sometimes arises from the main stolon but more often from the intermediate branches near the base of the hydrosome. This tubular outgrowth is a blastostyle which gives rise to the two medusae by budding. Before any buds have appeared upon it, the blastostyle has a characteristic appearance. It is, we have seen, a tubular outgrowth of the coenosare and throughout most of its length it appears to have the same structure as the coenosarc of the stolon, the cells of both ectoderm and endoderm being opaque and finely granular. Close to the extremity, however, the cells have a different appearance, 56 kecords of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, being translucent and vacuolated, having indeed the same appear- ance as the cells of the hydrosome. It has been mentioned that the change in the appearance of the cells at the base of the hydro- some is characteristic and sudden. The junction between the translucent end of the blastostyle and the opaque proximal por- tion has exactly the same appearance (plate vi, fig. 1). The trans- lucent end of the blastostyle therefore perhaps represents a reduced hydrosome. Be that as it may, it is a conspicuous feature of the gonosome visible from first to last, forming in the later stages a kind of lid closing in the gonotheca. It may be referred to as the operculum. The medusae arise from buds which spring from the stem of the blastostyle below the operculum, They appear to arise in the usual manner by the sinking in of an entocodon. A conspicuous feature of the development is the early formation of four large lappets, placed radially on the margin of the bell. Upon these the tentacles appear at a later stage. At the time when the first bud appears upon the blastostyle, it is evident that the cavity of the operculum is in open communi- cation with the cavity of the cylindrical stem But later when the development of the medusae is more advanced, the stem of the blastostyle becomes flattened out and can scarcely be traced. But even at a comparatively late stage the endodermal cavity of the two growing medusae may be seen communicating with one another through the cavity of the blastostyle. One specimen shows a similar communication between the cavity of a medusa and that of the operculum. Though much compressed and rendered inconspicuous by the growing medusae, it is probable that the stem of the blastostyle preserves its status until the end. Thus, in the oldest gonosome met with, the stem of the blastostyle can plainly be seen between the two medusae, and its communica- tion with the cavity of the operculum may be inferred owing to an interesting circumstance. The cavity of the stem of the blasto- style contains a number of irregular nucleated cells which have much the appearance of phagocytes and the same kind of cells are to be seen in the cavity of the operculum. This fact indicates that the communication between the stem of the blastostyle and the operculum persists to a late stage. Little seems to be known of phagocytesis among the Coelenterata but it is unlikely that a process so general in the animal kingdom should not occur in this group. It is possible that the presence of these cells, which, as I have said, have the appearance of phagocytes, indicate the approaching dissolution of the distal part of the gonosome and the liberation of the mature medusa. The Gonotheca. In the early stages of its development the gonosome is com- pletely enclosed by a delicate perisarc. The later history of this layer, as to how and when it allows the liberation of the medusae, was not ascertained. 1916. | R. E. Luovp: Campanulina ceylonensis. 57 The Free Medusa. The medusa was described by Browne from specimens taken in the sea off Ceylon, and its systematic position has heen dis- cussed by Dr. Annandale in the first part of this paper. It is therefore unnecessary to say much more beyond reference to the peculiar condition under which the organism was found in Calcutta. The unusual and sudden appearance of a swarm of medusae in a ‘brackish canal—far removed from the sea though connected at one point with the tidal waters of the Hooghly—make it most likely that the medusae were all of one species. An examination showed beyond doubt that the many hundreds of specimens taken by the tow-net were indeed of one species though varying very much in appearance according to age and state of activity. Plate vii, fig. I gives some idea of the appearance presented by a number of the medusae at the time of capture. At first sight one might suppose that they included several distinct species. The largest, bearing ripe gonads, measured about 2°5 cm. in diameter, the height of the bell during relaxation being about two-thirds of the diameter, but specimens preserved in formalin are usually flatter than this. Half-grown specimens, especially when swimming actively, appear higher than they are broad and in this condition the tentacles may stream out to a length two or three times greater than the height of the bell. When resting they assume a flatter shape and the tentacles are considerably contracted. In this condition the peduncle and manubrium together can often be seen revolving about the fixed base. While so engaged the mouth and lips appear to clean the tentacles and search the groove between the velum and inner wall of the bell for adherent food particles. The smallest specimens, measuring 2-3 mm., show certain differ- ences from the mature form. The peduncles of the manubrium, which is a characteristic feature of the adult, is scarcely repre- sented, The sense vesicles are less numerous than the tentacles, nor are they so regularly disposed in alternation with the tentacles as in the adult; but this is only to be expected at a time when the tentacles are rapidly increasing in number. Plate vii, fig. 4 shows a young medusa with eight tentacles, six sense vesicles and a number of tentacular buds. At this time the primitive germ cells are distinctly visible and they can be seen even before the medusa has left the gonosome. In the mature condition the generative cells are disposed along the radial canals from the base of the peduncle to the margin of the bell. They form prominent ridges with a somewhat contorted edge which projects from the lower surface of the bell. A sec- tion across one of these ridges shows the radial canal lined by attenuated columnar cells between which and the very delicate ectoderm the generative cells lie. PO NI NAA DIN PNT A : oy Pralea E EaON TINY 55 1h) a et ic: EXPLANATION OF PLATE V. Campanulina ceylonensts (Browne). 1.—A portion of the stolon bearing three hydrosomes in different states, expanded, retracted and retracting, the last bearing a gonosome. 2. -A very young hydrosome attached to the cast skin of a Copepod (drawn from a preparation by Mr. F. H. Gravely). 3.—Optical section of a portion of the stem of a fully ex- panded hydrosome, protruding from the perisarc, showing the everted points of the marginal processes of the hydrotheca. 4.—A portion of the living hydroid showing the web. 5.—Three planulae reared in captivity, one with a stolon, another with a hydrosome and stolon (preparation by Mr. F. H. Gravely). All figures drawn to scale with the Camera lucida. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol, XII,1916. eres Scale-0] m. for 8,4&5. A.C.Chowdhary, lith. CAMPANULINA CEYLONEN SIS (Browne ). R.E. LIL oyd , del. EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI. Campanulina ceylonensis (Browne). Fic. 1.—Optical section of the young gonosome growing from the base of a hydrosome, before the formation of any medusoid buds. FIGS. 2, 3, 4.—Similar views of gonosomes at somewhat later stages showing the early formation of the first bud. Fic. 5.—A gonosome with one medusoid. 6.—Upper part of a gonosome showing communication be- tween the cavity of the operculum and the enteron of the medusoid. 7.—Gonosome at a later stage, showing the marginal lappets. 8.—Gonosome at a slightly earlier stage than fig. 7, in opti- cal section. g.—Gonosome, probably mattre: a, marginal tentacles: bd, velum: c, sense vesicle. Cells resembling phagocytes can be seen in the operculum and in the lower part of the blastostyle. +) ) All figures drawn to scale with the Camera lucida from stained preparations. Ree, Ind.Mus., Vol. XII, 1916. S cate for all-0im. A.C.Chowdhary, lith. CAMPANULINA CEYLONENSIS (Browne ). R.E. Lloyd, del. BXPLANATION OF PLATE Vit. Campanulina ceylonensis (Browne). Fic. 1.—Medusae of different ages in different attitudes, from life, natural size. ,, 2-—The mature medusa, from life, X5. The sense vesicles are not shown. The marginal lappets are somewhat exaggerated in this figure. 3.—Section of the generative ridge of a ripe female medusa. 4.—Young medusa, found swimming freely. From astained preparation, X about 35. Rec. Ind. Mus.., Vol. XII, 1916. Plate VIL. A.C.Chowdhary, hth CAMPANULINA CEYLONENS!S(@rowne ). R.E. Lloyd, del. Witton har VOLULION ANDAs TRIBUTION OF THE INDO-AUSTRALIAN, THELYPHONI- DA WwW bare N- OVD BS? Oia Eva) 1S = EENCILVE CHAR AG PER SOk Vea RRO st 5 bre C Eis By F. H. Gravety, M.Sc., Assistant Superintendent, Indian Museum. (Plates I—IV.) It has recently been shown (/J.A.S.B. [n.s.] X, 1914, pp. 20I- 210, pl. xxiv) that in several groups of animals the extraordinarily rich fauna of the Malay Archipelago is composed of highly spe- cialized species, whose more primitive ancestors are represented by species found at the present day mainly in the surrounding countries. And it has been suggested that this is due to the conditions found in the Archipelago favouring the rapid evolution of highly specialized species, these replacing the less specialized, and tending to force them outwards towards, or even beyond, the borders of the combined Oriental and Australian Regions. In this way it is possible to explain the fact that primitive species found in Ceylon are sometimes more closely related to species found in Australia than to their allies found in the intervening countries. The groups specially referred to were Passalid Coleoptera, Crinoids, and Thelyphonids. But the reference to Thelyphonids was based only on a short preliminary note published in the Proceedings of the Asiatic Society of Bengal for August I0QITt. The object of the present paper is to supplement this note by gathering together all available information bearing on the sub- ject. An excellent account of the Thelyphonidae was written by Kraepelin and published in ‘‘ Das Tierreich”’ in 1899. Although several new species have since been described a complete synony- mic revision of the group is as yet uncalled for, and would be largely a repetition of Kraepelin’s work. In many species, however, the distinctive characters are most difficult to describe with precision and determinations have to be based largely on comparison with authentically named specimens or accurate figures. Opportunity has therefore been taken of publishing with this paper a number of figures which seem to be required. The numerous specimens of certain of the commoner species of Thelyphonidae possessed by the Indian Museum have shown that the characters supposed to be distinctive of different species F 60 Records of the Indian Museum. [Wor xebie are sometimes variable within the limits of a single species, and have enabled me to obtain some idea of the extent of this varia- tion. The number of teeth on the trochanter of the arm is one such character, and it sometimes happens that the variation is not uniform on the two sides of the body (see text-figs. 1-4, pp. 64, 72, 74 and 76). The structure of the modified joints of the antenniform legs of the females of certain species, which Kraepelin has found to afford useful specific characters, is almost certainly connected with the mating habits of the group (Gravely 1915), p. 522, pl. xxiv, figs. 25-26) ; and I have reason to think that it may pos- sibly vary, not only according to the degree of maturity of a speci- men, but also according to the proximity of the mating period. As, however, none of the species in which the structure in question is developed occur in the Indian Empire, I have been unable to make special collections bearing on this point, and the material at present in the Indian Museum is insufficient for its settlement. Iwakawa (1908, pp. 287-291, pl. xi, figs. I-4B) has shown that the form of the genital segment may vary considerably according to age, even when adult characteristics appear to be present. Kraepelin’s classification is based mainly on the presence or absence of a keel between the median and lateral eyes and of a tooth on the inner side of the gnathobase of the arm, the number of vitreous spots (‘‘ ommatoids”) on the third caudal segment, and the form of the tibial apophysis of the male. It is now known, however (Gravely, Ig!2a, pp. ror and 106), that the keel between the lateral and median eyes, and the tooth on the gnathobase of the arm, may either of them be present in the genus Hyfoctonus, which Kraepelin believed to be characterized mainly by the ab- sence of both. In this connection it is perhaps noteworthy that Hypoctonus stoliczkae, the only known species of the genus as hitherto defined in which there is a tooth on the gnathobase of the arm, occurs in the excessively damp region at the base of the Darjeeling hills together with the genus Uvoproctus, which is also characterized by the possession of such a tooth; and that the remaining genus Labochirus, which is similarly characterized, is found in the excessively damp jungles of the Western Ghats and of the hills of Ceylon.! There seems, therefore, to be some con- nection, at present unaccountable, between the presence of this tooth and the degree of moisture characteristic of the natural habi- tat of the species possessing ic; and its value as an indication of phylogeny is unlikely to be great. | That the S. Indian species inhabit excessively damp jungles is an assump- tion based on the habits of the Ceylon species. I failed to find any Thelyphonids in the damp jungles of Cochin. In Cochin, as in Ceylon, Thelyphonus sepiaris lives in comparatively hot dry places. Places suited to the existence of both forms are often found in close proximity to one another. 1916.) EF. H. Graveiy : Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 61 In my preliminary note on the evolution and distribution of the Thelyphonidae it was suggested that the distinction between the genera with and without keels between the median and lateral eyes was extremely ancient, and consequently of fundamental importance. The discovery of species, clearly allied not to the keeled but to the keelless group, in which this ridge, though not very strong, is quite distinct, renders this hypothesis less probable than it previously appeared. The fact, however, that the species of the keelless group which have the tibial apophysis of the male least specialized appear, so far as is known, to agree in having tibial spurs on the fourth pair of legs only, no matter from what part of the world they come, seems to imply that the group may really be an old one which once had a more continuously ex- ‘tensive distribution than it has at present. The only known ex- ceptions to this rule are Hypoctonus oatest and one or two other species leading up to the most specialized section of the latter group—a section confined to the neighbourhood of Burma and Assam. Nothing is, however, known of the male of the single African keelless species hitherto recorded; nor is anything known of the tibial spurs of the American keelless genus Thelyphonellus, in which the male appears to have retained its primitive form more nearly than has that of any Oriental species yet described. The distinction between the keeled and keelless groups may therefore be accepted as being in all probability of fundamental importance, with the reservation that weak keels may occasionally be developed in species whose other characters, especially the form of the tibial apophysis of the male, show them to belong to the latter and not to the former group. The keelless group is at present divided into an Indian genus Labochirus, in which a tooth is present on the inner margin of the gnathobase of the arm, and a (mainly) Burmese genus Hypoctonus, which is ordinarily without this tooth. But in view of the fact that the tooth is now known to be present in at least one species whose other characters show it to be a member of the latter genus, a revised definition seems necessary. The number of legs bearing tibial spurs, a character which is correlated with the form of the tibial apophysis of the male’, supplies an excellent basis for this definition. It is probable, however, that as yet the group is very imperfectly known. For it inhabits country which has for the most part been very imperfectly explored zoologically, and the range of most at least of its species seems to be somewhat circumscribed. For the present, therefore, it will probably be best to transfer to the genus Labochirus, hitherto restricted to Indian species, the African and Burmese species in which only the fourth legs bear tibial spurs, although it is | The tibial apophysis of the male has much the same form in the simpler members of both groups defined according to the presence or absence of tibial spurs on the third pair of legs; but in the more specialized specics without these spurs the upper ridge of the tip of the apophysis is most strongly developed, while in those with these spurs the lower ridge is larger. 62 Records of the Indian Museum. Pore Xie by no means unlikely that ultimately these African and Burmese forms will have to be separated under distinct generic names. It may be pointed out here that no two species, either of Hypoctonus or Labochirus as redefined, have ever been found together; but that several localities are known in which both genera are repre- sented by a single species. The keeled group can be split into three sections :—one in which the tibial apophysis of the male is strongly modified as in the Oriental species of the keelless group, one in which the hand is strongly modified, and one in which both tibial apophysis and hand are unmodified in the male and resemble more or less closely those of the female. The first, which includes only one genus, Typopeltis, may conceivably have been derived from the keelless group by the development of keels, and not ffom genera with keels and with the tibial apophysis of the male unmodified, as is here assumed. No proof is available for either hypotheses All species of the genus Typopeltis, however, are stated by Kraepelin to have tibial spurs on all three pairs of walking legs, not on the last one or two pairs only asin the keelless genera The spurs of Mimoscorpius, the only genus in which the hand is strongly modified, have not yet been des- cribed. In the larger genera, at least, of the section of the keeled group with unmodified or almost unmodified hands and tibial apo- physes in the male, the number of legs with tibial spurs is vaiable. The most primitive genus of the last-mentioned section of the keeled group appears to be the American Mastigopbroctus, in which, according to Kraepelin, the sexes are scarcely distinguishable superficially. In all Oriental genera, except Uroproctus, the genital sternum of the male has a strong median groove, and the nosterior margin of the following segment bears a strong median tubercle. Uvoproctus differs, however, from Mastegoproctus in having the tibial apophvsis of the male markedly slenderer than that of the female, and differs from this and from all other genera of the group in the presence of atooth on the inner side of the gnathobase of the arm. Thethree remaining genera, Thelyphonus, Abalius and Tetra- balius, are distinguished from one another sol ly by the number of vitreous spots on the third caudal segment. Nothing whatever is known as to the function of these spots!: and their taxonomic significance apnears to me to be equally uncertain. Provisionally, however, the distinctions which they afford may continue to be regarded as generic. The genera of Thelyphonidae may now be redefined thus :— ‘Keels between median and lateral eyes almost always absent, never very strong; tibial apo- physis of male strongly modified in Oriental I. genera mate Sct ser ase Well developed keels always present between | median and lateral eyes; tibial apophysis of male often unmodified - dae is) ! See Borner, 1904, pp. 25-26. Concerning improbability of their being uminous organs see Gravely, 19150, p. 523. 19t6.] KE. H. Graveity: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 63 Third caudal segment without vitreous spots ; tibial apophysis of male slender, but otherwise not very different from that of female .., Thelyphonellus (American). Third caudal segment with the usual vitreous spot on either side; tibial apophysis of male more strongly modified as >) tibial apophysis of male strongly modified ... Labochtrus, p. 64. Tibial spurs present on (and confined to) the third and fourth pairs of legs; tibial tee of male often still more strongly modified ... Hypoctonus, p. 67. Tibial apophysis strongly modified in male ; adi fication of tarsus of antenniform legs of female, when present, affecting one or both of the eighth and ninth (terminal) joints Typopeltis, p. 70. Tibial senhiee of male not strongly modified ; modification of tarsus of antenniform legs of fe- male, when present, affecting the seventh joint with or without one or more joints on one or both sides of it ,Genital sternum of male without aagaa groove, posterior margin of following sternum without median mulsenale 6. | Genital sternum of male w ith strong median groove, | Tibial spurs confined to the fourth pair of legs; | On 1 posterior margin of ie scene with me- dian tubercle ae 8. Hand flat, twice as Breda as the meee slender femur ; unjointed pete strongly curved at apex Mimoscorpius, p.71. Hand normal ... - We Tibial apophysis of male lice that of e eamele no tooth on inner side of gnathobase of arm Mastigoproctus (American). jot apophysis of male much slenderer than that = of female; a tooth on inner side of gnathobase of arm in both SEXeSn | en &: se Cvoproctus, p: 71 | “Third caudal segment with the usual Sree vitreous spot on each side .. Thelyphonus, p. 73. | Third caudal segment without or aes two such 7 spots on each side a3 oe a Q. we) Third caudal segment with two vitreous spots on of Third caudal segment without vitreous spots ... Abalius, p. 78. each side, one above the other es ome Letrabolius> py 78: Before considering the connection between the phylogeny of different forms of Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae with their dis- tribution, it is necessary to summarize the zoogeographical informa- tion with regard to the family at present available. In addition to the species mentioned in the summary of this information given below, ‘‘ Thelyphonus”’ spinimanus, Lacas, angustus, Lucas and lucanoides, Butler, from unknown localities, appear to belong to Indo-Australian genera. The identity of the first two appears to have been lost beyoad recall.! The third is stated by Butler (1872, p. 205) to be closely related to ‘* Thelypho- nus” seticauda, Doleschall. The latter species has now, however, been made the type of a distinct genus (Tetrabalius), to which, 1 Lucas states that the types were in the Natural History Museum in Paris ; but there is no mention of them in Kraepelin’s catalogue of the Pedipalpi of that collection (1901). 64 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XII, according to Pocock (1894, pp. 122-3), the former does not belong. The type is in the British Museum and must be redescribed before the species can be recognized. Pocock believes it to have come from Borneo. Localities mentioned below are marked with an asterisk (*) when represented in the Indian Museum collection. References to descriptions are only given in the case of species not mentioned by Kraepelin in ‘‘ Das Tverreich,” where descriptions of and references to other species will be found. Genus Labochirus, Pocock. This genus is found in western Africa, western India, Ceylon, Burma and the north of the Malay Peninsula; perhaps also Borneo. ra MV Zc MA ? co oe e f fe Fic. 1.—Abnormalities in the gnathobase and trochanter of the arm of Labochirus proboscideus, X 4. Labochirus africanus (Hentschel). Western Africa: Senegal. ? Northern Africa: Algeria. This species was described by Hentschel from female speci- mens only in 1899. It was unknown to Kraepelin when the family was revised in ‘‘ Das Tierreich.’’ Labochirus proboscideus (Butler). (Pl. i, figs. 1-4.) Ceylon: Central Province—*Kandy, 1500-2000 ft.; *Pera- deniya, 1600-1800 ft.; Haragama, ca. 1200-1400 ft.; *Galagedara,ca. 800-2000 ft.; *Nalanda, ca goo-1000 ft.; Matale; *? Sigiri. ? Western Province—Kalutara. 1916.] F.H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 65 The Kalutara record is based on a young and indeterminable specimen in the Colombo Museum. The Sigiri specimens, which are also young, have remarkably red fore-arms and hands. In young specimens of this, as of other species of Thelypho- nidae, the abdominal sterna are all much alike. The genital sternum begins, however, to extend backwards at a very early stage. Unfortunately the material at my disposal does not show all stages of its development. Two early stages, and the final stage in both sexes, are figured (pl. i, figs. 1-4). Among the five males and three females of this species in the Indian Museum collection one male bears an extra tooth on the egnathobase of the left arm, and three females show abnormalities in the armature of the trochanter of one arm. ‘These abnormali- ties are illustrated in text-fig. r. Among three young specimens one shows a slight abnormality in the trochanter. Labochirus tauricornis, Pocock. South India: Kanara. Malabar—Mahé. By an oversight this species was given the same name as the next when originally described (Pocock, r899a, p. 745). Labochirus cervinus, Pocock. South India: South Kanara—Mangalore. Described by Pocock in 1899, and not included in ‘‘ Das Tierreich.’’ Labochirus gastrostictus (Kraepelin). (Pleo. fie: <5) ? Borneo. ? This species is known only from a single female in the Vienna Museum. A figure of its anterior abdominal sterna, kindly sup- plied to me by Dr. Penther, is reproduced on pl. i, fig. 5. Labochirus kraepelini (Simon). (Pls 1, ie: Oi pls tis fio) Malay Peninsula: *Lankawi Island. Perak—*Grik. E. Siamese Malay States—Biserat in Jalor ; Bukit Grah in Nawng-Chik. The anterior abdominal sterna of the female are shown in pl.1, fig. 6, a figure prepared from the type from Bukit Grah, kindly lent me by the Zoological Museum of Cambridge University. The ‘* Tierreich”’ revision does not include this species, which was des- cribed by Simon from the female sex only in Igor. 66 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XII, Mr. B. H. Buxton recently presented specimens of both sexes to the Indian Museum. The male, which was previously un- known, may be described as follows :—Length of carapace 8°7-10'0 mm.; maximum breadth of same 5'0-5°8 mm. Closely allied to L. dawnae, from whichit differs only in the following particulars :— the distance between the median eyes is perhaps scarcely as great; the ridge in front of the lateral eyes is indistinct; the coarser granules on the carapace are somewhat more clearly defined and more regularly rounded; the arm and hand show more fre- quently a slight rugosity ; the spine on the lower surface of femur of the arm is sometimes obsolete; the tibia and hand are somewhat slenderer; the tibial apophysis (pl. ii, fig. 14) is slenderer and is not expanded distally—from above it seems no more strongly modified than that of Uroproctus assamensis, but it is triangular in section with the side nearest the hand strongly grooved. Labochirus dawnae (Gravely). (Piso. 7 ap loi, shies ora) Lower Burma: Ambherst District—*Dawna Hills, from Misty Hollow near top of western slope (ca. 2200 ft.) to Thingannyinaung at base of eastern slope (ca. goo ft ). This species was described in 1912, and is not included in Kraepelin’s revision. The tibial apophysis of the male (pl. ii, fig. 15) is shorter than in the preceding species, but is of the same general form. In both these species this apophysis is very like that of the Ceylonese ( ? and Indian) species of the present genus, and like that of Hypoctonus oatesi, which appears to be the least highly specialized form yet known in the next genus. Labochirus browni (Gravely). (PlFa;, t122982) Upper Burma: MHsipaw (N. Shan) State—*Parni near Mong- long. Also described in 1912. Only the female is known. Labochirus andersoni (Oates). (Pl. ii, fig. 16.) Upper Burma: Bhamo District—*Second Defile of Irrawady. ? Ruby Mines District—*Pudupyu Mountain. The latter record is that of a mutilated and immature speci- men that Oates described as the female of this species. The tibial apophysis of the male (pl. ii, fig. 16) is somewhat highly modified, as in the following species. 1916.) F.H. Graveny : Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae 67 Labochirus ellisi (Gravely). (Phiis fig: 9/3 ply tr tes 27-) Lower Burma: ‘Tharawady District—*Zigon Division. Described with L. dawnae, etc., after the appearance of ‘* Das Tterreich.”’ Labochirus spp. juv. S. India: Mysore—*Koppe. Upper Burma: *Pum-Ga-Taung, 13 miles east of Wan- hsaung, 3600 ft. (half way between Sadon and Mvitkyina). Genus Hypoctonus, Thorell. The genus Hypoctonus, as here restricted, is found mainly in Burma, but is known to extend to Penang, Western Siam and Southern China, and through Chittagong and Western Assam to the base of the Darjeeling hills. Hypoctonus oatesi, Pocock. (RIE a, tek ns) Assam: Sylhet—*Shamshernager, ca. 100 ft. The male was first described in the Arachnid volume of the ‘“* Fauna of British India” series (1900). The female was described in IgI2 (a). The tibial apophysis of the male is very like that of the sim- pler members of the preceding genus. There is no lamina either on the upper or the lower border of the grooved surface, but the apical angle of the latter is somewhat swollen. The genital sternum of the female has the same form as in the preceding genus, instead of being strongly produced backwards in the middle as it is in most species of Hypoctonus. Hypoctonus carmichaeli, n. sp. (Pl. ii, fig. 19.) Chittagong: *Rangamati. Three specimens, all mature males, were obtained by the Museum collector who accompanied H.E. Lord Carmichael to Rangamati in July of last year. The species is closely allied to H. oatesi, from which it differs only inits smoother and much slenderer arms, and in its more highly modified tibial apophysis, which arises before the distal end of the joint, is strongly curved at the base and has the apical angle of the lower border of the grooved surface produced into a large and lightly curved triangular papilla (pl. 11, fig. 19). 68 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL Sole Hypoctonus birmanicus, Hirst. Lower Burma: Pegu. Only the male is known. It was described in Ig11I. It is said to be closely related to H. binghamz. Hypoctonus binghami (Oates). Lower Burma: Tavoy—*Reef Island at mouth of Tavoy River. Megui—Owen Island. In this species also the genital sternum of the female is not ex- tended backwards in the middle. The male is unknown to me, but appears from descriptions to have a somewhat more strongly modified tibial apophysis than has that of H. oatesz. Hypoctonus formosus (Butler). (Pit, 1¢-320;) Lower Burma: Amherst District—*Moulmein (H. formosus, s.sty.); *Double Island(H. formosus, subsp. insularis). Also recorded from Taoo, a place whose whereabouts is un- known to me. Thorell gives a number of additional localities, this being the only form without keels between the median and lateral eyes that was recognized when he wrote. His records probably refer to several distinct species. Simon’s specimens from Tavoy, similarly, were no doubt H. binghami as already suggested by Oates (1889, p26); In this, as in all the following species of the genus, the lower ridge of the grooved surface of the tibial apophysis of the male (pl. ii, fig. 20) is strongly developed near the tip, and the genital sternum of the female is produced backwards in the middle. Hypoctonus rangunensis (Oates). (Pl. io hig. 2258) Lower Burma: *Rangoon; ? *Arakan. Also recorded from Palon, of whose whereabouts I am uncer- tain. The Arakan specimen is a female with all the characters of the Rangoon species. Deep grooves are present between the paired cavities and posterior margin of the genital sternum of all females of this species that I have seen. 1916.] F. H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 69 Hypoctonus sylvaticus (Oates). (Pioi, fig. Io plait fie. 23.) Lower Burma: Tharawadi—*Zigon; Minhla. The female of this species was first described in 1912 (a). Hypoctonus saxatilis (Oates). (PE ie. 1s ple it, fie. 22.) Lower Burma: *Thayetmyo. Hypoctonus wood-masoni (Oates). (Biyi, tes £2 ply, fie) 24.) Lower Burma: Amherst District—*Dhammathat, Gyaing River a few miles from Moulmein (sea level); *“Sukli, E. side of Dawna Hills, ca. 2100 ft.; *Myawadi, Burmo-Siamese frontier, ca. goo ft.; *near Mulaiyit Moun- tain; *Meetan (? Mita of Imperial Ga- zetteer) in the Haung-tharaw Valley. This appears to be a somewhat widely distributed species - but many of the above records are based on females only. The figure of the genital sternum of the female (pl. i, fig. 12) has been prepared from Oates’ specimen. Since it was prepared specimens have been added to our collection which indicate that this one is scarcely fully mature. In these the posterior median expansion of the genital sternum is even narrower in proportion to its length and more abrupt, and its posterior margin may be lightly cleft in the middle line. Hypoctonus stoliczkae, Gravely. (Pine fig.725,.) E. Himalayas : Darjeeling District—*Punkabari. Described in 1912. The lamina developed from the lower ridge of the grooved surface of the tibial apophysis is exception- ally large in this species. Hypoctonus granosus, Pocock. China: Yunnan. Only the female isknown. Pocock, who described it in 1900 (a), states that it is recognizable from all previously described species by the coarse granulation on the upper side of the hand. Hypoctonus spp. China: Yunnan—*Lo-po-ssu-Chuan. Siam: *Meetaw forest, Raheng, 2000 ft. 70 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. Ste Upper Burma: *On high ridge (ca 1000 ft.) at source of Kyathe, Myaung, Bawbin forest reserve ; *Pyinmanna, Yamethin, Meiktila; Bha- mo; Mandalay; Thigyam. Lower Burma: Prome; *Farm Caves near Moulmein; Kathis- tan, ca goo ft., and Western slopes of Pegu Yomas, 1rooo-1100 ft., Thayetmyo District; Thagata-Juva in Mulaiyit Moun- tain. Malay Peninsula: Penang Island. Genus Typopeltis, Pocock. This genus is confined to far eastern Asia from Cochin China to Siberia and Hong Kong to Japan. Since the publication of the Revision in ‘‘ Das Tierreich’’ Pocock (19004, p. 298) and Tarnani (1901, p. 214) have published keys for the determination of species. Typopeltis amurensis (Tarnani) !. E. Siberia: between Olga Bay and the Amur River. China: Canton—Sikiang. Annam. Also recorded from Haut Song Chai and Mois Balnar, whose whereabouts I have been unable to trace. The tarsi of the antenniform legs of the female are unmodi- fied. Typopeltis kasnakowi, Tarnani. Siam: Arran Kull; Ta-ta-kham (? or -khaw) ; Watanaa. This species was described by Tarnani in rgor from male spe- cimens only. Typopeltis niger (Tarnani). China. Also known from the male only. Typopeltis tarnani, Pocock. N. Siam: Lampun. This species was described from the male only in 1902. Typopeltis dalyi, Pocock. Siam: Lampun; Lacan via Raheng. This species was described in 1900 (a) ; it does not appear in the ‘* Tiervetch ’’ revision. | See below, p. 80, footnote. 1916.| VF. H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. aX The tarsi of the antenniform legs are modified in the female of this and all the remaining species of the genus. Typopeltis stimpsoni (Wood). Incl. T. crucifer, Pocock. (PEt tio rst) Japan: Yokohama. Loochoo Islands : O6-Sima. Formosa: tam-sui on the Keelung River; Kushaku Moun- tain; *Takao Hong Kong. This appears to be a most variable species. Iwakawa (1908) has shown that 7. crucifer cannot be separated from T. stimpsont. This author does not appear to have been aware that Schwangart (1906) had suggested splitting the former species into two sub- species, a proceeding whose validity now seems very doubtful. Among other characters, the armature of the lower side of the trochanter of the arm seems to be very variable (compare pl. i, fig. 13 of the present paper with pl. i, fig. 15 of Kraepelin, 1897). Typopeltis harmandi, Kraepelin. Cochin China. This species was described by Kraepelin in 1900. It does not appear in his revision in ‘‘ Das Tierresch.’’ Oaly the female is known. Genus Mimoscorpius, Pocock. Mimoscorpius pugnator, Butler. Philippine Islands. Only the male is known. Genus Uroproctus, Pocock. Uroproctus assamensis, Stoliczka. (Pl. iii, figs. 26, 27; pl. iv, figs. 35, 36.) E. Himalayas: Darjeeling District—*Punkabari and *Sevoke (both near base of hills); *Ghumti Tea Estate, 2500 ft.; Pedong; Maria Basti’. *Dafla Hills. Abor Country—*Kobo, 4o0 ft.; *banks of Sivom River below Damda, 1300 ft.; *be- side stream below Balek ; *Rotung, 1300 ft. ; ! Dr. Sutherland informs me that Maria Basti is the same place as that called Kaggia Monastery on the Survey of India map of the Darjeeling District. 72 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vior,. xc *Upper Rotung ca. 2000 ft. ; “between lat. 28°°45 and 29°, ca. 4000 ft. Assain: *Goalpara District. Darrang District—*Assam-Bhutan frontier north of Mangaldai, ca. 300 ft.; *Kowpati ; “Tezpur Burros; “armathis Lakhimpur District—*Dikrang Valley ; Sadiya. Sibsagar District—*Dumar Dulong, Moran P.O: *Garo Hills Khasi Hills—*Cherra Punji. Sylhet—*Shamshernager, ca. 100 ft.; *Iangla, ca. 100 ft. Cachar—*Silcuri forests. In addition to the above localities ‘‘ Thelyphonus assamensis ”” was recorded by Simon in 1885 (p 452) from the Malay Peninsula and Indo-China. In 1896 he again recorded the species from Indo- China, this time from Pavie’s collection. In his full report upon . : Lis INS OF AGEN 1G. 2.—Abnormalities in the trochanter of the arm ot Uvoproctus assamensis, X 4. that collection, however, he records Thelyphonus schimkewttschi instead (1904, p. 293). Uvoproctus assamensis is not otherwise recorded either south or east of Assam, and there can be no doubt, I think, that the record from the Malay Peninsula as well as that from Indo-China was based upon an incorrect determination. Kraepelin records the species from Calcutta ; but this record prob- ably refers not to the original place of capture, but to the place of dispatch; for there do not appear to be any Thelyphonids in the Gangetic Plain or Delta. Uroproctus assamensis is an extremely constant species, in spite of its abundance and wide distribution. Even abnorma- lities in the teeth on the trochanters of the arms, such as are shown in text-fig. 2, are very rare, occurring only in two or three out of over fifty specimens examined, 1 According to the labels these two localities are situated at the base of the Dafla Hills. They must therefore be in or near the Darrang District. I cannot locate them with greater precision than this. 1916.| EF. H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 73 The genital sternum is very little modified in adults of either sex (see pl. iii, figs. 26 and 27). In the female especially it remains throughout life very like that of immature specimens of all forms of Thelyphonidae. Genus Thelyphonus, Latreille. This genus occurs throughout the Oriental Region, with the ex- ception of Burma where it is largely, if not entirely, replaced by Hypoctonus ; and it extends far eastwards among the Polynesian islands. Thelyphonus sepiaris, Butler. Incl. T. cristatus, Pocock. *«< Western Bengal’’ (probably Chota Nagpur, which is no longer included in Bengal). Orissa: *Balasore ; *Barkul on the Chilka Lake, o-1000 ft. South India: Ganjam District—*Gopkuda Island, Chilka Lake ; foot of Mohiri Hills, 3 or 4 miles from Berhampur!. Karnul District—* Nandyal. Chengalpat District—*Poonamallee; *Tiru- valur. Coromandel coast—Pondicherri ; Genji. Salem District—*VYercaud in the Shevaroy Hills. Coimbatore District—*Ootacamund in the Nilgiri Hills; foot of Anamalai Hills. Mysore—Bangalore, ca. 3000 ft.; French Rocks. Cochin—Trichur. Travancore—Trivandrum ; Athengil*; Aram- boly’. Ceylon: North-Central Province—*Anuradhapura; *Min- neriya ; *Polonuruwa. Central Province—*Sigiri; *Nalanda. Thelyphonus sepiarts was originally described by Butler (1873, p. 131) from ‘‘ Tongoo”’ (? =Taung-ngu) in Burma and from Ceylon; and Pocock (1894, p. 134) states that the type of Butler’s T. nigre- scens from Tenasserim is identical with 7. sefiaris. But no original records from outside the Indian Peninsula appear to have been made since. Pocock (1900 b, p. 105, foot-note) regards the local- ity recorded for T. nigrescens as probably incorrect ; and in this he is doubtless right. The Tongoo cotypes of 7. sepiarts were only lent to Butler and seem now to have disappeared-—possibly they may have ! Mr. Fischer tells me that his observations on the courtship of the species (1911) were made at this place. 2 Specimens in the Trivandrum Museum. 74 Records of the Indian Museum. EVOL, 26h, been T. schnehageni, Kraepelin. Altogether it seems most un- likely that T. sepiaris really occurs in Burma at all. Butler does not say whether his figure of T. sepiaris (1873, pl. v. fig. 6) was taken from one of his Burmese or Ceylonese speci- mens. It differs from specimens of T sepiaris from India and Ceylon in having the tibia of the arm slightly broader instead of narrower than it is long. I have no knowledge of the shape of the tibia of the arm of T. schnehagent. Thelyphonus sepiaris is a much more variable species than Uroproctus assamensis. ‘The range of variation in the teeth of the trochanters of the arms is indicated in text-fig. 3. One male of T. sepiaris in the Indian Museum collection has the hand relatively narrow as in the female. The shape of the fingers is somewhat variable in both sexes. JUV. Juv. FiG. 3.—Abnormalities in the trochanter of the arm of Thelyphonus sepiarts, X 4. Specimens answering to Pocock’s descriptions of the subspecies indicus and muricola, and to that of the form which he regarded as a distinct species cristatus, occur with various intermediate forms in various places, and I am unable to regard any of them as in any way distinct. Thelyphonus schnehageni, Kraepelin. Burma: Rangoon. Only the female is known. Thelyphonus manilanus, Koch. Philippine Islands: Manila: Moluccas: Halmaheira (subsp. halmahetrae, Kraepelin). New Guinea (introduced). 1916.) F.H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 75 Thelyphonus wayi, Pocock. Siam: Bathambang. Described from a single female in 1g00(a). In this species and the next the tarsal joints of the antenni- form legs, though long as in Uvoproctus assamensis and the pre- ceding species of Thelyphonus, are modified in mature females as in the remaining species of Thelyphonus. Thelyphonus anthracinus (Pocock). Borneo: Batu Song in Eastern Sarawak. The antenniform legs of the female are of the same transi- tional type as in the preceding species. The male has probably been described by Thorell (see below, p. 76). Thelyphonus caudatus (Linnaeus). (Pisa fies. 28°29 pl.iv, figs. 37, 38:) Java; Batavia; *Buitenzorg; *West Java. Pocock (18)4, p. 122) gives Hong Kong as well as Java. As, however, there are no records from intervening countries the occur- rence of the species in the former locality needs confirmation be- fore it can be accepted. Thelyphonus linganus, Koch. (PE, figs, 30, 31 “ple iv, igs: 39, 40;) Malay Peninsula: Penang. Perak—Ulu Selama; *Grik; *Lenggong Cave; ? Larut Hills, 3400 ft. Kelantan—Kuala Aring. *Johore—Johore Bahru; up to about 500 ft. on Gunong Pulai. *Singapore. Sumatran Islands: Sumatra; Linga; *Sinkep. The specimens from Perak differ from those from further south in that the tarsi of the antenniform legs are less distinctly modi- fied, being of more uniform thickness and lacking the grooves on the sixth and seventh segments and the hook on the seventh. In a series of specimens from Johore and Sinkep Island the grooves are, however, usually absent from the sixth segment and often from the seventh, while the tooth is not always well developed. Probably, therefore, the differences are not specific. Tarnani (1895) records this species from Batavia; but his description is inadequate, and his figure of the tarsus of the anten- niform leg indicates a mistaken identification, the eighth joint being, for instance, shorter instead of longer than the seventh, and the third longer instead of shorter than broad. G 76 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XII, Thorell (1888, pp. 390-395) records a male from Borneo; but from his description of the tarsus of the antenniform legs it is clear that the identification is at fault. Kraepelin (1897, pp. 32-3) believes this specimen to be the male of T. anthracinus, Pocock. In Kraepelin’s key for the identification of species the presence of a longitudinal groove in the last sternum is mentioned as one of the principal characteristics of both sexes of T. linganus. In the female, however, this is not so well developed as in the male, and in some specimens it is absent. In aseries of 27 specimens of T. /inganus from Johore, eight show abnormalities of some kind in the armature of the trochanter. Five of these are shown in text-fig. 4. There are no such ab- Fig. 4.—Abnormalities in the trochanter of the arm of Theiyphonus linganus, X 4. normalities among our eleven specimens from Perak, ten from Sinkep Island, and two from Singapore. Thelyphonus borneensis, Kraepelin. Borneo. Only the female is known. Thelyphonus klugi, Kraepelin. Sumatra. Celebes. Thelyphonus celebensis, Kraepelin. Celebes. Only the female is known. r916.] F.H. Gravety : Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. Wg T helyphonus doriae, Thorell. (Pl. iv, figs. 34, 41.) Malay Peninsula: Singapore. Sumatran Islands: Billiton Island, half way between Sumatra and Borneo. Java. Borneo: Sarawak—*Kuching; Mt. Dulit (var. hose). West Borneo (var. hose?) —Pontianak. Central Borneo. Thelyphonus sucki, Kraepelin. GEAR hit hics 32) pl- iv, fig. 42°) South-East Borneo: Tandjong; *Bendjermasin. Thelyphonus semperi, Kraepelin. Philippine Islands: Mindanao—Zamboanga, the Western ex- tremity of the Island. Thelyphonus pococki, Tarnani. Celebes. This species has been described (Tarnani, 1900, p. 482) since the revision of the family in ‘‘ Das Tierreich.’’ Only the female is known. It appears to be closely related to T. sempert. Thelyphonus schimkewitschi, Tarnani. (Pies fe'33 pl. iv, fe.43;) Siam: *Pitsanuloke, *Bangkok; Koh Si Chang (Island); Chantaboon. Laos: Luang Prabang. Cambodia. Cochin China: Saigon. Thelyphonus burchardi, Kraepelin. East Sumatra: Sungei Lalah. This species has been described from female specimens only (Kraepelin, 1910, pp. 99-100, pl. i, figs. ra-c) since the revision of the family in ‘‘ Das Tierretch.’’ Thelyphonus insulanus, Keyserling. New Hebrides. Fiji Islands: Viti—Kandanavu. Pocock (1899), p. 98) says that this is a true Thelyphonus, not an Abalius as suggested by Kraepelin (1897, p. 17). Kraepelin 78 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vore xa (1899, p. 322) finally suggests affinities with T. schimkewitscht. I have not seen a description of the species. Thelyphonus hanseni, Kraepelin. Philippine Islands: Mindanao. Thelyphonus asperatus, Thorell. Java. Amboina. Thelyphonus leucurus, Pocock. Solomon Islands: New Georgia—Narowal; Rubiana. Thelyphonus sumatranus, Kraepelin. Sumatra. Described from the male only. Genus Abalius, Kraepelin. In one species of this genus (A. vohdez) the tarsi of the antenni- form legs are long as in Uvoproctus, and are not modified in the female. In the rest they are short, and are modified in the female as in the more highly specialized species of Thelyphonus. Abalius rohdei, Kraepelin. New Guinea. Abalius samoanus, Kraepelin. Samoa: Upolu. Male unknown. Abalius willeyi, Pocock. New Britain. Male unknown. Abalius manilanus, Kraepelin. Philippine Islands: Manila. This species has been described from a female specimen (Kraepelin, 1900, p. 7, text-fig. 2) since the revision of the family in ‘‘ Das Tterreich.”~ Genus Tetrabalius, Thorell. This genus occurs in the Moluccas and Borneo. The tarsi of the antenniform legs are moderately short and are slightly modified in the female of the only species in which they have been examined. 1916.] EF. H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 79 Tetrabalius seticauda (Doleschall). Moluccas: Halmaheira; Amboina; Ternate; Batjan; Ceram. Tetrabalius nasutus, Thorell. Borneo. Only one specimen is known. It is said to be a female, but both antenniform legs are damaged. It will be seen from the foregoing pages that among the Thely- phonidae evolution has chiefly affected three organs—the tibial apophyses of the male, the tarsi of the antenniform legs of the female, and the genital sternum of both sexes. The modification of the tarsi of the antenniform legs of the female occurs at about the place at which the male holds them between his chelicerae during courtship (see Gravely, 1915), p. 52-2, pl. xxiv, fig. 25) and there can be little doubt that it implies a specialization connected with this process. Species in which these tarsi are modified must therefore be regarded as higher in the evolutionary scale than allied species in which they are unmodified. Nothing definite is known as to the uses of the modified tibial apophyses of males; but since this modification is also confined to one sex it is presumably also connected in some way with sexual processes. In any case, since the tibial apophyses of both sexes of some genera, and of females of all, are alike simply conical, those species must clearly be regarded as most highly specialized in the males of which these apophyses are most widely removed from this fundamental form. With regard to the genital sterna, those species in which these plates undergo the greatest change when maturity is reached must similarly be regarded as the most highly specialized. Specialization of the genital sterna appears to be roughly correlated with specialization in other parts. Thus in the keelless genera, in which the antenniform legs are never modified, it is not known to occur in the genus Labochirus, very few members of which have the tibial apophysis as highly modified as is usual in the genus Hypoctonus ; and in the genus Hyfoctonus it appears to be confined to the most specialized species—z.e. to those in which the tibial apophyses of the male bear a distinct lamina on the lower border of the grooved surface. Similarly in the keeled group it appears to be least marked, among Indo-Australian forms, in the genus Uvoproctus, in which the tibial apophyses of the male are scarcely, and the antenniform legs of the female not at all, modified. Specialization of the genital sternum ap- pears, moreover, often to be more marked in males than in females in genera in which the antenniform legs of the latter are more strongly modified than the tibial apophyses of the former, and vice versa. It seems impossible to say more at present with refer- ence to modifications of the genital sternum. So Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, The genera characterized by the specialization of the tibial apophyses of males are three in number—Labochirus, Hypoctonus and Typopeltis. The distribution of the genus Labochirus, as already pointed out (above, p. 61), suggests that this genus, which contains almost all the most primitive representatives of the keelless group in the Indo- Australian area, once had a more continuously wide distribution than is at present the case. Its most highly specialized species ap- pear to be confined to Burma, in and around which country and nowhere else the remaining Indo-Australian genus of the keelless group—Hypoctonus—is found. The more primitive species of this genus closely resemble those of the last, proving a common origin for the two; but the proportion of highly specialized species is much greater. I have already alluded to the concentration of this highly specialized genus in Burma as evidence that the conditions found among the secluded valleys of this country have acted as a stimulus to evolution in the same sort of way as the conditions found among the islands of the East Indian Archipelago, a con- clusion which finds support in other groups (see Gravely, 1915a, p. 416). The genus Hypoctonus appears to be dominant over the whole of Burma, and its range extends beyond the Siamese frontier almost to Raheng in the Me Ping Valley, an immature specimen having been sent to us by Mr. C. S. Barton from laterite jungle in the forest surrounding the Metaw River, a river which joins the Me Ping from the west close to Raheng. From open ground in this forest Mr. Barton has also sent us an immature specimen of the genus Thelyphonus, a genus which appears to be widely dis- tributed in Siam and Indo-China. It is difficult to determine, from the evidence at present available, whether Thelyphonus or Typopeltis is the dominant genus of the two last named countries, or whether both are equally common. Typopeltis extends northwards to Japan and Siberia. It resembles the keelless genera already dealt with in having the tibial apophyses of males strongly modified, though perhaps in general a little less strongly. In addition, however, the tarsi of the antenniform legs of females—though always long—are often somewhat modified, a thing which is unknown in the keelless genera. It is impossible in the present state of our knowledge to locate the evolutionary centre of this genus, but it is noteworthy that the only species in which the antenniform legs of the female are known to be unmodified is Typopeltis amurensis' from Siberia on the periphery of the range of the genus. Omitting the genus Mimoscorpius (from the Philippines), of which scarcely anything is known, the keeled genera with unmodi- ! The type specimen is a female from Siberia. Kraepelin (1897, p. 13) identifies with this amale from Canton. In view of the limited range of most spe- cies of Thelyphonidae the correctness of this identification can scarcely be con- sidered certain. Unfortunately nothing is known of the sex of the Indo-Chinese specimens in the Paris Museum. 1916.] F.H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 81 fied or almost unmodified male tibial apophyses remain for consi- deration. Of these the genus Uvoproctus, whose unmodified geni- tal sternum indicates its primitive character, contains only one species, a species the females of which have the tarsi of their an- tenniform legs long and unmodified. In two at least of the other three genera the females of some species have the tarsi of their anten- niform legs long and unmodified, while those of most have them short and modified, two species of Thelyphonus being transitional in so far as these tarsi are long although modified. The phylogenetic value of the distinctions between these genera is very doubtful, and they may be treated here as together forming a single unit. The species found in the Malay Peninsula and Archipelago and the Polynesian Islands are as follows :— Thelyphonus manilanus, Thelyphonus tnsulanus, x anthracinus, . hanseni, a caudatus, a asperatus , . linganus., ne leucurus , ‘ borneensis, Ke sumatranus , ei klugt, Abalius rohder, Ae celebensis, ., samoanus, in dortae, ,, willeyr, 3 sucht, » manilanus, Bs sempert, Tetrabalius seticauda, ke pocockt , ‘3 nasutus. burchardt, In two of these—Thelvphonus sumatranus from Sumatra and Abalius nasutus from Borneo—the structure of the antenniform legs of the female is not definitely known.' But the tarsi of these legs are short in the male of the former species, and as shortening appears to follow modification it may be assumed that they are modified in the female. In the only known specimen of the latter species they are damaged. In all the others, except Thelyphonus anthracinus from Borneo, Thelyphonus mamilanus from the Philippines and Moluccas, and Abalius rohdei from New Guinea, they are both modified and short. In the first of these three exceptional species they are modified but long; in the other two they are both long and unmodified. In Continental Asia (excluding the Malay Peninsula and in- cluding Ceylon) on the other hand, only two out of five species be- longing to the keeled group have the antenniform tarsi modified, and in one of these they are long. Both species are, moreover, confined to Siam and Indo-China, 7.e. they are the nearest of all to the Archipelago. The country west of Siam and more directly north of the Malay Peninsula is occupied by the keelless genera Hypoctonus 1 1 have not seen a description of 7. insulanus. If it 1s allied to 7. schtm- kewitchi as Kraepelin suggests it must have the antenniform legs of the female medified. 82 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XII, and Labochirus. Only one species of Thelyphonus—T. schnehageni from Rangoon—-has been recorded from this country. Through- out Assam and the Eastern Himalayas the present group of genera is represented by Uroproctus assamensis; and throughout the Indian Peninsula and Ceylon by Thelyphonus sepiaris. In all of these three species the tarsi of the antenniform legs of the female are long and unmodified. It is clear, therefore, that species of this group are more numer- ous and as a rule more highly specialized in the Archipelago than in Continental Asia. SUMMARY OF CONCLUSIONS. I. The degree to which different species of Thelyphonidae have been affected hy the process of evolution can best be seen in the genital sternum of both sexes, the antenniform legs of the female, and the tibial apophyses of the male (p 79). 2. The modifications seen in the genital sternum are not suffi- ciently definite or varied to be of much use for the purposes of this paper. Broadly speaking, however, they are correlated with the modifications seen in the other two structures mentioned (p. 79). 3. One of these two structures is affected in some genera, and the other in the rest. Only in the genus Typopeltis are both affected together. The relationships of this genus are rendered obscure by the fact that it differs from other genera with modified male tibial apophyses in having keels between the median and lateral eyes, and that it differs from other genera with modified female antenniform legs in having a different (more nearly ter- minal) series of joints affected by the modification (pp. 62 and 80). 4. The genera Uroproctus, Thelyphonus, Abalius and Tetra- balius are closely related. Except in so far as the structure of the genital sternum of Uvoproctus indicates the primitive character of this genus, they are separated by characters of doubtful phylo- genetic significance and they are best treated together as a unit group for the purposes of this paper. In all species the tibial apophysis of the male is simply conical, though often slenderer than that of the female ; in the more highly specialized species the antenniform legs of the female are modified (pp. 62 and 8r). 5. Twenty-three of the twenty-eight species belonging to these four genera are found in and confined to the Malay Peninsula, the Malay Archipelago and the Polynesian Islands. Of these the females of only two have unmodified antenniform legs ; one of the remaining twenty-one has the tarsi of these legs unshortened although they are modified (p. 81). Of the two species which inhabit Siam and Indo-China one has these tarsi shortened and the other unshort- ened ; both have them modified (p. 81). One species has been re- corded from Burma, where the keelless genera with modified male tibial apophyses are dominant. Like the two species occurring (and dominant) in Assam and in the Indian Peninsula (with Ceylon) respectively it has the antenniform legs of the female unmodified 1916.] F.H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 83 (pp. 81-82). Species found in and near the Archipelago are evi- dently, then, more highly specialized and much more numerous than those in Burma, Assam and the Indian Peninsula. 6. Thekeelless genera may for the present be regarded as two in number ; but it has been necessary to redefine them (pp. 61-63). The genus Labochitrus as redefined occurs in Africa, in South India and Ceylon, in Burma and the north of the Malay Peninsula, and perhaps in Borneo (pp. 64-67). It is composed almost entirely of relatively primitive forms which presumably had at one time a more continuously wide distribution than at present. Two species (L. andersont and L. ellist), however, show a specialization of the male tibial apophysis similar to that found in the higher members of the genus Hypoctonus, but affecting the upper instead of the lower border of the grooved surface. Both these species are con- fined to Burma (pp. 64 and 80). The genus Hypoctonus, which consists chiefly of the more highly specialized species of the group, is also confined to Burma, whose secluded valleys presumably form the main evolutionary centre of the group. The fauna of these valleys is very imperfectly known, and the species of this group have for the most part very restricted ranges. Probably, therefore, there is still much to be learnt with regard to them (pp. 61 and 8o). 7. In the genus Typopeltis the number of records, espe- cially from Continental Asia, is exceptionally small in comparison with the range of the genus, which indicates that here too there is still much to be found out. For the present the most that can be said is that the evolutionary centre is presumably somewhere in the tropics, that the genus does not extend south of Indo-China, and that the only species in which the female is known to have un- modified antenniform legs occurs in Siberia on the northern peri- phery of the range of the genus (p. 80). 5. Nothing can be said of the genus Mimoscorpius from the Philippines, as next to nothing is known about it. 9g. Before concluding it may be well to note that the two American genera, which do not properly come within the scope of this paper, are both extremely primitive. Thelyphonellus has the male tibial apophysis less modified than any of its Oriental keel- less allies; and Mastiyoproctus has the genital sternum as little modified as the allied and primitive Oriental Uvoproctus, and the tibial apophyses alike in the two sexes. LIST OF PAPERS REFERRED TO. For a general bibliography see Kraepelin, 1897; for references to individual species see Kraepelin, 1899. 1872. Butler, A. G.—‘‘ A Monograph of the Genus Thelyphonus.”’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) X, 1872, pp. 200-206, pl. xiii. 1873. Butler, A. G.—‘‘ Descriptions of Several New Species of Thelyphonus.’’ Cist. Ent. I (6), 1873, pp. 129-132. 84 1885. 1888. 1889. 1894. 1895. 18096. 1897. 1899. 1899. 1899 1900. 1900. 1900 1901. IQOL. IgOl. 1902. Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, Simon, E.—‘‘ Faune arachnologique de |’ Asie meridionale.”’ Bull. Soc. Zool. France X, 1885, pp. 1-39 and 436-462. Thorell, T.—‘‘ Pedipalpi e Scorpioni dell’ Archipelago Malese.” Ann. Mus. Civ. Genova (2) VI (XXVI), 1888, pp. 326-428. Oates, E. W.—‘‘ On the Species of Thelyphonus inhabiting Continental India, Burma and the Malay Peninsula.’’ | A. SuB: AVITAL) 1880s. pp. -Lommele sti: Pocock, R. I.—*‘ Notes on the Thelyphonidae contained in the Collection of the British Museum.’’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) XIV, 1894, pp. 120-134, pl. il. Tarnani, J.—‘‘ Ueber die Thelyphoniden aus den Sammlun- gen einiger Russischer Museen, II.’’ Horae Soc. Ent. Ross. XXIX, 1894-5, pp. I1I-12T, pl. 1. Simon, E.—‘‘ Liste des Arachnides recueillis en Indo-Chine et offerts au Muséum par M. Pavie.” Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, 1896-7, pp. 263-4. Kraepelin, R.—‘‘ Revision der Uropygi.’’ Abh. Ver. Ham- burg, XV (1), 1897, 60 pp., 2 pl. Hentschel, E.—‘‘ Zur geographishen Verbreitung der Thely- phoniden.’’ Zool. Anz. XXII, 1899, pp. 429-430. Kraepelin, K.—‘‘ Scorpiones und Pedipalpi.”” Das Tver- reich, 265 pp.,94 text-figs. Pocock, R. I.—(a) ‘‘ Diagnoses of some new Indian Arach- nida.”’ J. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., XII, 1898-1900, PP. 744-753. (b) ‘Scorpions, Pedipalpi and Spiders collected by Dr. Willey in New Britain, the Solomon Islands, Loyalty Islands, etc.’’ Walley’s Zool. Res., 1899-1902, pp. 95-120, DISax=xa- fs Kraepelin, K.—‘‘ Uber einige neue Gliederspinner.’’ Abh. Ver. Hamburg, XVI (4), 1900, I7 pp., 12 text-figs. Pocock, R. I.—(a) ‘‘Some new or little-known Thelyphoni- dae and Solifugae.’”’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) V, 1900, pp. 294-306, text-fig. I-4. (b) ** Arachnida.’’ Fauna of British India Series, 279 pp., 89 text-figs. Tarnani, J.—‘‘ Deux nouvelles espécies de Thelyphonides.’’ Zool Anz. XXIII, 1900, pp. 481-2 Krapelin, K.—‘‘ Catalogue des Pédipalpes des Collections du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle de Paris.’’ Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, VI1,. 1901, pp. 263-274. Simon, E.—‘‘ Arachnida of the Skeat Expedition to the Malay Peninsula.” Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1901, pp. 45-84. i Tarnani, J.—‘‘Uber die Thelyphoniden aus den Sammlun- gen einiger russischer Museen.’’ Aun. Mus. Zool. Ac. Imp. Sci. St. Petersburg, V1, 1901, pp. 207-219, pl. ix. Pocock, R. I.—‘‘ A Contribution to the Systematics of the Pedipalpi.”’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) 1X, pp. 157-165. 1916.] F.H. Gravety: Indo-Australian Thelyphonidae. 85 1900. Borner, C.—‘‘ Beitrage zur Morphologie der Arthropoden. I. Ein Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Pedipalpen.’’ 67b. Zool. XVII, 1903-6, 42, 1904, 174 pp., 114 text-figs., 7 pl. 1904. Simon, E.—‘‘ Arachnides recueiilis par M. A. Pavie en Indo- Chine.’ Mission Pavie Indo-Chine, 1879-1895, Etudes Diverses III, Recherches sur l Histoire Naturelle de ? Indo- Chine Orientale, 1904, pp. 270-295, pl. xvi. 1906. Schwangart, F.—‘: Uber zwei Formen der Pedipalpengat- tung Typopeltis, Pocock, von Formosa. Zool. Anz. XXX, 1906, pp. 331-337, text-figs. I-3. 1908. Iwakawa, T.—‘‘ On the Specific Identity of the Scorpion- Spider of the Loochoos and Formosa.’’ Ammnot. Zool. Jap. VI (4), 1908, pp. 287-201, pl. xi. 1910. Kraepelin, K.—‘‘ Neue Beitrage zur Systematik der Gliedet- spinnen.’’ Mitt. Mus. Hamburg, XXVIII, Irgt0, pp. 59- 107, I pl., 9 text-figs. tg1i. Fischer, C. E. C.—‘‘ The Courtship of Whip-Scorpions.” /. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc. XX, 1gto-11, pp. 888-889. 1911. Hirst, S.—‘‘ On a new Pedipalp from Burma.’ Ann. Mag. Nat. .Hist. (8) VIII, pp. 380-381, 1 text-fig. 1912. Gravely, F. H.—(a) ‘‘ Notes on Pedipalpi in the Collection of the Indian Museum. III. Some new and imperfectly known Species of Hypoctonus.” Rec. Ind. Mus. VII, I9QI2, pp. IOI-107. (b) ‘‘ Exhibition of living Pedipalpi, with Remarks on the Distribution of the Order.’’ Proc A S.B., Aug. Igtt (1912), pp. CXXili-cxxv. 1915. Gravely, F. H.—(a) ‘‘ The Evolution and Distribution of Indian Spiders belonging to the Subfamily Aviculariinae.”’ J.A.S.B. (n.s.) X, 1914 (1914-5), pp. 411-420, pl. POSTE (b) ‘‘ Notes on the Habits of Indian Insects, Myriapods and Arachnids.” Rec. Ind. Mus. XI, 1915, pp. 483-539, pls. xxii-xxv. FIG. EXPLANATION: OF PEATE SE 1.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus proboscideus, very young, X 4. 2.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus proboscideus, young, X 4. 3.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus proboscideus, hr. 4.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus proboscideus, xX 4. 5.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus gastrostictus, Qua 6.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus kraepeluni, 2 x 4. 7.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochtrus dawnae, 2 x 4. 8.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus brawnt, 2 X 4. g.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Labochirus ellist, 2 X 4. 10.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Hypoctonus sylvaticus, ¢ Kos 11.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Hypoctonus saxatilis, 2 X 4. 12.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Hypoctonus wood-masoni, 9 X 4. 13.—Lower surface of left trochanter of Typopeltis stimp- sont, a X 4. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol. Xl, 1916. D. N. Bagchi, del Bemrose, Collo., Derby. LABOCHIRUS AND HYPOCTONUS. ean, % - * 4 if | i ' a my " r ctw | z * iy 1 my f = ri Aft, ay . ‘" Fs ie mee Ao ns a or . fi % ‘ av i . i in u if on \ ; a " ih y Nae ee ni) ; ; Diy eea +a ib ~ ‘ Ly ‘ ts ti ‘ isi ee - fi oh { ey 3 ¥ = be ke “ j t 2 5 ov - r . =x : 7 o = My 4 i mi t - i + < Sys it ‘ . nk tt | age ; d q ‘ 7 . ates as , ” ‘ / “i . aii ’ i o 1 . 5 \ ! + + i) oy U . i” ‘ t j 4 esi wat i a “) i“ ‘ 1 i t f ’ ‘i i . n « * i ; " ; a J i ‘ . u . oe. 1% i ; j j “ f . y “4 of i 2 T oe 2 ' > 1 a - - ; { ; ws - : A + ’ . 7 . “ . ‘ ' + ' i 2 U . _- . _ - ol _ e 4 i . — . , ie ee ae | ¥ f v i = £ =a : oy a - ‘ oe - 7 Ab 6 . » ed a , set - @ « Fs . ‘ s ‘ ‘ ft at. eA 8 VEOTTRYE NEES * as. Fee oust! SOUP to Hlevridcnry pth) } Fania - eros | eee oe : | ROUTINE oo Aj OF ee oily rh fe * . any Wag cr Se Beg enccisay oe ik wees | Ls ee Nee aes Neca beh eh : v saatectiyroh ‘ tar ies ee ; ; UBitade 4 3 se, ASR Os tabs ipo a | i ae ESL. Sema ee ee rene bE: albanchos z re te r & +33 ; hs £ : tj - Bs j= At ine a5 . ¥ Lin ¥ -~ ude 4d Par rt ‘ Ae; fre rs r Se ae EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. 14.—Tibial apophysis of Labochirus kraepelini, o. I5.— 16. — 17.— 18.— 19.— 20.— 21.— 22.— 23.— 24.— 25.— > yy” >) » Hypoctonus sy5) dawnae, o. anderson, o. ellist, &. oatest, o. carmichaeli, o. formosus, o. yangunensis, o. saxatilis, & sylvaticus, %. wood-masont, &. stoliczkae, o. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XII, 1916. Plate Il (20% 19). 20. F.H.G., del. LABOCHIRUS and HYPOCTONUS. - oF 7 £ nt py f : we) A eo a < "2 bp nA 4a we ¢ y ae ? > ¢ : ‘- me tue : a 6 pe ri. vee. fn aes , <, , : d ¥ i‘ : L f ' ’ > iy - ~S 7: . ‘we "ava ip’ +" eT 4 7 c - : | » a t ee \ 7 z , i "= a ‘ og DB & é, . > - he T .” ] f = z 6 aa) : re -: ci : wu tA uy q x ieee 7 > a i > i ® @ : 5 q 4) é i, A » 7 _ ad . _ A a's vii! ah ' ’ nee = Vie i Pos = 4” 2 on Or. ; at he av, t, & ser ae et ae & A “He P peek” A > MY ae vo Na tao to ee rivet te eee « s ie 1 c ~% S <* oh * i o ~: zt) EXPLANATION OF PLATE III. . 26.—-Anterior abdominal sterna of Uroproctus assamensis, & X 4. 27.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Uroproctus assamensis, 2 X 4. 28.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Thelyphonus caudatus, o xX 4. 29.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Thelyphonus caudatus, 9 Koa. 30.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Thelyphonus linganus, 7 X 4. 31.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Thelyphonus linganus, ? KA. 32.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Thelyphonus sucki, 7 X 4. 33.—Anterior abdominal sterna of Thelyphonus schimkewitschr, aA. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XII, 1916. Plate III. D. N. Bagchi, del. Bemrose, Coilo., Derby. YROPROCTUS AND THELYPHONUS. EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV. . 34.—Genital sternum of Thelyphonus doriae, # X 4. 35.—Tibial apophysis of Uroproctus assamensis, 7 X 4. OE== ) 5 i ys 5 5 ete Gis 37.—Arm and hand of Thelyphonus caudatus, 7 X 4. Shain pet ame tin an 8 a es Re Ars eres ee as ymca 3 linganus, ® X 4. AO. =) a ark a e ar Ae ah ies Nee PR a duriae, #7 X 4. LAr ay eet Ge - suckt, ? X 4. AS. => bo aklaaae® spb - schimkewitschi, 7 X 4. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol.Xll, 1916. Plate IV. Bemrose, Colla Derby D. N. Bagchi, del UROPROCTUS AND THELYPHONUS. pay) Me 2 » ’ eh f 7 - -. e? ‘ . < 2 y ~ ‘ oa * i 4 7 * a a a PP * » 4 . a ‘ i . ¥ i. . ¥ ee jhe j ; * c wo fie Pus e > i ~ . x . - 4 r if a b . , : ‘ 4 . . t, q , - . i at Naibleletaeren yb ei ie OuNe VAC MUA ths COs he eve ON OF ;MARINE MOLLUSCA DREDGED -IN SHALLOW; WATER IN--EHB ANDAMAN ISLANDS. By-D. Be PRESTON. F.Z.S. In dealing with the present small collection the exceedingly rich nature of the Andaman Islands Molluscan fauna is once more emphasized, several large collections, notably those of Nevill, Bouley, Wilmer and Warneford, made during more or less recent years having seemingly failed to exhaust it and there is little doubt that were systematic dredging, especially in from two to twenty fathoms, carried on at every available point round the islands large numbers of forms hitherto unknown to science would be revealed. In the present paper the author is able to diagnose and figure seventeen species which appear to have up to now escaped notice, and also to place on record the occurrence of several quite unlooked for forms, thus very considerably extending their known range, while the material collected has, in addition, enabled him to provide drawings of two species (Ethalia capillata, Gould and Eulima oxytata, Watson) which, though duly described, have not before been figured. Class GASTROPODA. Order PROSOBRA NCHIA. Family PLEUROTOMIDAE. Pleurotoma fusca, Hombron and Jacquinot. Voy. Sud. Pole, Zool., Vol. V, p. 111, pl. xxv, figs. 19-20. Brigade Creek, in 2-5 fathoms, on a bottom composed of de- caying vegetation ; Port Blair. Mangilia gracilenta, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1843, p. 184; Tryon, Man. Conch., Vo!. VI, p. 251, pl. xxiii, figs. 98, 88; pl. xvii, fig. I1. Port Blair. 88 Records of the Indian Museum, [ Wor xcs Family NASSIDAE. Nassa kempi, sp. nu. (Figs: X, 125) Shell small, ovately fusiform, whitish , shading on the last whorl to pale yellowish-brown, painted with two spiral bands of pale reddish-chestnut which increase to three on the last whorl; whorls 5, the first two smooth, polished, the last three sculptured with rather closely-set, transverse costulae ; base of shell finely spirally sulcate ; suture impressed, crenellated by the terminations of the Fic. 1.—Nassa kempi, sp. n. X 6. Fic. 2.—Nassa phoenicensis, sp. n. X 4. » Wh do., sculpture, x 8. 3 2a— do., sculpture, xX 4. Fic. 3, 3a.—Natica kempi, sp. n. X 3. » 30.— do., operculum X 3. transverse costulae ; columella obliquely descending, narrowly and restrictedly outwardly calloused, the callus extending upward across the parietal region to meet the upper margin of the labrum and bearing eight denticle-like plaits of which the uppermost and the three basal ones are the coarsest; labrum white, acute, varicosely thickened behind, slightly projecting in front and some- what sharply contracted near the base, bearing seven small, regular denticles just within the aperture; aperture ovate; canal, short, rather broad. Alt. 4°5, diam. maj. 2°5, diam. min. 2°25 mm. Aperture: alt. 1°5, diam. *5 mm. Hab.—Semiramis Bay, Andaman Islands, in 2-6 fathoms, on a bottom of fine mud (S. Kemp). 1916. | H. B. Preston: Andaman Marine Mollusca. 89 Nassa phoenicensis, sp. n. (Pigs: 27124. 5p. /88:) Shell rather small, shortly fusiform, reddish-brown, painted with spiral bands of dark chocolate; whorls 6, flattish, regularly increasing, the last long, sculptured with slightly oblique, trans- verse costulae, crossed by fine, spiral lirae and a single groove a little below the sutural region, which transforms the terminations of the transverse costulae into a row of nodules; suture im- pressed; columella margin obliquely descending, bearing four plait-like denticles, livid whitish in colour, restricted and rather erectly calloused and extending above into a well defined, parietal callus which reaches to the upper margin of the labrum; labrum varicosely thickened with narrowly reflexed margin, obliquely backwardly sloping and sharply contracted to form a notch near its base, bearing seven denticles just within; aperture irregularly ovate, canal short. Alt. 7, diam. maj. 3°75, diam. min. 3°25 mm. Aperture: alt. 2°25, diam. I mm. Hab.—Phoenix Bay, Andaman Islands, in 1-3 fathoms, on a bottom of muddy sand (S. Kemp). Nassa (Hima) tindalli, Melvill. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, Vol. VII, 1907, p. 29 (fig. in text). Port Blair. A single small and damaged specimen which the author refers with some hesitation to the above quoted species originally des- cribed from Baticaloa, Ceylon. Nassa (Niotha) livescens, Phil. Zeitschr. fiir Malak., 1848, p. 135 (as Nassa); Tryon, Man. Conch., Ser. 1, Vol. IV, p. 54, pl. xvi, fig. 304. Semiramis Bay, 2-6 fathoms, in fine mud. A single dead and immature specimen. Nassa (Arcularia) globosa (Quoy). Quoy and Gaimard, Zool. Voy. Astrolabe, II, p. 448, pl. xxxii, figs. 25-27 (as Buccinum). Phoenix Bay, in 1-3 fathoms, in muddy sand. Nassa (Arcularia) cancellata, Adams. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1851, p. 99; Tryon, Man. Conch., Ser. 1, Vol. IV, p. 26, pl. viii, fig. 35. » Bamboo Flat Bay, 1-4 fathoms, in muddy sand. go Records of the Indian Museum, [Voy. XII, Nassa (Alectrion) unicolor, Hombron and Jacquinot. Voy. Astrol. et Zel., 1853, V, p. 76, pl. xxi, figs. 13-15. Semiramis Bay, 2-6 fathoms, in fine mud; Port Blair. A single juvenile example from each locality. Family CAPULIDAE. Calyptraea pellucida, Reeve. Conch. Icon. (Trochita), sp. 2, pl. 1, figs. 2a-b. A single specimen on the inner side of a valve of Tellina viator, Preston, from Port Blair. Family NATICIDAR. Natica kempi, sp. n. (Figs. 3, 3a, 30, p. 88.) Shell small, solid, ovate. of a yellowish ground colour, painted with rather fine, closely-set, transverse, zig-zag, chestnut mark- ings and irregularly, broadly, spirally banded with pale reddish- chestnut ; whorls 4, the first three small, the last large, convex, finely, transversely striate; sutures so lightly impressed as to be almost linear; umbilicus deep, sealed, but for a comparatively narrow opening, by a heavy convex callus which is stained with dark livid purple; columella margin obliquely descending, spread- ing above into a well defined, parietal callus which is so thickened as to take on almost the appearance of a nodule near its junction with the upper margin of the labrum; labrum sub-acute above and in front where it is stained with a livid tinge, slightly dilated below and considerably thickened where it merges into the base of the columella margin; aperture ovate; operculum thick, shelly, polished shining, semi-transparent, but marked with opaque, radiating bands of milk white, two-whorled, with eccentric uu- cleus and strongly spirally striate. Alt. 7°5, diam. maj. 5°75, diam. min. 4°75 mm. Aperture: alt. 4, diam. 2°25 mm. Hab.—Port Blair, Andaman Islands (S. Kemp). Sigaretus (Eunaticina) calaraphe, sp. n. (Figs. 4, 4a.) Shell small, moderately solid, vellowish-white ; whorls 4, the first two small, the last two rapidly increasing, the last large, long, sculptured with fine, but rather irregular, slightly wavy, incised spiral striae; suture canaliculate ; umbilicus moderately narrow, deep, partly concealed by the outward expansion of the calloused columella margin ; columella margin obliquely descending, curved below, outwardly expanded, the expansion appearing as a wing- 1916. | H. B. Preston: Andaman Marine Mollusca. gl like projection above and much contracted in the median part ; labrum continuous with the columella callus, acute, somewhat projecting in front; aperture pyriform ; interior of shell white, porcellaneous. Alt. 8°5, diam. maj. 5°5, diam. min. 4 25 mm. Aperture: alt. 6, diam. 3 mm. Hab.--Semiramis Bay, Andaman Is., in 2-6 fathoms, on a bottom of fine sand (S. Kemp). Family SCALIDAE. Epitonium robillardi (Sowerby). Proc. Malac. Soc., London, I, p. 42, pl. iv, fig. 5 (as Scalaria). Bamboo Flat Bay, 1-4 fathoms, in muddy sand. Fic. 4.—Sigaretus (Eunaticina) calaraphe, sp.n. X 4. 5, 4a.— do. sculpture, X 4. 5.-—Hulima oxytata, Watson x 6. 6.—Eulima rossinsulae, sp.n. X 3. Family EULIMIDAE. Eulima oxytata, Watson. (Fig. 5.) F. Linn. Sees, 1883, Vol. XVII, p. 117 (unfigured). Bamboo Flat Bay, 1-4 fathoms, in muddy sand. The author has been unable to trace the existence of any figure of this pretty little species, hence the figure now given. Eulima rossinsulae, sp. n. (Fig. 6.) Shell elongately subulate, semi-opaque, white; whorls 17, flattened, not convex, smooth, polished, shining ; suture linear ; columella margin oblique; labrum acute, slightly bent inwards over the aperture; aperture slightly oblique, narrowly and some- what elongately triangular. Q2 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, Alt. 11, diam. maj. 2:25 mm. Aperture; alt. 1-5, diam. °75 mm. Hab.— Off Ross Island, Andaman Is., 2-10 fathoms, on a bot- tom of sand, stones and coral (S. Kemp). Family NERITIDAE. Theodoxus oualanensis, Lesson. Lesson in Duperey, Voy. Cogutlle, Zool., Vol. I1, 1830, p. 379. Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 168, pl. xxxvi, fig. 168 (as Nevitina). Bamboo Flat Bay, 1-4 fathoms, in muddy sand. A single small specimen; the species though originally des- cribed from the Pacific appears to have a very wide range, the author having taken quite typical specimens some years ago at Baticaloa on the east coast of Ceylon. Ay era GZ ap eS Sis PAB RY Us Fic. 7, 7a, 76.—Ethalia capillata, Gould, X 4. 8. 8a.—Cylichnella syngenes, sp.n. X 8. Family TROCHIDAE. Ethalia capillata, Gould. (Figs. 7, 74, 70.) Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1861, Vol. VIII, p. 17. Off Ross I., in 2-10 fathoms, on a bottom of sand, stones and coral. A very beautiful species which appears hitherto to have escaped being figured. Order OPISTHOBRA NCHIA. Family SCAPHANDRIDAE. Cylichnella syngenes, sp. n. (Figs. 8, 8a.) Shell allied to Cylichna cylindvacea.' Pennant, a common European form, but differing from that species in the wider apical l Brit. Zool., Ed. 4, Vol. 1V, p. 117, pl. Ixx, fig. 35 (as Bulla). >) 1916. | H. B. Preston: Andaman Marine Mollusca. 92 umbilicus, in its coarser revolving striae and more cylindrical and truncate form. Alt. 5°25, diam. 2 mm. Aperture: alt. 5°25, diam. °25 mm. Hab.—Port Blair, Andaman Is. (S. Kemp). Family APLUSTRIDAE. Micromelo undatum (Bruguiére). Brug., Encycl. Méth., 1, p. 380 (as Bulla); Tryon, Man. Conch., Vol. XV, p. 392, pl. lix, figs. 20-24. Off Ross I., in 2-10 fathoms, on a bottom of sand, stones and coral. A single very brightly coloured example which is inseparable from the West Indian shells in the British Museum. Class PELECYPODA. Order TETRABRANCHIA. Sub-order MyTILAcEA. Family MyTILIDAr. Mytilus curvatus, Dunker. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1856, p. 361; Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 53, pl. xi, fig. 53. Brigade Creek, in 2-5 fathoms, on a bottom composed of decaying vegetation. Sub-order ARCACEA. Family ARCIDAE. Arca (Anadena) holoserica, Reeve. Proc. Zool. Soc:, 1844, p. 39 (as Arca) ; Reeve, Conch. [con., sp. 11, pl. i. A young specimen from Semiramis Bay, in 2-6 fathoms, in fine mud. Family NUCULIDAE. Nucula semiramisensis, sp. n. (Figs. 9, 94, 90.) Shell tumid, ovately rhomboidal, covered with a thin, pale reddish-brown periostracum, polished, shining, minutely, obsolete- ly, transversely striate, and marked with concentric growth lines; umbones pearly, not prominent; dorsal margin arched in the me- dian part, anteriorly sinuous, posteriorly bulging; ventral mar- gin rounded ; anterior side sharply angled above, obliquely sloping below ; posterior side rather slightly produced, sharply rounded ; hinge plate bearing on right valve five erect, sharp-pointed, 04 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Von. One. anterior and sixteen posterior lateral teeth, and on the left valve six anterior and seven- teen posterior lateral teeth. Interior of shell pale bluish, nacreous. Long. 7°75, lat. 11°75 mm. Hab.—Semiramis Bay, Andaman Is., in 2-6 fathoms, in fine mud (S, Kemp). Allied to N. bengal- F1G. 9, 9ga.—Nucula semiramisensis, sp. n. X ae ensis, Smith!, from deep 9b.— do., hinge, X 3. water in the Bay of Ben- gal. The present species is however of smaller dimensions and greater convexity for its size, the anterior side is also much more angular than is the case in that species. Yoldia tenella, Hinds. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1843, p. 99; Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 2, pl i. Semiramis Bay, in 2-6 fathoms, in fine mud; Port Blair. Sub-order CARDIACEA. Family CARDIDAE. Fulvia papyracea, Chem. Conch., Cab., Vol. VI, p. 190, pl. xviii, fig. 184; Sowerby, Conch, /ilust., fig. 56 (non fig. 55); Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 9, pl. ii (as Cardtum). Bamboo Flat Bay, in 1-4 fathoms, on a bottom of muddy sand (young specimens only). Sub-order CONCH ACEA, Family VENERIDAE. Dosinia laminata, Reeve. Venus, No. 34 Schréter, Ein/ezt, iii, p-. 167, pl. x, fig. 32; V. excavata, Gmel. Syst., p. 32690, No. 832; cf. Romer, Krit. Unters., p. 26; Reeve, Conch. Icon., sp. 41, pl. vii. Port Blair. A number of small specimens measuring about 13 millimetres in height and breadth. Pitaria sp.? Juv. Phoenix Bay, in 1-3 fathoms, on a bottom of muddy sand ; Port Blair. | Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 6, Vol. XVI, 1895, p. 257, pl. ii, fig. Q. 1916. | H. B. Preston : Andaman Marine Mollusca. 95 Anaitis calophylla, Hanley. Cat. Rec. Biv. Shells, Appendix, p. 361, pl. xvi, fig. 26 (as Venus). Port Blair. Anaitis sp.% Juv. Semiramis Bay, 2-6 fathoms, in fine mud. A single very beautiful specimen, which the author has been unable to satisfactorily determine, it is obviously in a very youth- ful state. Tapes textrix, Chem. Conch. Cab., VII, p. 48, pl. xlii, fig. 442 (as Venus). Port Blair. Two young examples. Family SOLENIDAE. Solen sp. ? Juv. Bamboo Flat Bay, 1-4 fathoms, in muddy sand; only ex- tremely juvenile specimens obtained. Order DIBRANCHIA Sub-order LUCINACEA. Family LUCINIDAE. Lucina semperiana, Issel. Savigny, Descript. de l’ Egypte Coq., pl. viii, fig. 12, Issel, Mal. del Mar. Rosso, 1869, p. 82. Semiramis Bay, 2-6 fathoms, in fine mud. Sub-order TELLINACEA. Family TELLINIDAE. Tellina bertiniana, sp. n. (Figs. 10, roa, p. 96.) Shell trigonally ovate, somewhat convex, white, opaque, slightly polished, smooth but for concentric growth lines which are more closely-set and more apparent near the margins; umbones moderately small and inwardly curved, marked with rather dis- tant growth ridges; dorsal margin arched; ventral margin gently rounded, very slightly contracted posteriorly ; anterior side round- ed; posterior side angularly rounded. Long. 7'5, lat. 9°25 mm. Hab.—Bamboo Flat Bay, Andaman Islands, in 1-4 fathoms, on a bottom of muddy sand (S. Kemp). Dedicated to M. Victor Bertin in recognition of assistance teceived from his valuable work on the Tellinidae.! 1 Nouv. Arch. Mus. Paris, 2nd Ser., 1, pp 202-361, pls. viii, ix. 96 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, Tellina innocens, sp. n. (Hig. tr) Shell small, ovately and broadly auriform, thin, semi-trans- parent, white, both valves finely concentrically striate; umbones small, a little prominent; dorsal margin anteriorly sloping, pos- teriorly sharply sloping and a little excavated; ventral margin rounded; anterior side also rounded; posterior side shortly and obtusely rostrate, abruptly rounded at its extremity. Long. 4, lat. 5 mm. Hab.—Phoenix Bay, Andaman Is., in I-3 fathoms, on a bot- tom of muddy sand (S. Kemp). Tellina micans, Hanley. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1844, p. 72; Sowerby, Thes. Conch., fig. 100. Port Blair (several specimens). Fic. 10, 10a.—Tellina bertiniana, sp.n. X 3. 11.—Tellina innocens, sp. n. X 4. 12.—Tellina persimplex, sp.n. X3- Tellina persimplex, sp. n. (Fig. 12.) Shell oval, thin, semi-transparent, whitish, both valves having the upper portion smooth, while the lower portions are marked with fine, concentric ridges which become coarser on the posterior side; umbones small, not prominent; dorsal margin gently slop- ing both anteriorly and posteriorly ; ventral margin rounded; an- terior and posterior sides bluntly rounded. Long. 6, lat. 8 mm. Hab.—Port Blair, Andaman Is. (S. Kemp). Tellina pervitrea, sp. n. (Fig. 13.) Shell small, ovately cuneiform, exceedingly thin and almost transparent, smooth, polished, shining, marked only with fine, concentric growth lines; umbones small, not prominent ; dorsal 1916. ] H. B. Preston: Andaman Marine Mollusca. 97 margin anteriorly gently arched, markedly excavated in the liga- mental region and sloping posteriorly ; ventral margin scarcely rounded; anterior side rounded; posterior side comparatively short, abruptly descending, rounded below. Long. 4°75, lat. 8°25 mm. Hab.—Semiramis Bay, Andaman Is., in 2-6 fathoms, on a bottom of fine mud (S. Kemp). Tellina phoenicensis, sp. n. (Figs. 14, 144.) Shell small, ovately cuneiform, milk white, both valves sculp- tured with moderately fine, concentric ridges which stand out somewhat along the upper portion of the posterior, dorsal margin, the interstices being occupied by very fine, miscroscopic, con- centric striae; umbones small, rather prominent; dorsal margin Fic, 13.—Tellina pervitrea, sp. n. X 3. Fic. 15.—Tellina soror, sp. n. X 3- 5 14.—Tellina phoentcensts, sp.n. X 4. », 15a.— do., hinge, X 3. 5» 14a.— do., hinge, X 4. », 16.—Tellina unguts, sp.n. X 4. anteriorly, very slightly sloping, posteriorly sloping, faintly ex- cavated above then a little bulging; ventral margin rounded an- teriorly, contracted posteriorly, anterior side bluntly rounded ; posterior side produced, subrostrate, sharply rounded. Long. 5, lat. 85 mm. Hab.—Phoenix Bay, Andaman Islands, in 1-3 fathoms, on a muddy bottom (S. Kemp). Tellina soror, sp. n. (Figs. 15, 154.) Shell allied to T. phoenicensis but larger and of a thinner and semi-transparent texture, the concentric ridges are lacking and are replaced by very fine and closely-set striae only; the ventral margin is not posteriorly contracted; the anterior side is still more obtusely rounded, and the posterior side is neither unduly produced nor rostrate. . 98 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VOL. 2 Racovitza, Arch. Zool. exp. e. gén., 1907, t. 7 and 1909, t. 9. 1916. | W. E. Cormince: Indian Terrestrial Isopoda. 127 areas. Antennae slender, elongated, joints grooved on their outer sides, with 3-jointed flagellum. First maxillae, outer lobe terminates in four stout curved spines and four finer inner ones which latter have bifurcated ends. Second maxillae thin and plate-like, the inner one terminating in a brush of fine setose spines. Segments of the mesosome strongly convex, the lateral plates of 1 to 4 slightly overlap one another posteriorly, whilst those of 5 and 7 are produced backwardly, especially the 7th. Maxillipedes poorly developed, with the inner lobe the larger. Metasome narrow, lateral plates small and slightly incurved. Uro- poda with elongated, somewhat flattened basal plate, which extends beyond the telson; exopodite long and pointed, endopodite elong- ated. Telson very short and broad, terminally rounded or pointed. Although I have carefully examined a number of specimens I have not so far been able to find any antennules. Apart from the maxillae, the mouth parts are of little value here for purposes of generic distinction. Respecting the affinities of this genus it is not possible to say much, as our knowledge of the Indian and Asiatic Terrestrial Isopoda is, as yet, so fragmentary. In the form of the cephalon, the mesosome, and metasome and the uropoda, Burmoniscus undoubtedly shows a remote relationshp with Philoscia, at least the Asiatic Philoscias, although these also are, as yet only imper- fectly understood. Burmoniscus kempi, n. sp. (Pl. xix, figs. 1—8). Body oblong oval, dorsal surface convex, smooth and shiny. Cephalon (figs. 1 and 2) larger than in B. moulmeinus, Cllge., and partly flanked by the lateral plates of the Ist segment of the mesosome, emarginate, median and lateral lobes absent; epistoma almost vertical. Eyes absent. Antennae (fig. 3) slender and elong- ated, especially the 4th and 5th joints, peduncular and flagellar joints grooved on their outer sides, flagellum 3-jointed, terminal joint with long fine style. First mawxillae (fig. 4), outer lobe termin- ates in four stout curved spines and four inner ones deeply bifur- cated, inner lobe rounded terminally with two setose spines. Second maxillae (fig. 5) thin and flexible, somewhat thicker on the inner side, on the outer side it is produced into a thin plate with radiating thickened arms, anteriorly terminating as a flattened tooth, and a smaller one on the inner side, between the two the inner lobe forms a brush-like mass of setae. Maxillipedes (fig. 6) poorly developed, the inner lobe the larger. Uropoda (fig. 7) with elongated, somewhat flattened basal plate which extends beyond the telson, grooved dorsally between points of articulation of exopodite and endopodite; exopodite long, stout, and slightly ridged dorsally on the outer side, endopodite elongated, and com- paratively not so stout. Telson (fig. 8) short with the posterior 128 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XII, 1916. | margin rounded. Length 75mm. Colour (in alcohol) light brown with darker pigmented network. Habitat.—Maosmai Cave, Cherrapunji, Assam, ca. 4000 ft., x- 1914. No. *t5° (S. W. Kemp). Living in total darkness. Type.—In the collection of the Indian Museum. B. kempi differs from B. moulmeinus in having a larger cepha- lon, in the more elongated form of the spines of the outer lobe oi the ist maxillae and in the form of the inner lobe also. The 2nd maxilla is quite unlike that in B. moulmeinus, and the basal plate of the uropoda is narrower and more elongated, there is also a lateral ridge on the outside of the exopodite. The telson is very different. being shorter and rounded posteriorly. This species is named in compliment to Mr. S. W. Kemp, by whom it was discovered, and whose work has added so largely to our knowledge of the Decapod and other Crustacea of India. ERRATA. In the previous ‘‘Contribution’’, Rec. Ind. Mus., 1915. Vol. XI, Pt. II, No. 6, on pages 144, 149 and 151 under the des- criptions of the antennae, the word inner should read ower. ——ST -. CrC.errtern—a ns V)3—_ Oe ae a ® ayes ; ‘ ; / he n= , * i - ae EXPLANATION OF PLATE X. Cubartis gravelii, n. sp. Fic. 1 —Dorsal view of the cephalon. 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Antennule. 4.—Right antenna. 5.--First maxilla, outer lobe. 6.—Second maxilla. 7,—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. 8.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 9.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 10.—Right uropod, ventral view. I1.—Last metasomatic segment, uropoda, and telson. +) ) >) Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol. XJI,1916. Plate X. H.G.K. del. A.Chowdhary,lith. CUBARIS GRAVELII )n.8p- EXPLANATION: OF PLATE XT. Cubaris expansus, n. sp. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. —Antennule. . —Right-antenna. —First-maxilla, terminal portion of outer lobe. .—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. 7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 8.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 9.—Right uropod, ventral view. 10.—Last metasomatic segment, uropoda, and telson. Cn Cry IS (U9) Rec. Ind. Mus,, Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XI. A. Chowdhary, lith. CUBARIS EXPANSUS, n.sp. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Cubarts dilectum, n. sp. Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 3) 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Right antenna, 4.—First maxilla, terminal portion of outer lobe. 5.—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. 6.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 7.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 8.—Right uropod, ventral view. 9g.—Last metasomatic segment, uropod and telson. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol.XII, 1916. Plate XII. EEE ere TA Ree re cores G H.G.K. del. A.Chowdhary, lith. CUBARIS DILECT UM,n.sp. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIII. Cubaris pusillus, n. sp. Fic. I.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. ,, 2-—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Right antenna. 4.—First maxilla, terminal portigns of inner and outer Jobes. 5.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 6.—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. 7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 8.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 9.—Right uropod, ventral view. 10.—Last metasomatic segment, uropod and telson. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XIII. H.G.K. del. A.Chowdhary, lith. CUBARIS PUSILLUS,n.sp. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIV- Cubaris brunneocaudatus, n. sp. Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. ) a) 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3 —Right antennule. 4.—Right antenna. 5.—First maxilla, terminal portion of outer lobe. 6.—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. : 7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 8.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 9g.—Right uropod, ventral view. 10.—Last metasomatic segment, uropoda and telson. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol.XII,1916. Plate XIV. A. Chowdhary, lith. CUBARIS BRUNNEOCAUDATUS, n.sp. @ Ca < ry pce ceo EXPLANATION: OF PLATE Xv Cubaris chiltont, n. sp. Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Right antenna. 4.—Semi-diagrammatic section of the 4th joint of the antenna. 5.—First maxilla, terminal portions of inner and outer lobes. 6.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 7.—l,ateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. 8.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. g.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 10.—Right uropod, ventral view. 11.—Last metasomatic segment, uropoda and telson. i) > x) Rec. Ind. Mus.Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XV. | | H.G.K. del. A.Chowdhary,lith. GCUBARIS CHILTONI,n.sp. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVI. Cubarts cavernosus, Nn. sp. Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Antennule 4.—Right antenna. 5.—First maxilla, terminal portions of inner and outer lobes. 6.—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. 7.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 8.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 9.—Last metasomatic segment, uropoda and telson. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol]. XII, 1916. CaS PONS ETC OR PRI PRO e eC xe BY caylee Abit MOONE Rete, tae sl Gans os Speen ae canes CUBARIS CAVERNOSUS,n sp. a eee ae oe ee Plate XVI. A.Chowdh ary, lith. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIPE, Cubarts lobatus, n. sp. Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. ,, 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Antennule. 4.—Right antenna. 5.—First maxilla, terminal portions of outer and inner lobes. 6.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 7.—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. §.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. g.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 10. —Right uropod, ventral view. 11.—Last metasomatic segment, uropoda and telson. Rice. Ind. Mus.,Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XVII. H.G.K. del. A.Chowdhary,lith. CUBARIS LOBAT US,n.sp. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII Cubaris albolateralis, n. sp. Fic. 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. >) Le) o>) 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Antennule. 4.—Right antenna. 5.—First maxilla, terminal portion. 6.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 7.—Lateral portions of mesosomatic segments, showing form of the lateral plates and indentations on the segments. 8.—Lateral portions of Ist and 2nd mesosomatic segments, showing notch and groove on the inner border of the under side. g.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 10.—-Right uropod, dorsal view. ,, IL.—Right uropod, ventral view. bi) 12.—Last metasomatic segment, uropoda and telson. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XVII. W.BLC.& H.G.K. del. CUBARIS ALBOLATERALIS, n sp. A.Chowdhary,lith. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX. Burmontscus kempi, n. sp. Fic, 1.—Dorsal view of the cephalon. 2.—Anterior view of the cephalon. 3.—Left antenna. 4.—First maxilla, terminal portions of outer and inner lobes. 5.—Second maxilla, terminal portion. 6.—Maxillipede, terminal portion. 7.—Right uropod, dorsal view. 8.—Last metasomatic segment, telson and basal plates of the uropoda. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XIX. \ \ = af (ee) Wiha. & HG K. del. A.Chowdhary, lith. BURMONISCUS KEMP! 7 ap. ae ee ie ee Rane NOL Biss ONT N DLAN -O:DON ATA pi es I AIDE AW. Subfamily AGRIONINAE, Selys. (= Coenagrioninae, Kirby). Genus Ischnura, Charp. Represented in the Indian Empire so far as is known by six species ; one of these is possibly to be referred to a distinct genus when better known. Two species are of a wide distribution, the remainder probably have a restricted habitat. The genus itself is a dominant member of the Agrionine group, and the Indian area therefore shows a high percentage of endemic species. Ischnura is one of the genera which appears to be poorly represented in equatorial regions, having a richer representation in tropical and especially N. temperate countries. Ischnura senegalensis (Ramb.). Micronympha senegalensis, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 141 (1890). Ischnura senegalensis, Ris, Katalog des Odonata von Siidafrika, in L. Schultze, Forschungsreise im west. u. zent. Sudatrica, Jena 1908, p. 310. Many specimens,” 2. Maidan, Calcutta. ? 9. Ernakulam, Cochin State (Ff. H. Gravely), No. #2 II—14-x-I4 ’ 29 Ome 72. Calcutta. Nos, 2482, 5399. {"byde @” @. Sibsagar, Assam, Nos: £825, £386. sees Range: Ceylon, India, Burma, Indo-China (Sunda Islands, Celebes are also given as included in the range of the species by Martin, /oc. cit.). My figures of the anal appendages of the male are not satisfac- tory. They were drawn from a shrivelled specimen. Normally the inferior pair project directly backwards and slightly exceed the upper pair in length. Each member ofa pair is curved inwards at its free extremity, the upper pair actually meeting in the middle line. The lower appendage has its free extremity more finely pointed than in the figure and tipped with black. Also when viewed directly from above the extremities of the lower pair can be seen projecting beyond the upper pair. Ceriagrion rubiae, sp. nov. 2¢707,19¢. Chalakudi, Cochin State, 14-ix-14 (PF. H. Gravely). No. 2337: Length of abdomen: o 26 mm., ? 27 mm. ig hind-wing: o@ 18 mm., 2? 18°5 mm. A small species in which the wing is petiolated to the level of the basal post-costal nerve; the wings are uncoloured, and the excision on the hinder margin of segment 10 of the male abdomen is small and rather bluntly angular. Description: Post-costal nerves Io. @ Head rusty yellow, paler beneath; upper half of the eyes greenish-brown, lower half yellow. 1916. | F. F. LAipLAw : Indian Odonata. 133 Prothorax and thorax rusty yellow above, fading to pale yellow at the sides and underneath. Abdomen entirely reddish-orange above and at the sides, yel- low ventrally. Legs yellow with black spines. Anal appendages dark reddish-brown in colour, black at ex- tremities. The upper pair are distant to each other and parallel, seen in profile they are a little narrowed basally so as to be some- what club-shaped, each carries a fine black point distally, which is directed downwards. The lower pairs are larger, directed upwards and taper regularly to their apices. They lie internally to the upper pair. The excision on segment 10 is small and shallow, bluntly angular; barely one third as deep as the segment. The floor of the excision is formed by a shelf-like ridge which in the middle line has a small tongue-like projection directed backwards. @. Head greenish-brown above, paler below, eyes similarly coloured but of a greener tone. Prothorax and thorax gtay-green above, yellowish-white below. Abdomen dull, greenish-brown above, paler below. The species differs from the closely allied C. evubescens, Selys, chiefly as follows :—in colour; it is smaller, and the excision on segment 10 of the abdomen is bluntly angular, narrow, and its floor has the curious little tongue-like projection noted above. The anal appendages of the males of the two species differ in detail. C. erubescens appears to be a more eastern species and I can- not find that it has been recorded from India. (See Ris, Abhandl. d. Senckenberg. Natur}. Gesellsch., Bd. XXXIV, p. 519, taf. xxiii, figs. 13, 14). The holotypes 7 ¢@ will be returned to the Indian Museum; paratype ¢@ in my collection. . Ceriagrion olivaceum, Laidlaw. Ceriagrion olivaceum, Laidlaw, Rec. Ind. Mus., VIII, 1914, p. 345 pl. xvi, fig. 9. This is the largest of the four species recorded from the Indian Empire. It appears to be confined to Upper Burma and Assam. A female specimen from Nurbong, Assam, sent to me by Mr. Stevens, has only 12 post-nodal nerves on the fore-wings. Like the other Indian species it has the wings petiolated to the level of the basal post-costal nerve. Ceriagrion cerinorubellum (Brauer). Cer Bae cerinorubellum, Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 154. it Kruger, Stettin Entomol. Zett., 1898, p. 119. Ris, doc. cit., p. 519. g9 7. Kierpur, Purneah District, Bihar, 19-ix-15 (C. Paiva) ‘“ resting on weed in stream.’’ Nos. nae fi: 134 Records of the Indtan Museum. [Vor XTE, The description given by de Selys of this insect scarcely does justice to its beautiful colouring which is well preserved in spirit specimens, The head, prothorax and thorax are a rich dark olive green above, passing on the sides to a beautiful shade of blue. The first three segments of the abdomen and the last three are of a beautiful cherry red colour, the intermediate segments being intense black. Range: Ceylon, India, Burma, Malay States, Sumatra, Borneo. A number of the larvae of C. coromandelianum (Fabr.) were taken in the Museum tank, and were hatched out in the Museum (No. °3°). The larva shows, especially in the structure of the anal lamellae, considerable differences from the larva of such a genus as Pseudagrion. ‘The following is a brief account :— Body sandy yellow or brown in colour. Total length about 20 mm. including the anal lamellae. Head broad, flat. I can find no indication of the transverse frontal ridge of the adult. Mask when folded just reaching base of second pair of legs. Its outer margin carries about 6 or 7 short stout spines along its distal half. On either side of the middle line is an oblique row of 5 setae, diverging distally; the outer- most being by far the largest. Ante- rior margin of mask bluntly angular. The palpi each bear 7 long setae in addition to the moveable hook (see fig. 1). The length of each of the middle pair of legs is about 7 mm. The abdomen is cylindrical and Fre. 1.—Mask of larvalform of Cevz- tapers very ‘gradually backwards. agrvion covomandelianum (Fabr.). Each of the segments has a ring of short blunt setae set around its hin- der margin, and each of the last five segments has in addition a pair of similar setae dorsally, one on either side of the middle line near the end of the segment. The pair on segment Io are much more remote from each other than those on the other segments. The anal lamellae (gills) are leaf-like, ob-lanceolate ; 4—5 mm. long, I'5 mm. wide, in one or two individuals acuminate but more often irregularly rounded at the apex. They are not jointed nor marked with a transverse fold, but the basal half is stouter and more strongly chitinized than the apical part. Each has two stout, main tracheal tubes forming as it were a mid-rib from which a large number of branches run outwards increasing the resemblance to a leaf. In the lateral pair of lamellae the mid-rib lies nearer to the ventral than to the dorsal margin, in the central lamellae the re- verse condition obtains. In each lateral lamella the basal two-fifths of the mid-rib bears a row of chitinous teeth on its outer side. In the central 1916. | F F. Lariaw: Indian Odonata. 135 lamella there is a similar row of equal extent on both sides of the mid-rib. Lastly, on the ventral margin of the outer pair, and on the dorsal margin of the central lamella there lies another row of teeth also extending from the base for about two-fifths of the total length of the lamella. Subfamily GOMPHINAE, Rambutr. Genus Davidius, Selys. Davidius aberrans (Selys). Hagenius (7?) aberrans, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) XXXVI, p. 506 (1873); Kirby, Cat. Odonata, p. 75. Davidius ? zallorensis, Selys, l.c., (2) XLVI, p. 667 (1878); Kirby, J.c,, P- 75: Davidius aberrans, D. zallorvensis, Williamson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., XXXIII, 1907, pp. 286-287. See also Selys, Ann. de la Soc. Entom. de Belgique, XXXVIII, 1894, ps i755: 1@. Binyar, Kumaon, 7700 ft., 24-v-1g12 (A. D. Imms) For. Zool. Mus. I have compared this specimen with the descriptions of D. aberrans and of D. zaliorensis and can find no grounds for sepa- rating the two species. In the specimen before me the triangle of the left fore-wing is free, that of the right is crossed by a single nerve. Both hind-wings have the triangle crossed. Davidius davidi, Selys, subsp. assamensis, nov. Davidius davidi1, Selys, Bull. Acad. Belg., (2) XLVI, 1878, p. 671. I@7,2? 2%. Gopal, Assam, 1914 (H. Stevens). Length of abdomen @ 31 mm.,2 28 mm. . hind-wing ” 26 mm.,? 28°5 mm. Distinguished from the type by its smaller size (D. davidi type: abdomen ? 34°35 mm., hind-wing 32°33 mm. Selys, Joc. cit.), and absence of isolated superior antehumeral spots of cuneiform shape which occur in the type. The basal black band on the frons is not large. The male differs from the female so far as colouring goes chiefly in having only the lower third of the mid-dorsal carina of the thorax coloured, and in having lateral spots on the first three seginents only of the abdomen. Anal appendages of male: Upper pair slender and rather horn-like, each with a stout downwardly curved, rounded, hook- like process projecting from near its base, scarcely visible in profile. The appendage itself is longer than the tenth segment. The lower appendage is shorter than the upper pair, triangular and deeply cleft in the middie tine (see fig. 2a). The male has the triangle of the left hind-wing crossed, the remaining triangle free. 136 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. XII, 1916.] The females have the triangles of the hind-wing crossed in every case. Those of the front-wing free except in the case of the left fore-wing of the paratype where the triangle is crossed. The bs Fic. 2.—Davidius davidi assamensis, subsp. nov. a. Anal appendages @: 6. Lateral view of genital structures on abdominal segment, 2 ¢ . genus Davidius ranges from China and Japan to N. India, Assam and Tonkin. The two species noted above are the only forms recorded from the Indian Empire. The holotypes ~ @ will be deposited in the Indian Museum. Civ SOME LIGNIYCOLOUS BEE TLE-— LARVAE FROM INDIA AND BORNEO. By F. H. Gravety, D.Sc., Asst. Superintendent, Zoological Survey of Indta. (Plates XX—XXII_) While hunting for insects in dead wood my attention has from time to time been attracted by stages in the life histories of various beetles. Often the determination of the adult form into which a particular kind of larva will develop is a matter only to be determined by breeding. At other times the association of larvae, possessing definite family characteristics, with adults of the same family all belonging to one species, indicates the identity of the larvae with a high degree of probability. And when larvae and adults are associated with pupae, shown by their accompanying exuviae to have been derived from the former and by their form to be about to give rise to the latter, the probability becomes a certainty. By one or other of the above means, the identity of various beetle larvae recently added to the Indian Museum collection has been established. The Bornean Passalid larvae described below were collected by Mr. J. C. Moulton, many of the South Indian Passalid larvae by Mr. T. Bainbrigge Fletcher, the Andaman Pas- salid larvae by Mr. M. C. Bonig and Mr. 8. W. Kemp, and two species of the Lucanid larvae by Mr.S. W.Kemp. Therest were collected by myself. Whenever possible the specimens have been hardened before being placed in spirit by immersion either for a few minutes in boiling water, or (better) for an hour or two in Carnoy’s fluid !, as this helps to prevent blackening and collapse of the tissues. I have thought it best to refrain at present from attempting to prepare an account of the Longicorn larvae, since I have as yet been unable to consult the part of Xambeu’s “‘ Moeurs et Métamor- phoses d’Insectes ”’ dealing with this group.” PASSALIDAE. The collection of material for the study of the development of Passalid beetles is rendered particularly simple by the close asso- ciation which appears to exist between adults and their young. This association has been investigated in the case of American forms by Ohaus (Stett. Ent. Zeit., Jahrg. LXI, 1900, pp. 164-172 t Absolute alcohol 6 parts, chloroform 3 parts, glacial acetic acid 1 part, 2 Published asa Supplement to “ Echange’’. (Lyon, 892-1897). 138 Records of tie Indian Museum. [ Vion. cule and Jahrg. LXX, 1909, pp. 23-25 and 29-32). It is doubtful whe- ther the association is quite so close in Indian forms asin American ones (Gravely, Rec. Ind. Mus., XI, 1915. p. 496), although the struc- ture of the mandibles isthesame as in American larvae, and seems equally unsuited for the mastication of unprepared wood; but it is sufficient to allow of the collection of whole groups of insects in various stages all belonging to one species. Larvae of the following species have already been described ! :— . ‘* Passalus’’? punctiger, Lepeletier and Serville.” 1835. Percheron, A. ‘‘ Monographie des Passales’’ (Paris, 1835), pp. 17-18, pl. i, figs 13-14. ‘* Passalus’’ cornutus, Fabricius. 1847. Burmeister, H. ‘‘ Handbuch der Entomologie”’ 1847), PP. 454-459. 1872. Riley, C. V.. ** The: Horned: Passalus,”” Ayn.“ KRep. its. Missoumn, IV, 1872, pp. 139-141, text-fig. 62 a-d. 1874. Schigdte, J.C. ‘‘ De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum obser- vationes: Bidrag til Insekternes Udviklingshistorie.”’ Naturhist. Tids., XI, 1874 (‘‘ Passalus,” pp. 356-359, pl. xv, fie 165 pl) xviil, figs) 12-197 pl. xix ne 1): V (Berlin, ) ‘* Passalus "’ distinctus, Weber. 1853. Chapuis, F. and Candéze, E. ‘‘ Catalogue des Larves des Coléoptéres connues jusqu’a ce jour avec la description de plusieurs espéces nouvelles,” pp. 343-653, 9 pls. Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liége, VIII, 1853 (‘‘ Passalus,’’ pp. 467-468, pl. iv, figs. 5-5c). 1861. Candéze, E. ‘‘ Histoire des Métamorphoses de quelques Coléoptéres exotiques.’’ Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liége, XVE, 1861 (‘‘ Passalus,’’ pp. 343-344)- Aulacocyclus kaupi, MacLeay. 1893. Froggatt, W. W. ‘‘On the Life-Histories of Australian Coleoptera I.’’ Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, VIII, 1894 (Aulacocyclus, p. 41). ! The synonymy of the American genera, to which most of these belong, is at present so confused that it seems best to refer to all under the single generic name ‘‘ Passalus” which is applied to them by the authors here referred to. Only in the case of Indo- Australian species is the genus given according to modern defi- nitions. Madam Meérian’s larva can no longer be regarded as a Passalid. 2 The plate bears the legend ‘“ P. interruptus’; but this does not apply to the larva and pupa figured which are probably, according to Percheron, those of P. punctiger. 1916. | F. H. GRAVELY : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 139 Leptaulax bicolor (Fabricius). 1861, Candéze, E. ‘‘ Histoire des Métamorphoses de quelques Coléoptéres exotiques.”’ Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liege, XVI, 1861 (‘‘ Passalus,” pp. 343-344). Passalid larvae are all much alike, and Schipdte’s elaborate des- cription of the larva of ‘‘ Passalus cornutus”’ will probably be found to apply to all so far as general structure is concerned. Only specific differences, therefore, will be described here. Candéze was unable to detect any definite differences between the species before him, beyond slight ones in the position of the stigmata. In Oriental forms specific differences are found in the arrange- ment and nature of the large hairs, and in the manner in which, if at all, pile is developed on the body. Among the larvae I have examined all those with definite pile belong to the Pleuvarius, Aceraius and Macrolinus groups, and in the first of these it is confined to the later stages while in the second it is absent in one species. Probably, therefore, the development of pile is a departure from the primitive type of larva. In this connection it is noteworthy that the larva of the Aceraius group from which it is absent—Z pisphenus neelgherriensis—is that of the most primitive beetle of this group whose larva I have seen ; also that the larvae of the two Bornean species of Aceraius examined have the pile better developed than those of the two from conti- nental Asia, although one of the latter is the northern race of the highly specialized dominant species of the genus (compare Journ. As. Soc. Bengal, [n.s.| X, pp. 201-210, pl. xxiv; or Mem. Ind. Mus, Ii wo, 311-313, text-fig. 7 p2gr4): The manner in which the larger hairs are distributed appears to be derived by the suppression or multiplication of particular hairs from the following generalized plan.! A short row (usually five) behind each antenna on the head; a short row (usually three includ- ing the lateral hair) bordering each of the anterior angles of the first thoracic segment; one pair of dorsal hairs on each segment in front of the tenth abdominal ; one pair of lateral hairs situated obliquely above and behind the stigmata, and directiy below but somewhat further away from the dorsal pair of hairs on each of these seg- ments; one pair of ventral hairs in the same vertical plane but situated obliquely behind and below the stigmata on each of these segments after the first two thoracic, and especially on the ninth abdominal; a circumanal ring, usually of about seven pairs of hairs, on the tenth abdominal segment. : It is noteworthy that, in these characters also, E Mana neelgherriensts approaches the generalized type more nearly than do any of the more highly specialized members of the Aceraius group that I have examined; and that in this and some other oa ! Only in certain species of the highly specialized genus Acerazus are hairs produced in an entirely fresh place, namely on the frons. £40 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor: Xie this generalized type is approached more closely by young than by old larvae. Only in Leptaulax bicolor is the reverse the case, and here only as regards the small dorsal thoracic hairs which do not develop at all in L. bicolor var. vicinus. Passalid pupae all appear to resemble in general form that of ‘* Passalus’’ cornutus figured by Riley (loc. cit.), differing mainly in the structure of the head, which reveals more or less distinctly the characteristic features of the head of the developing beetle. They will not be further described here. Pleurarius brachyphyllus, Stoliczka. (Pl. xx, figs: 1-3.) Localities.—Cochin State: t1oth-14th mile of State Forest Tramway. ca. 0-300 ft; Kavalai, ca. 1300-3000 Et: Larvae of this species are remarkable for the change which takes place in the structure of their hairs when the insects are about 25 mm. long. In young larvae these hairs are all long, tapering and filiform as in other species. In old ones only those on the head (missing in all our full grown specimens, but present in a number somewhat more than 25 mm. long), the ventral pair on the ninth abdominal segment, and the circumanal ring on the tenth retain this form, the rest being short, stout and clavate. Full grown larvae may be at least 50 mm. in length. In the Indian Museum collection there are several of about this size, and a large number of from about 14-30 mm. long. Unfortunately there are none between 30 and 50 mm. The head would apparently be covered all over with fine hair was it not worn down to the roots in places—e.g., on the dorsal sutrface—till only the points of origin remain. Two long hairs are present behind the antennae. Of these the dorsal is the stouter and may be more or less ribbon-like. Three hairs are present in the anterior angles of the first thoracic segment of larvae not old enough to have developed clavate hairs. In others, on this as on other segments up to the second abdominal, only the single lateral pair of hairs is present. A single pair of dorsal hairs is present in addition on the next seven segments. On the last of these (the ninth abdominal) the ventral pair is also present. The tenth abdominal segment bears the usual circumanal ring of hairs. . In larvae which are not old enough to have developed cla- vate hairs the general surface of the body is smooth, apart from scattered specks which appear to represent sparse and undevel- oped pile. In older larvae there are tufts of pile above each leg, one in front and one behind, and tufts on the lateral margins of each tergum. The tergal tufts are united by dorsal bands on the first and second thoracic segments, and on the posterior border of the ninth and the whole of the tenth abdominal segments. 1916. | F. H. Gravety : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 141 Episphenus neelgherriensis (Percheron). Localities.—Nilgiri Hills: Ootacamund, 7500 ft. Mysore Bababudin Hills, 4000-5000 ft. Cochin State : Kavalai, ca. 1300-3000 ft. The lengths of the various larvae in the collection vary from 11-35 mm. The head is almost devoid of any indication of hairs on the dorsal surface except for about 5-7 long ones in a row behind each antenna, 5 being apparently the normal number. The arrangement of the hairs on the thorax and abdomen seems to be less constant than is usual. The tenth abdominal segment always bearsacircumanal ring. In the smallest specimens each segment in front of it bears dorsal and lateral pairs of hairs, of which the former are much the strongest; and the first thoracic segment bears in addition a line of about three hairs in each an- terior angle. All these hairs may be retained in large larvae; but more usually the first thoracic segment bears only two hairs situated laterally side by side, being without dorsal hairs, the second thora- cic segment bears none at all, the third thoracic and first abdomi- nal segments each bear the dorsal pair only, and the second to ninth abdominal segments bear both dorsal and lateral pairs. The whole body is smooth as in young larvae of the preceding species. Episphenus indicus (Stoliczka). Localities. —Mysore: Bababudin Hilis, 4000-5000 it. Anamalai Hills, 5000 ft., Cochin State: Kavalai, ca. 1300-3000 it. The lengths of all the larvae of this species that I have before me are about 35-50 mm. There are no really small specimens among them. The head is more uniformly covered with fine hair than is that of the preceding species, which it resembles as regards the hairs behind the antennae. The thorax and abdomen are more or less covered with moderately long pile, especially later- ally ; but there are no definite tufts as in large larvae of Pleurarius brachyphyllus. ‘The thorax is without prominent hairs. The first seven abdominal segments each bear two hairs (abnormally one or three) situated dorsally rather close together one below the other. The eighth and ninth abdominal segments bear none. The tenth bears the usual circumanal ring. Ophrygonius cantori, Percheron, subsp. convexifrons, Zang. Locality.—Assam: Shillong, Khasi Hills, 5500-6400 ft. Four specimens, all about 22 mm. jong. Both head and body are covered, except near the mid-ventralline of most of the abdomi- nalsegments, with somewhat thickly scattered coarse hairs, but there is no true pile. Longer and thicker hairs are present on the head in a row behind the antennae in the lateral angles of the frons. On 142 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 2s, the first thoracic segment such hairs form a row behind the anterior margin, one or two similar dorsal and one lateral hair being present on each side behindthem. On the second and third thoracic seg- ments there are two dorsal and two lateral hairs on each side, the dorsal ones being situated as usual one on the outer side of the other, and the lateral ones one behind the other. There are moder- ately long hairs above the legs on all segments, and a ventral pair of hairs between them ; on the third segment there are about three very long hairs, resembling in size and position the ventral hairs of the abdominal segments. On the first seven abdominal segments there are two pairs of dorsal hairs, one pair of lateral hairs, two or one pairs of ventral hairs, and one pair of weaker hairs nearer the middle of the ventral surface than the last named. The hairs on the eighth and ninth abdominal segments resemble those on the segments in front of them, except that there are three instead of two dorsal ones. The tenth abdominal segment bears the usual circumanal ring, and has short hairs scattered all across the ventral surface instead of having a mid-ventral hairless band like the preceding segments. Aceraius grandis, Burmeister, subsp. hirsutus, Kuwert. Locality.—Darjiling District: Pashok, ca. 2000 it. The lengths of the larvae before me vary from 38-50 mm. The largest larvae have jaws and labrum of about the same size as those of cast larval skins belonging to pupae found with these larvae, so presumably they are full grown. The beetles found with them are all about 40 mm. long. Doubtless the size of full- grown larvae varies like that of the adult beetles. The head resembles that of Episphenus indicus, except for the presence of a group of two or three well marked hairs in the lateral angles of the frons. The body is covered with pile as in that species, but this is inclined to be densest mid-dorsally instead of laterally. The tho- rax is without special hairs as a rule, but one or two pairs of rather small dorsal ones are present on the third segment in some speci- mens; these and the three pairs which are present on each of the first six abdominal segments, form a series of transverse dorsal lines. Theseventh, eighth and ninth abdominal segments are with- out hairs. The tenth bears the usual circumanal ring. Aceraius kuwerti, Zang. (Pibexx ie.) Locality.—Sarawak: Kinabalu, 4500 ft. Two specimens 46 and 68 mm. long respectively. The head resembles that of the preceding species except that the long hairs are more numerous, both in the lateral angles of the clypeus and behind the antennae. In the larger of the two speci- mens there are also a few long hairs among the shorter ones that border the frons and fill its posterior angle. The thoracic and first seven abdominal segments each bears a transverse dorsal line of 5-7 1916. | F. H. GRAVELY: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 143 hairs, which are weakest and least numerous in the first and last segments, the seventh (counting from the middle line) being iden- tical, at least in position, with the lateral hairs of other species. On the eighth and ninth abdominal segments these hairs are all so small as to be scarcely noticeable among the well-developed pile with which the body is covered. The pile is associated with minute spinules, of which one is situated immediately in front of the base of each of the fine hairs of which the pile is composed. In front of the lateral ends of each line of long hairs the pile is less dense and the spines are relatively large and sharply pointed. In the smaller of the two specimens part of this area is entirely without hairs and spines. The tenth abdominal segment bears the usual circumanal ring. Aceraius pilifer (Percheron). Locality.—Sarawak : Kinabalu, 4500 ft. Two specimens 30 and 37 mm. long respectively. The head resembles that of the larger of the two specimens of the preced- ing species. The pile on the thorax and abdomen is much longer than in that species, and is accompanied by somewhat finer spin- ules; otherwise the thorax and abdomen resemble those of that species. Aceraius helferi, Kuwert. Locality.—Tenasserim: Misty Hollow to Sukli, Dawna Hills, ca. 2100-2500 ft. Four specimens, each about 38 mm. long. The head resem- bles that of A. grandis subsp. hirsutus. The pairs of dorsal hairs are three in number as in that species, but are present on the thoracic as well as on the abdominal segments, and are accom- panied on each of these segments by a pair of lateral hairs. On the first thoracic segment they are also accompanied by a few long hairs in the anterior angles, and on the ninth abdominal by a pair of well developed ventral hairs. The tenth abdominal segment bears the usual circumanal ring. The pile is short asin A. grandis subsp. hirsutus. Macrolinus andamanensis (Stoliczka). Localities. Andamans: Port Blair; Bom lungta (from Popita tree). Four specimens, all about 30-32 mm. long. ‘The head is cov- ered with fine hair, but bears no long hairs either behind the antennae or elsewhere. The body is covered somewhat closely with short pile. The thoracic and seventh to ninth abdominal segments are without hairs. The first six abdominal segments have two pairs of dorsal hairs as in Episphenus indicus, from which species the present one may be distinguished by the 144 Records of the Indian Museum. [Nor. Sen: absence of hairs behind the antennae and by the somewhat shorter pile on the body. There are no lateral hairs. The tenth abdomi- nal segment bears the usual circumanal ring. Leptaulax dentatus (Fabricius). Localities. —Abor Country: Rotung, 1300 ft. Tenasserim: Kawkareik, Amherst District. Four specimens, 18-25 mm. long. The head is practically hairless above, and is entirely without long hairs. The body is practically without pile and has only a single pair of dorsal hairs on the first eight (? sometimes six or seven only) abdominal seg- ments. Leptaulax bicolor (Fabricius). The two somewhat imperfectly separated varieties into which, at most, the adults of this species seem at present to be divisible, are associated in the single collection of each before me with slightly different larvae. Although it is impossible to be certain, from these two collections only, that this implies that the separa- tion referred to has been on right lines, it will be convenient to accept this hypothesis in describing them. I. IL. BICOLOR (Fabricius) s. str. Locality.—Cochin State: Kavalai, ca. 2000-2500 ft. Several specimens varying from 12-3r mm. in length. The adults with which they are associated are about 29 mm. in length. The whole larva is practically without pile. Inthe smallest speci- mens there is a single long hair in a row of small ones behind the antennae ; but this disappears later, apparently when the larva is about 15 mm. long. In the smallest larvae the thorax bears three long hairs in the anterior angles of the first segment, a cluster of much shorter ones above the base of each of the first two pairs of legs, and a single pair of ventral hairs behind the third pair of legs. In a specimen a little over 15 mm. the hairs above the legs are quite weak, and a single pair of rather small dorsal hairs has appeared on each thoracic segment. In larger larvae the hairs above the legs completely disappear. Each of the first nine seg- ments of the abdomen bears two pairs of well developed dorsal hairs, and one pair of much smaller dorsally directed ventral hairs ; on the ninth segment there is in addition a pair of ventrally directed ventral hairs resembling those which are dorsally directed and situated slightly below them; the ventral hairs on the eighth _and ninth segments are duplicated in one very small specimen ; the ventral hairs are easily seen in very small specimens but are quite small in large ones. The tenth abdominal segment bears the usual circumanal ring of hairs. 1916. | F. H. GraveEty : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 145 2. Ll. BICOLOR var. VICINUS (Percheron). Localtty.— Andamans: Port Blair. Several specimens, varying from about 14-28 mm. in length. The smallest specimen resembles the smallest of the preceding form, except that the single long hair behind each antennae is much shorter, though relatively stout, and is associated with a cluster of small spinules or bacilli. Large larvae differ from this speci- men only in the loss of the hairs above the two front pairs of legs (though these do not appear to be lost so quickly as in the pre- ceding form), and in the replacement of the pair of hairs behind the last pair of legs and of all the ventral pairs of hairs on the abdomen by short bacilli. The hairs and groups of spinules be- hind the antennae are not lost, and the dorsal pairs of hairs on the thoracic segments are not developed. LUCANIDAE. Several descriptions of Lucanid larvae have appeared since the publication of Chapuis and Candéze’s catalogue (Wem. Soc. R. Sci. Liége, VIII, 1853, Lucanidae, pp. 468-470). In the following list of the references I have been able to trace those not available in Calcutta are marked with an asterisk (*), as I have not been able to use them. Lucanus cervus, Linnaeus. ? * Albrecht. Acta Acad. nat. Cur. (series ?) IV, pl. 5. 1746. *Rossel von Rosenhof, A.J. Ins. Belust., II (1), 1746, pl. . iV je 1790. *Herbst,J. F. W. ‘‘ Natursystem aller bekannten in- und auslandischen Insekten,’’ III (Berlin, 1790), p. 289, pl. F, figs 1-6. 1804. *Posselt, C. F. ‘‘ Beytrage zur Anatomie der Insekten”’ , etc., (Tiibingen, 1804), pl. 11; fig I. 1823. *Blot. Mem. Soc. Linn. Calvados, I, 1823. 1839. Ratzeburg, J. T. C. “Die Forst-Imsecten,” 2nd-ed.; I (Berlin, 1839), pp. 105-106. Westwood, J.O. ‘‘ Introduction to the Modern Classifica- tion of Insects,” I (London, 1839), pp. 187-188. 1848. *Erichson,W.F. ‘‘ Naturgeschichte der Insekten Deutsch- lands,” (Berlin, 1848), p. 938. 1874. Schigdte,J.C. ‘‘ De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum obser- vationes: Bidrag til Insekternes Udviklingshistorie.’’ Naturhist. Tids. 1X, 1874 (Lucanus, pp. 341-345, pl. xviii, figs. 12-19, pl. xix, fig.17). ‘sLucanus”’ alces. 1836. *Haan, W. de. ‘‘ Mémoires sur les Métamorphoses des Coléoptéres,’’ I (Paris, 1836), p. 25, pl. iii, fig. 6. 1848. 1874. 1890. 1842. 1874. 1845. 1842. 1894. Records of the Indian Museum. (VOL. Lk vt ‘* Lucanus ” saiga. *Haan, W. de. ‘‘ Mémoires sur les Métamorphoses des Coléoptéres,” I (Paris, 1836), p. 24, pl. iil, fig. 7. Dorcus parallelopipedus, Linnaeus. Bree, C. R. ‘‘ Remarks on the Fall of an aged Ash Tree.”’ Mag. Nat. Hist., VI, 1833, pp. 327-335, text-figs. 43-44. Ratzeburg, J. IC. Die Forst-Insecten.”? “2ndged.e (Berlin, 1839), pp. 105-106, pl. iii, fig. 19. Dufour, L. ‘* Histoire comparative des métamorphoses et de l’anatomie des Cetonia aurata et Dorcus parallelipi- pedus.” Ann. Sci. Nat., (2) XVIII, 1842, pp. 162-181, pl. iv-v. *Mulsant, M. E. and Rey, C. ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, Lamellicornes.’? (Paris and Lyon, 1842), p. 281, pl. i, figs. 18a-c. * Krichson, W. F. ‘‘ Naturgeschichte der Insekten Deutsch- lands.’’ (Berlin, 1848), p. 491. Schigdte, J. C. ‘‘De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum ob- servationes: Bidrag til Insekternes Udviklingshistorie.”’ Naturhist. Tids., IX, 1874 (Dorcus, pp. 345-349, pl. xvii, figs. I-10, pl. xix, figs. 14-15). *Planet, L. Naturaliste, XII, 1890, p. 156 Platycerus caraboides, Linnaeus. *Mulsant, M. E. and Rey, C. ‘“‘ Histoire Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, Lamellicornes.”’ (Paris and Lyon, 1842), p. 597. Schipdte, J. C. ‘‘ De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum ob- servationes: Bidrag til Insekternes Udviklingshistorie.’ ’ Naturhist. Tids., IX, 1874 (Platycerus, pp. 349-352, pl. Xvil, figs. I-21). Figulus striatus, Fabricius. * Blanchard, C. E.. “‘ Histoire des’ Insectes;~ 1) 313845 p. 268, pl. viii, figs. 2-3. Ceruchus tarandus, Panzer. *Mulsant, M. E. and Rey, C. ‘‘ Histoire Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, Lamellicornes.” (Paris and Lyon, 1842), p. 593, pl. iii, figs. 6a-c. Ceratognathus froggatti, Blackburn. Froggatt, W. W. ‘‘On the Life-Histories of Australian Coleoptera,’’ II. Pyvoc. Linn. Soc. NN. S. Wales, (2) IX, 1894 (1894-5), pp. 120-121. 1916.] F. H. GRAVELY: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 147 Mitophyllus irroratus, Parry. 1881. Brown, T. ‘‘On the Larva and Pupa of Ceralognathus trroratus.’’ Trans. N. Z. Inst., XIII, 1880 (1881), pp. 230-231. Aesalus scarabaeoides, Fabricius. 1842. *Mulsant, M. EB. and Rey, C. ‘“‘ Histoire Naturelle des Coleoptéres de France, Lamellicornes.’’ (Paris and Lyon, 1842), p. 604. Sinodendron cylindricum, Linnaeus. 1839. Westwood, J. O. ‘‘Introduction to the Modern Classi- fication of Insects,’’ I (London, 1839), p. 189, text-fig. 18 (p. 185), I-13. 1842. *Mulsant, M. E. and Rey, C. Histoire Naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, Lamellicornes.’’ (Paris and Lyon, 1842), p. 600, pl. iii, figs. 1oa-b. 1874. Schipdte, J. C. ‘De metamorphosi Eleutheratorum ob- servationes: Bidrag til Insekternes Udviklingshistorie.”’ Naturhist. Tids., 1X, 1874 (Sinodendron, pp. 352-356, plesevini; figse1-105pl=xix fig. 16). The Lucanid larvae described below were found in wood to- gether with adults of the species to which I have referred them. In no case were any pupae found. Aegus roepstorffi, Waterhouse. (Pl. xxi, figs. 8-11.) Locality.—Andamans: Port Blair (in rotten wood). Two larvae about 25 and 30 mm. long respectively, accom- panied by two mesodont males of slightly dissimilar development. The larvae are of the usual curved clavate form. The head is polished and obscurely rugose. It bears a few long slender hairs in a line behind the clypeo-frontal suture and the antennae, as in Dorcus parallelopipedus. The sutures bounding the frons latero-posteriorly, though distinct, are very weak. The cly- peus is somewhat or much broader than long in front ; behind it is quite twice as broad as long. The labrum is about twice as broad as long behind, and somewhat broader in front; its anterior mar- gin and angles are rounded; it is lightly elevated in the middle line in front, between a pair of marginal or submarginal depressions. The antennae resemble those of Dorcus parallelopipedus, but have the last of the two long joints scarcely longer than the first. I would regard these antennae, and those of other Lucanids, as apparently 5-jointed and really 4-jointed; not apparently 4-jointed and really 3-jointed asdoes Schigdte. Both mandibles have three teeth at the apex, of which the ventral is situated infront of the middle one, and the middle one in front of the dorsal. In the right 148 Records of the Indian Museum, [Voy. XII, mandible there is one and in the left there are two smaller teeth on the dorsal margin behind these, asin Lucanus cervus' and Dorcus paral- lelopipedus. The molar tooth of the right mandible consists of a low anterior transverse ridge followed by a somewhat higher hol- lowed L-shaped cusp; that of the left mandible consists of a very strongly elevated anterior trarisverse ridge, longitudinally grooved in front and more elaborately marked behind, followed by a low hollowed cusp of considerable size. The maxillae resemble those of Dorcus parallelopipedus. As with the antennae I would regard the basal piece (“‘stipes palpiger”’ of Schipdte) as a basal joint. The labial palps are 2-jointed, the proximal joint being about as loag as broad, and the distal about three times as long as broad and about twice as long as the proximal. The legs resemble those of Dorcus parallelopipedus in structure and proportions except that each joint—judging from Schigdte’s figure of the third leg of that species—is slenderer, and that the stridulating joint of the third leg is more sharply pointed distally as in Platycerus caraboides The stridulating surface on the middle leg resembles that of the former species; the tubercles are very fine and closely set. The second, third and fourth. joints. of all legs, when not modified for stridulation, are thickened ven- trally near the distal end. The projections thus formed bear clus- ters of stout spiniferous tubercles and are strongest on the third joint of each, and especially of the second, leg. Only the thoracic and first two abdominal segments are dis- tinctly divided transversely by a groove above. All segments as far as the sixth abdominal are sparsely covered above with short hairs, and have a posterior line of long hairs. Further back the short hairs disappear, and from about this point backwards long hairs are found on the anterior as well as the posterior parts of each segment. Each segment up to and including the ninth abdo- minal bears a large tubercle on each side in the posterior angles of the tergum. The terminal segment resembles that of Dorcus paral- lelopipedus, as do also the stigmata. The larva of this species closely resembles that of its ally Dor- cus parallelopipedus , the chief differences being found in the struc- ture of the molar teeth and the greater slenderness of the legs. Nigidius dawnae, Gravely. (Pl. xxi, figs. 12-13.) Locality.—Tenasserim: near Sukli, eastern side of Dawna Hills, Amherst District, ca. 2200 ft. (in hard dry wood). Several larvae about 20-35 mm long (all but one of about the latter size) were found in association with the well developed 1 Schipdte speaks of the right mandible as tridentate only in these species, but the extra denticle is clearly shown in the right mandible of the latter species, which he figures (loc. cit., pl. xvii, figs. 3 and 4). 1916. | F. H. GRAvELY : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 149 males and females which formed part of the material from which the species was originally described (Rec. Ind. Mus., XI, pp. 427-429, pl. xxix, fig. 7). They are curved and more or less clavate, but are slenderer than the larvae of the preceding species. The head closely resembles that of the preceding species but bears fewer hairs, and has a somewhat narrower clypeus and a labrum with less distinct anterior marginal depressions. The second of the two long joints of the antennae is some- what shorter than in the preceding species; it is much, instead of scarcely, shorter than the first. The right mandible has only two terminal teeth as in Platycerus caraboides and Sinodendron cylindn- cum, the ventral being much the larger of the two; but beneath these a rudiment of the third terminal tooth is recognizable. The left mandible has three large teeth arranged like the apical teeth of Dorcus parallepopidedus, with a small denticle a little behind each of the two outermost of the three. Except for the presence of the small dorsal denticle the termination of this mandible is also very like that of Stnodendron cylindricum. The molar teeth of both mandibles closely resemble those of this species. The maxillae and labium resemble those of Aegus roepstorffi—the former at least are very like those of Dorcus and Sinodendron. The legs resemble those of Aegus roepstorffi in general structure, but are without the ventral projections and spiniferous tubercles found on the second, third and fourth joints in that species. The stridulatory tubercles on the coxae of the second legs are all small and scattered. The corresponding ridges on the second joint of the third legs are weak. The stigmata and the integuments of tle thorax and abdomen resemble those of the preceding species. The only larva previously described belonging to the subfamily Figulinae is that of Figulus striatus. Unfortunately I have not been able to refer to this description. Of the larvae described by Schiedte, the nearest to that of Nigidius dawnae appears to be Sinodendron cylindricum, but the latter has not got transversely striate stigmata like those of Dorcus, etc., in general form it is not even faintly clavate, and its stridulating organs appear to be slightly different. Nigidius impressicollis, Boileau. (Pl. xxi, figs. 14-17.) Locality.—Assam: Maflong, Khasi Hills, 5900 ft. (in damp and thoroughly decayed wood). Two larvae, about 27 and 31 mm. long respectively, found in association with adults of various sizes. They are scarcely as slender as larvae of N. dawnae, but are much slenderer than larvae of Aegus roepstorffi. The head is very like that of A. roepstorffi but has a some- what shorter clypeus and less distinct anterior marginal depres- sions. The antennae resemble those of N. dawnae. The man- 150 Records of the Indian Museum. [ViOr; Sarl dibles resemble those of N. dawnae, except that the right one is distinctly tridentate at its apex, the lowest terminal tooth being, however, a little weaker than the uppermost; the middle terminal tooth is the strongest of the three. The maxillae and labium resemble those of N. dawnae. The legs resemble those of NV. dawnae, except in the structure of the stridulating organ, which is transitional between those found in A. voepstorfi and N.dawnae. The ridges on the second joint of the third leg are weak as in the latter species; but there is a row of special tubercles, as in the former, on the basal joint of the second leg. Similar but stronger tubercles are found in Aegus roepstorffi, but they are absent in Nigidius dawnae. Small tubercles are present on both sides of them in the present species, however, and oa one side of them only in Aegus roepstorfi. The stigmata and integuments of the thorax and abdomen resemble those of N. daw- nae and A. roepstorffi. This larva is not unlike the last—the only larva of its genus known—but the stridulating organ is more highly specialized along the same lines as, but to a less extent than, the stridulating organs of Dorcus, Aegus, etc. CUCUJIDAE. A list of the Cucujid larvae hitherto described will be found at the end of the account of the development of Uletota indica, Arrow (Rec. Ind. Mus., XI, pp. 353-358, pl. xxi, figs. 13-19).! None of these larvae bear any resemblance to the larva of Hectarthrum tvigeminum now to be described. The larvae of Hectarthrum were found in decaying wood with all stages of a weevil belonging to the genus Mecistocerus.? Often they were found in acavity of the wood witha larva or pupa of this insect, and sometimes with the remains of such. Other Cucujid larvae, although found under the bark of trees, have the appearance of actively predaceous insects. These have rather the appearance of lignophagous larvae. But in view of the circumstances under which they were found, and of the struc- ture of their mandibles, there can, I think, be little doubt that the reduction of legs and mouthparts which gives rise to this appear- ance is due not to their having adapted themselves to a diet of wood, but to their having become parasitic rather than preda- ceous.® ‘They must, however, move about in search of their victims, for the weevil larvae and pupae are not much larger than they are when full grown, and it cannot be supposed that one weevil larva affords all the food needed for complete development. 1 To this list may now be added Herrick’s account of the habits and develop- ment of Silvanus suvinamensis in ‘Insects Injurious to the Household and Annoying to Man”’ (New York, 1914), pp. 236-239, text-figs. 70-71. * Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, to whom I am indebted for this identification, in- forms me that this weevil is near and perhaps identical with M/. corticeus, Faust. * Compare Wadsworth’s figures of the mouthparts of the endoparasitic Staphylinid larva, Aleochara bilineata, Fourn. Ec. Biol. X, pl. ii, figs. 14-18. 1916. | F. H. GRAVELY : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. I51 Hectarthrum trigeminum, Newman.! (Pl. xxii, figs. 18-22.) Locality.—E. Himalayas: Kalimpong, ca. 2500 ft., Darjiling District (in decaying wood with all stages of Mecistocerus sp.). Several larvae and pupae, the former 4°0-15'6 mm. long, the latter g'0-12°0 mm., found together with adults. The pupae and adults clearly belong to one and the same species; a cast larval skin secured with one of the pupae establishes the identity of the latter with the larvae, while in the largest of these larvae the skin is wrinkled and the spines of the pupa are clearly visible beneath it dorsally and laterally. The larva is a white fleshy and almost hairless grub. Its ab- domen is somewhat barrel-shaped, being thickest at about the fourth segment. The thorax is conical, and slenderer than the ab- domen, tapering away to the base of the small semicircular head, which bears a few minute hairs on its dorsal surface. The form of the head is shown in figs. 18 and 21 (pl. xxii). Each antenna arises from a low lateral convexity just behind the mandible; it is unjointed but is biramous, a small pointed branch being situated immediately below a stouter and slightly longer rounded one (pl. xxii, fig. 20). The mandibles are small and con- cave; they do not appear suitable for grinding fragments of wood. Their outer surface is whitish near the base, but they are narrowly bordered and extensively tipped with dark brown. They are tridentate at the tip (pl. xxii, figs. Ig and 21), the middle one of the three teeth being much longer than the other two, of which the dorsal is much broader than the ventral ; there are no other teeth on the dorsal margin of the mandible, but the ventral terminal tooth is followed by another tooth of about the same shape and size, and this is followed by a strong convexity of the raised mar- gin (pl. xxii, fig. 19). The maxillae and labium (pl. xxii, fig. 22) are rudimentary likethe antennae. The blade and palp of the maxillae are imperfectly separated ; the former is broader but no longer than the latter, and each is tipped with a cluster of small spines. The labium is a bilobed structure, with a papilla mounted on each lobe, tipped with small spines and doubtless representing a palp. The legs are short, stout and conical; they have two well- marked white fleshy joints and a stout terminal claw; as seen from the outer side there appears to be a third joint at the base, but it is not clearly marked off from the body on the inner side. The second thoracic segment, and each abdominal segment except the ninth (anal), bears a pair of circular stigmata a little behind the anterior margin; but the last pair is much smaller than the others. The anal segment bears a pair of black forwardly curved hooks on the posterior margin of its dorsal surface. ! | am indebted to M. A. Grouvelle for this identification. &. 152 Records of the Indian Museum. VoL. ane BUPRESTIDAE. The habits and metamorphoses of Buprestid beetles form the subject of a monograph published by Xambeu in 1892-3 (“‘ Moeurs et Métamorphoses d’Insectes III—Buprestides.’’ Rev. ad Ent. XI, 1892, pp. 202-252; XII, 1893, pp. 54-126). This work con- tains an excellent bibliography which may now, however, be supplemented. In the following list of supplementary references the species are arranged in the order adopted by Kerremans in the Genera Insectorum. Julodis onopordi, Fabricius. Julodis albopilosa, Chevrolat. 1893. Herculais, J. Kunckel d’. Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1893, pp. cxil-cxv, 7 figs. 1898. TI,esne, P. ‘‘ Description de la larve adulte du /ulodis albopilosa, Chevr., et remarques sur divers caractéres des larves de Buprestides.’’ Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1898, pp. 69-75, 7 text-figs. Polycesta californica, Leconte. Polycesta elata, Ieconte. 1891. Angell, G. W. J. ‘‘Larva of Polycesta elata, Lec.’’? Ent. News, 1891, pp. 106-107, text-figs. Acmaeodera adspersula, Illiger. 1900. Seurat, L. G. ‘‘ Observations biologiques sur les parasites des chénes de la Tunisie.”’ Ann. Sct. Nat., Zool. (8) XI, 1900, pp. I-34, Io text-figs. (Acmaeodera, pp. 22-26, text-figs. 9-10). Chrysochroa (Megaloxantha nec Catoxantha) bicolor, Fabricius, var. gigantea, Shallerr. 1gol. Zehntner, L. Bull. Proefstation voor Cacao te Salatiga. No. T10 pps Chalcophora ? virginiensis, Drury. Chalcophora virginiaca, Gmelin. 1883. Packard, A.S. ‘‘ Descriptions of the Larvae of Injurious Forest Insects.’’ Rep. U. S. Ent. Comm., Il, pp. 252- 262, pl. vi-xv (Chalcophora? virgintensts, pp. 252-253, pl. vi, fig. 1). 1916. | t88o. IgII. 1906. 1909. IQI4. 1914. 1881. 1883. 1908. 1806. F. H. GRAVELY: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 153 Sphenoptera lamellata. Lamey. Nouv. et Faits, II, p. 113. Sphenoptera ? neglecta, Klug. ? Sphenoptera gossypit, Cotes. King, Harold H. ‘‘ The Cotton Stem-borer.’’ Rep. Well- come Trop. Res. Labs., IV, pp. 134-137, pl. vii, figs. 1-6. Sphenoptera gossypii, Cotes. Lefroy, H. M. ‘‘Indian Insect Pests’’ (Calcutta, 1906), pp. 100-103, text-figs. 114-IIg. Lefroy, H. M. ‘‘Indian Insect Life’’ (Calcutta, 1909), pl. xx. (No description). Fletcher, T. B. ‘‘ Some South Indian Insects ’’ (Madras, 1914), p. 298, pl. -viii. Sphenoptera arachidis, Fletcher. Fletcher, T. B. ‘‘ Some South Indian Insects ’’ (Madras, IgI4), pp. 298-2990, text-figs. 141-142. Dicerca divaricata, Say. Packard, A. S. ‘‘Insects injurious to Forest and Shade Trees.”’ Bull. U.S. Ent. Comm., no. 7, 275 pp., 100 text- figs. (Dicerca divaricata, p. 108). Packard, A. S. ‘‘ Descriptions of the Larvae of Injurious Forest Insects’”’ Rep. U. S. Ent. Comm., Ill, pp. 251- 262, pl. vi-xv (Dicerca divancata, p. 255, pl. vi, fig. 2). Lampra solieri, Castelnau and Gory. Poecilonota solteri, Castelnau and Gory. Escalera, M. de la. ‘‘ Observaciones sobre la ninfosis de Poecilonota soliert, Cast.’? Boll. Soc. Esp. Hist. Nat., 1908, pp. 269-271. Lampra rutilans, Fabricius. Altum,B. ‘‘ Forstzoologie, III (1) Allgemeines und Kater ” (Berlin, 1881), pp. 1-380 (Lampra rutilans, pp. 121-123, text-fig. 7.) Buprestis douei, Lucas. Ancylocheirva douet, Lucas. Xambeu. ‘‘Moeurs et Métamorphoses d’Insectes V.”’ Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XLII, pp. 53-100 and 123-188 (Ancyclochetra douet, p. 83). 154 1805. 1883. 1895. 1881. 1881. 1883. 1881. 1893. 1881. Records of the Indian Museum. VOT ers Melobasis cupriceps, Kirby. Melobasis ividescens, Castelnau and Gory. Froggatt, W. W. ‘‘ Life-Histories of Australian Coleoptera III.” Proc. Linn. Soc.N. W. Wales, (2) X, 1895 (1895-6) Pp. 325-336 (Melobasis, pp. 332-333). Melanophila sp. Packard, A. S. ‘‘ Descriptions of the Larvae of Injurious Forest Insects.’’ Rep. U. S. Ent. Comm., III, pp. 252- 262, pl. vi-xv (Melanophila sp., pp. 253-354, pl. vi, fig. 4S pl. sain fie): Anthaxia umbellatarum, Fabricius. Anthaxia inculta, Germar. Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et Métamorphoses d’Insectes VI.” Echange, 1895, supplement (Anthaxta inculta, p. 84). Chrysobothris dentipes, Germar. Packard, A. S. ‘‘Insects Injurious to Forest and Shade Trees.’ Bull. U.S. Ent. Comm., No. 7, 275 pp., 100 text- figs. (Chrysobothris dentipes, pp. 12-15, fig. I). Chrysobothris femorata, Olivier. Packard, A. S. ‘‘ Insects Injurious to Forest and Shade Trees.”’ Bull. U. S. Ent. Comm., No. 7, 275 pp-, 100 text-figs. (Chrysobothris femorata, pp. 16-20, figs 2-3). Packard, A. S. ‘‘ Descriptions of the Larvae of Injurious Forest Insects.” Rep. U. S. Ent. Comm., III, pp. 251- 262 (Chrysobothris femorata, pp. 251-252). Chrysobothris affinis, Fabricius. Altum, B. ‘‘ Forstzoologie, III (1) Allgemeines und Kafer ” (Berlin, 1881), 380 pp., 55 text-figs. (Chrysobothris affinis, pp. 124-128, text-fig. 8). Stigmodera rufipennis, Kirby. Froggatt, W. W. ‘‘ On the Life-Histories of Australian Coleoptera I.’ Proc. Linn. Soc. N. S. Wales, (2) VIII, 1893 (1893-4), pp. 27-42 (Stigmodera rufipennis, p. 36). Coraebus bifasciatus, Olivier. Altum, B. ‘‘ Forstzoologie, III (1) Allgemeines und Kafer’’ (Berlin, 1881), 380 pp., 55 text-figs. (Coraebus bifasciatus, pp. 128-130, text-fig. 9). 191. | 1870. 1884. 18908. 1888. 1894. 1889. 1897. 1897. 1998. 1881. F, H. GrAvELY : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 155 Agrilus ruficollis, Fabricius. Wielandy. Amer. Ent., II, pp. 128 and 133, figs. 68, 69 and go. Agrilus granulatus, Say. Burrill. Rep. Ins. Illinois, X11, pp. 121-122. Agrilus anxius, Gory. Chittenden, F. H. ‘‘ A destructive Borer Enemy of Birch Trees, with Notes on Related Species.” Bull. U.S. Debt. Agric. Divs Ent. (a. s.) No, 18, pp. 44-52, text- figs. 15-17. Agrilus auricollis, Kiesenwetter. Wachtl, F. A. ‘‘ Ein Lindenverwiister.’’ Wien. Ent. Zett., VII, 1888, pp. 293-297, pl. iii. Paracephala cyaneipennis, Blackburn. Froggatt, W. W. ‘‘ On the Life-Histories of Australian Coleoptera.’’ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, TX, 1894 (1894-5), pp. 113-125 (Paracephala cyanetpennts, p. 122). Aphanisticus krugeri, Ritsema. Ritsema. Tzjdschr. Ent., XX XIII, 1889-90, pp. xxii-xxiil, I text-fig. Zehntner, L. ‘‘ De Mineerlarven van het Suikerriet op Java II-III.” Med. Proefstation Ost Java, (n.s.) No. 42, 1897, 14 pp., I pl. Aphanisticus consanguineus, Ritsema. Zehntner, L. ‘‘ De Mineerlarven van het Suikerriet op Java II-III.” Med. Proefstation Ost Java, (n. s.) No. 42, 1897, 14 pp., I pl. Pachyschelus sp. Friebrig, K. ‘‘ Kine Schaum bildende Kaferlarve.’’ Zeztschr. wiss. Insektenbiol., IV, 1908, pp. 333-339 and 353-363- Brachys aeruginosa, Gory. Packard, A. S. ‘‘Insects Injurious to Forest and Shade Trees.’’ Bull. U. S. Ent. Comm., No. 7, 275 pp., 100 text-figs. (Brachys aeruginosa, p. 130, fig. 604). The Indian Museum collection contains larvae of Sphenoptera gossypii from the material from which this species was originally 150 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, described, and larvae found with pupae and adults in a tree prob- ably belonging to the genus Swretenta on the Calcutta Maidan. There can be little doubt, from the state of the tree when it was cut down, that these larvae, together with many others of the same species, were responsible for its death. The adults agree closely with Théry’s description of Cardiaspis pisciformis from Mysore (Bull. Soc. ent. France, 1904, pp. 73-74, text-fig. 2), the only appar- ent differences being that the sides of the pronotum are practi- cally parallel in their latter half, and that the posterior tibiae are straight except in one specimen and are almost imperceptibly curved in this. Equally great differences exist, however, between — Théry’s figure of C. mouhoti, Saunders, and our specimens of this species, and I have no hesitation in referring the specimens from 2? Swietenta to Théry’s species. Their larvae may now be described. Cardiaspis pisciformis, Théry. (Pl. xxii, figs. 23-28.) Locality.—Calcutta (2? in Swietenza sp.). Four specimens varying in length from 23-33 mm. The clypeus is about 5 times as wide as long and bears a small but deep and clearly defined puncture on either side of the middle line, which is more or less faintly keeled between and behind them. The anterior margin is lightly concave and the anterior border strongly depressed laterally, the depressions being bounded behind by keels. The labrum is mounted on a membraneous peduncle. The labrum and peduncle are each fully as wide as the clypeus is long, and are together fully as long as wide, the labrum being about twice as long as the peduncle. The anterior and lateral margins of the labrum are lightly convex, the angles are rounded ; the sur- face is grooved in the middle line in front, this groove being sur- rounded by a semicircular or more or less Y-shaped groove which crosses the middle line behind it. The peduncle is depressed or grooved in the middle line. The antennae are three-jointed. The basal joint is large and fleshy, almost white in colour. The second joint is smaller and harder, much yellower in colour, obliquely truncate and fringed with short close hair distally, the truncation facing downwards. The terminal joint is much smaller still, the distal fringe being in- deed its most conspicuous part; as it is set on the oblique distal face of the second joint it is directed downwards. A (? sensory) hair arises dorsally at the base of the terminal joint ; whether this hair arises from the middle or terminal joint I have been unable to determine. The mandibles are small, tridentate distally, and very hard. The maxillae are weak; the blade of each is cylindri- cal, and is rounded and unarmed distally ; the palp is two-jointed, the basal joint is as large as the blade and not unlike it in shape, the terminal joint conical, slightly longer than it is broad at the base and scarcely half as long as the basal joint. The labium is even less 1916. | F. H. GRAVELY: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 157 well developed than are the maxillae. It consists of a pair of whit- ish pilose fleshy convex lobes, each about twice as long as broad, with a pair of brown rudimentary palps, the former being fused with, and the latter closely apposed to, the surface of the highly polished, densely fringed but otherwise hairless hypopharynx, which fills up the space between the maxillae. The strongly chitin- ized ventral plate behind the mouth parts is much shorter than the clypeus ; it bears a pair of longitudinal grooves close to the middle- line, and its anterior margin is lightly concave as a whole. Both the dorsal and ventral plates of the prothorax are dull as a whole, owing to an even and almost microscopically fine granulation; but the median ventral groove with a strongly fan- shaped area in front of it, and the dorsal YW with a less expanded area in front of it, are polished. The rest of the body is dull except for the posterior end which is polished. This larva closely resembles larvae of the allied genus Dzcerca, as these are defined in Xambeu’s key to the genera of Buprestid larvae. TENEBRIONIDAE. A key to the genera of Tenebrionid larvae was published by Schigdte (Nat. Tidsskr., X1, 1877-1878, pp. 491-522). Thishas been republished by Kiesenwetter and Seidlitz, who also give a new key (Naturg. Ins. Deutschl., Coleoptera V [1], pp. 210-216). The following is a list of the references I have been able to find to descriptions of Tenebrionid larvae. Those not available in Calcutta are marked with an asterisk. TENTYRIINAE. Pachychile servillei, Soc. 1898. *Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et Métamorphoses des Insectes VII (1).”? Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XLV, pp. 9-66 (? 197). Tentyria interrupta. 1877. Perris, E.— ‘‘ Larves de Coléoptéres’’ (Paris, 1877), 590 pp-, 14 pl. (I. interrupta, pp. 253-255), reprinted from Amn. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (n. s.) XXIII, pp. 1-430 (T. inter- rupta, p. 94). Tentyria mucronata, Steven. m1577-. sPertis. E. Loc. city p.- 255: ELENOPHORINAE. Elenophorus collaris, L. 1856. Mulsant, E. and Mulsant, V. ‘‘ Description de la larve de 1’ Elenophorus collaris, coléoptére de la tribe Latigénes.” 158 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL .2ers Opusc. Ent., VII, 1856, pp. 133-134 (? reprinted from Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1856, II, 3, p. 133). ASIDINAE. Asida corsica, Cast. 1877. Perris, E. Loc. ctt., pp. 256-57 and 96 respectively. Asida dejeani, Sol. 1887. *Rey, C. ‘‘ Essai d’études sur certaines larves de Coléop- téres et descriptions de quelques espéces inédites ou peu connus.’’ Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (n. s.) XXXII, pp. 131-259, pls. i and ii (Aséda dejeant, p. 223, pl. il, fig. 23). Asida jurinei, Sol. Astda bigorrensis, Sol. 1877. Perris, KE. Loc. cit., pp. 257 and 97 respectively. 1893. *Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et métamorphoses d’insectes.’’ Ann. Soc. Linn. “Lyon, X,, 1803, pp. -1-52,. and 108 165 (Asida juriner, p. 28). Asida sericea, Ol. 1887. *Rey, C. ‘Essai d’études sur certaines larves de Coléop- téres et descriptions de quelques espéces inédites ou peu connus.’’ Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (n.s.) XX XIII, pp. 131-259, pls. i and ii (Astda sericea, p. 224). MOLURINAE. Psammodes reichei, Sol. 1909. *Mally, C. W. ‘‘ The Tok-Tokje (Psammodes) as a grain pest.’”” Cape Town Agricult. J., 1909, text-figs. AKIDINAE. Akis bacarozzo, Schrank. Akis reflexa, Ol. Akis punctata, Thunb. 1844 *Mulsant, KE. Mem. Soc. Linn. Lyon, I, 1844. 1877-8. Schipdte, J. C. ‘Le metamorphosi Eleutheratorum obser- vationes.’’ Natur. Tidsskr., XI, pp. 479-598 (Akzs bacarozz0, pp. 507, 508, 529-531, pl. v, figs. 12-21). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. ‘‘ Tenebrionidae.”’ Naturg. Ins. Deutschl. (Berlin, 1898), V, p. 213 (foot note). 1916. | F, H. GRAVELY : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 159 SCAURINAE. Scaurus atratus, F. 1877-8. Schigdte, J.C. Loc. cit., pp. 526-29, pl. vi, figs. 14-20. ? Scaurus tristis, Ol. 1854. *Mulsant, EH. ‘‘ Histoire naturelle des Coléoptéres de France, Latigenes,”’ (Paris & Lyon, 1854), pp. x, 396 (Scaurus tristis, p. 51). See also Perris, 1877, loc. cit., p. 252. PIMELIINAE. Pimelia bipunctata, F. ne77e. Perris, W.. Loc: cu, p: 259. Pimelia boyeri, Sol. 1898, *Xambeu. ‘‘Moeurs et métamorphoses des Insectes’’ VII (1). Ann. Soc. Linn, Lyon, XLV, pp. 9-66 (Pumelia boyert, p. 59). Pimelia grossa, F. Pimelia inflata, Herbst. 1877-8. Schi¢dte, J. C. Loc. cit., p. 523, pl. v, figs. I-11. Pimelia pilifera, Sén. 1898. *Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et mé€tamorphoses des Insectes’’ VII (1). Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XLV, pp. 9-66 (Pimelia pilifera, p. 57). Pimelia sardea, Sol. 1877... Perris, E. Loc. ctt., pp. 258 and 98 respectively. BEAPTINAE: Blaps gigas, Linn. 1872. *Mulsant. Mem. Acad. Lyon, XIX, 1872, pp. 340-342. 1873. Mulsant, E.,andMayet,V. ‘‘ Histoire des métamorphoses de diverses espéces de Coléoptéres.”’ Opusc. Ent., XIV, 1873, pp. 65-100 (Blaps gigas, pp. 92-96). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., pp. 245, 246. 160 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, Blaps lethifera, Marsh. Blaps fattdica, Sturm. 1843. *Letzner. Uebers. Schies., 1843, p. 4. 1852. Perris, E. ‘‘Histcire des métamorphoses du Blaps pro- ducta De}j.? et Blaps fatidica, Sturm.” Ann. Soc. Ent. France (2) X, 1852, pp. 603-612, pl. xv (Blaps fatidica, pp. 609-612, pl. xv, figs. 20-21). 1877-8: Schigdte,; Fal. siloctert., ps532.epl! wits iescolase Blaps lusitanica, Herbst. Blaps producta, Cast. 1852. Perris, E. “Histoire des métamorphoses du Blaps producta, Dej.? et Blaps fatidica, St.’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (2) X, 1852, pp. 603-612, pl. xv (Blaps pro- ducta, pp. 606-608, pl. xv, figs. 13-18). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 246. Blaps mucronata, Latr. Blaps chevrolati, Sol. Blaps mortisaga, Ol. Blaps obtusa, Sturm. 1838. Patterson, R. and Haliday, A. H. ‘‘ Note respecting the larva of Blaps mortisaga, Ol., with a description of the larva by A. H. Haliday.’’ Trans. Ent. Soc. London, 1838, II, pp. 99-102, pl. xi, figs. I-Ig. 1839. Westwood, J.O. ‘‘An Introduction to the Modern Classi- fication of Insects” I (London 1839), pp. 1-462 (B. mortisaga, p. 321, text-fig. 39, II). 1853. Chapuis, F. and Candéze, E.A.C. ‘* Catalogue des larves des coléoptéres, connues jusqu’a ce jour avec la descrip- tion de plusieurs espéces nouvelles,’’ pp. 343-653, 9 pls. Mem. Soc. Roy. Sct. Liége, VIII, 1853 (Blaps obtusa, P. 5155 PL wij tig 5) : 1893. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 246. Blaps plana, Sol. 1893. *Xambeu. ‘‘Moeurs et métamorphoses des Insectes.”’ Echange, 1893 (Blaps plana, p. 49). ELEODINAE. Eleodes dentipes, Eschsch. 1878-9. *Gissler, C. F. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 1, 1878-79, p. 19, figs. 4-5. 1916. | F. H. GRAVELY: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. E61 1909. Blaisdell, F.E. ‘‘ A monographic revision of the Coleop- tera belonging to the Tenebrionide tribe Eleodiini, etc.”’ Bull, U. S: Nat. Mus., LXIII, 1909, pp. 1-524, pls. i-xiii (Eleodes denitpes, pp. 496, 497-499, pl. xiii, figs. 4-14). Eleodes gigantea, Mannerh. 1878-9. *Gissler, C. F. Bull. Brooklyn Ent. Soc., 1, 1878-79, p. 19, figs. 4-5. 1909. Blaisdell, F. E. ‘‘ A monographic revision of the Coleop- tera belonging to the Tenebrionide tribe Eleodiini, etc.’’ Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., WXIII1, 1909, pp. 1-524, pls. i-xiti (Eleodes gigantea, p. 496). Eleodes opaca, Say. 1909. *Swenk, M.H. ‘“‘ Eleodes as an enemy of planted grain.” J. Econ. Ent. Concord N. H., 2, 1909, pp. 332-339, pls. 1X-x. PEAT VSCELINAE. Platyscelis gages, Fisch. 1888. *Lindeman; K. “ Die schadlichsten Insekten des Tabak in Bessarabien.’’ Bull. Mosc., 1888, pp. 10-77 (Platys- celis gages, pp. 56-57). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 340. PEDININAE. Isocerus purpurascens, Herbst. 1898. *? Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et métamorphoses des _ Insectes, VII (1).’’ Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XLV, pp. 9-66 (Isocerus purpurascens, p. 63). Heliophilus ibericus, Muls. Heltopathes tbericus, Muls. 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., p. 263 and 103 respectively. Phylan abbreviatus, Ol. Heltopathes abbreviatus, Ol. 1887. *Rey, C. “‘ Essai d’études sur certaines larves de Coléop- téres et descriptions de quelques espéces inédites ou pet connus.””- Ann, Soc; =» Linn. Eyon, (n.- —s:) XXXIII, pp. 131-259, pls. i-ii (Heliopathes abbreviatus, p. 224). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 403. 162 Records of the Indian Museum. [V OL. 20h I9g0I.. Xambeu. ‘‘Moeurs et mé€tamorphoses des Insectes, IX (3). Rev. d’ Entom., XX, pp. 7-68 (Heliopathes abbre- viatus, pp. 21-23). Phylan gibbus, F. Holocrates gibbus, F. 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 261-63 and Ior respectively. 1877-8. Schipdte, J. C. Loc. cit:, pp. 538-540, pl. vii, figs. 7-14. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H.v., and Seidlitz,; G. Loc: cit., p. 403. 1895. Judeich, J. and Nitsche, H. ‘‘ Die iibrigen forstschadli- chen Familien der Pentameren und Heteromeren.’’ Lehrbuch Mitt. Forstins., 11 (Wein, 1895), pp. 1299-1303 (Heliopathes gibbus, p. 1301). Pedinus femoralis, L. 1887. Lindeman, K. ‘‘ Opatrum verrucosum und Pedinus femoralis als Schadiger des Tabak in Bessarabien.”’ Entom. Nachr., XIII, pp. 243-244 (Pedinus femoralis, Pp. 244). 1888. *Lindeman, K. ‘ Die schadlichsten Insekten des Tabak in Bessarabien.”’ Bull. Mosc., 1888, pp. 10-77 (Pedinus femoralts, pp. 50-56). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 362. OPATRINAE. Phylax picipes, Ol. Phylax littoralts, Mulsant. 1873. Mulsant, E. and Mayet, V., ‘‘ Histoire des métamorphoses de diverses espéces de Coléoptéres.” Opusc. Ent., XIV, 1873, pp. 65-100 (Phylax littoralis, p. go). See also Per- TiS; 1077, lOc. Cit. (Pp. 203. Melanimon tibiale, F. Microzoum tibtale, F. Opatrum trbiale, F. 1877. Perris, KE. Loc. cit., pp. 264 and 104 respectively. 1895. Judeich, J. and Nitsche, H. ‘‘ Die tbrigen forstschadli- chen Familien der Pentameren und MHeteromeren”’ Lehrbuch Mitt. Forstins., II (Wein, 1895), pp. 1299-1303 (Opatrum [Microzoum] ttbiale, p. 1302). _ Gonocephalum intermedium, Fisch. 1888 *Lindeman, K. ‘‘ Die schadlichsten Insekten des Tabak Bessarabien.”’’ Bull. Mosc., 1888, pp. 10-77 (Opatrum intermedium, pp. 19-49). 1916. | F. H. Gravety : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 163 Gonocephalum pusillum, F. 1888. *Lindeman, K. ‘‘ Die schadlichsten Insekten des Tabak in Bessarabien.’’ Bull. Mosc., 1888, pp. 10-77 (Opatrum pusillum, p. 58). Gonocephalum pygmaeum, Stev. 1839. ° Westwood, J. O. Loc. cit., p. 319, text-fig. 39, 6. Gonocephalum simplex, F. Gonocephalum micans, Germ. ? 1902. *Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et métamorphoses des Insectes.’ Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1902, XLIX, pp. 1-53 and 95-160 (Gonocephalum muicans, p. 122). Opatrum sabulosum, L. 1870. Lucas, M. H. Bull. Soc. Ent. France, 1870, pp. 1xxxii- isexcmtiy: 1871. Lucas, M.H. ‘‘Note sur la vie evolutive de 1’ Opatrum sabulosum.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1871, pp.452-460, pl.7 , figs. 9-17. 1877-8. Schigdte, J. C. Loc. cit., pp. 541-543, 585, pl. vii, figs. 15-19. 1895. Judeich, J. and Nitsche, H. ‘‘ Die tbrigen forstschadlichen Familien der Pentameren und Heteromeren.’’ Lehrbuch Mitt. Forstins., II (Wien, 1895), pp. 1299-1303 (Opa- trum sabulosum, pp. 1301-1302). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 422. Opatrum verrucosum, Germ. 1888. *Lindeman, K. ‘‘ Die schadlichsten Insekten des Tabak in Bessarabien.’’ Bull. Mosc., 1888, pp. 10-77 (Opa- trum verrucosum, Pp. 43). 1887. Lindeman, K. ‘‘Opatrum verrucosum und Pedinus femora- lis als Schadiger des Tabak in Bessarabien.’’ Entom. Nachr., XIII, pp. 241-244 (Opatrum verrucosum, pp. 242- 43). Sinorus colliardi, Fairm. 1877. Perris, KE. Loc. cit., pp. 263-264 and 103 respectively. Bycrea villosa Pasc. 1885. Duges, EK. ‘‘ Métamorphoses de la Bycrea villosa, Pasc.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique, X XIX (2), 1885, pp. 51-55, pl. iv, figs. I-25. 164 Records of the Indian Museum. [Wor cble PHALERIINAE. Phaleria bimaculata,! L. Phaleria cadaverina, Latr. nec cadaverina, F. 1865. Fairmaire, L. ‘‘ Note explicative des figures 1 a 9 dela planche Ir au sujet de la larve de la Phaleria cadaver- nia.’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (4) V,, 1865, p. 657, pl. x1, figs. I-9. 1877. Perris, E. | Loc. cst.;. pp: 260-271,) fig; 277-and p-. 109,,he. 277 respectively. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 478. Phaleria cadaverina, F. 1889. Fowler, W. ‘‘ Description of the larva of Phaleria cada- verina, F.’ Ent. Mo. Mag., XXV, pp. 304-305. Halammobia pellucida, Herbst. Phaleria hemisphaerica, Kust. 4877; ° }Perris, Be. Loc. sci. p272i tig, 278 and pr ii2. eee respectively. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz,G. Loc. cit., p. 478. CRYPTICINAE. Crypticus quisquilius, L. Crypticus glaber, De}. 1834. *Bouche, P. F. ‘‘ Naturgeschichte der Insekten, beson- ders in Hinsicht ihrer ersten Zustande als Larven und Puppen’’ (Berlin, 1834), pp. v, 216, 10 pls. (Crypticus glaber, p. 191). 1839. Westwood, J. O. Loc. cit., p. 319. 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 259-261 and gg respectively. 1877-8. Schifdte, J.C. Loc. cit , pp. 535-538, pl vii, figs. 1-4. BOLITOPHAGINAE. Bolitotherus cornutus, Panz. 1861. Candéze, E.C. A. ‘‘ Histoire des métamorphoses de quel- ques Coléoptéres exotiques.” Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liége, XVI, pp. 325-408 (Bolitotherus cornutus, p. 365, pl. iii, fig. 9). _ ' Gebien (Junk’s Coleopterorum Catalogus, Yenebrionidae, p. 346) refers this description to Phaleria cadaverina, Latr., whichis synonymous with P. bima- culata, 1.., and not to P. cadaverina, Fab., under which name Perris described the larva, ; 1916. | F. H. GRAVELY: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 165 Bolitophagus armatus, Panz. 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 276-278, figs. 288-89 and p. 116, figs. 288-89 respectively. 1877-8. Schigdte, J.C. Loc. cit., p. 546, pl. ix, figs. 1-4. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H.v., and Seidlitz,G. Loc. cit., pp. 493, 494. Bolitophagus reticulatus, Linn. 1854. Curtis, J. ‘‘ Descriptions of some Coleopterous Larvae, | etc.” Trans. Ent. Soc. London, (n. s.) III, 1854, pp. 33- 40 (Bolitophagus reticulatus, p. 36, pl. v, figs. 13-22). 1859. Kraatz,G. ‘‘ Ueber die ersten Stande einiger Coleopteren.”’ Berlin Ent. Zeits., 111, 1859, pp. 304-312 (Bolitophagus veticulatus, pp. 309-310, pl. iv, fig. 5). i577.) Rertis,. 4. Loc. cit), pp. 273-275, fies. 279-287 and p. 113, figs. 279-287 respectively. 1877-8. Schigdte, J. C. Loc. cit., pp. 544-546, pl. viii, figs. 1-7. Bolitonaeus quadridentatus, Cand. 1861. Candéze, E.C. A. ‘“‘ Histoire des métamorphoses de quel- ques Coléoptéres exotiques.”’ Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liége, XVI, pp. 325-408 (Bolitotherus quadridentatus, p. 368). Megeleates sequoiarum, Cas. 1896. *Wickham, H. F. ‘‘ Descriptions of the larvae of some Heteromerous and Rhynchophorous beetles.” j/. New York Ent. Soc., IV, pp. 118-124, pl. iv (Megeleates sequotarum, p. 118). RHIPIDANDRINAE. Eledona agaricola, Hbst. Bolitophagus agaricola, F. Boletophagus agricola. Eledona agaricicola, Latr. 1834. *Bouché, P. F. ‘‘ Naturgeschichte der Insekten beson- ders in Hinsicht ihrer ersten Zustande als Larven und Pappen’”’ (Berlin, 1834), pp. v, 216,.10 pls. (Boltto- phagus agaricola, p. 191, pl. ix, fig. 7). 1839. Westwood, J.O. Loc. cit., p. 315, text-fig. 38, 4. 1842. Erichson. W. F. ‘‘ Zur systematischen Kenntniss der Insectenlarven.’’ Arch. fiir Naturg., VIII (1), pp. 363- 379 (Boletophagus agricola, p. 366). 1843. Dufour, M.L,. ‘‘ Histoire des métamorphoses de |’ Eledona agaricicola, Latr.”’ Ann. Sci. Nat., (2) XX, 1843, pp. 284-289, pl. xii B, figs. 1-7. 166 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XII, 1867. Frauenfeld, G. von. ‘‘ Zoologische Miscellen. XII.’’ Verh. zool.-bot. Ges.in Wien, XVII, pp. 775-804 (Bolitophagus agaricola, p. 780). 1877-8, Schigdte SJ. Ce" Loc. cit, p15 47. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 502. DIAPERINAE. Diaperis boleti, L. 1795. Olivier, M. Entomologie, III, 1795, No. 55. 1832. *Hammerschmidt, C. E. ‘‘ De ins. agric. damn.” 1832, pl. i. 1843. Dufour, M.L. ‘‘ Histoire des métamorphoses du Diaperis bolett.’” Ann. Sct. Nat., (2) XX, 1843, pp. 290-291, pl. xii B, figs. 10-14. 1867. Frauenfeld,G. von. ‘‘ Zoologische Miscellen, XII.’’ Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. in Wien, XVII, pp. 775-804 (Diaperis bolett , p. 780). 1877-8. Schipdte, J.C. Loc. cit., pp. 547-49, pl. viii, figs. 14-22. 1898. . Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 513. Hoplocephala haemorrhoidalis, F. 1869. Gernet, C. v. ‘‘ Beitrage zur Kaferlarvenkunde.’’ Horae Soc. Entom. Ross., V1, 1869, pp. 3-16 (Hoplocephala haemorrhordalis, p. 8, pl. ii, fig. 9). 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 280-81, figs. 297-299 and p.120, figs. 297-299 respectively. Scaphidema metallicum, F. Diaperis aenea, Panz. Scaphidema aeneum, Panz. 1539. Westwood, J.O. Loc. cit., p. 314, text-fig. 37, 11-19. 1877-8. Schigdte, J. C. Loc. cit., pp. 552-54, pl. ix, figs. 10-16. Platydema ellipticum, F. 1861. *Candéze, E. C. A. ‘‘ Histoire des métamorphoses de quelques Coléoptéres exotiques.” Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liége, XVI, pp. 325-408 (Platydema ellipticum, p. 370). Platydema europaeum, Cast. et Brill. 1857. Perris, E. ‘‘ Histoire des Insectes du Pin Maritime.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 341-395, pls. viii-ix (Platydema europaea, pp. 343-45, pl. viii, figs. 401-412). 1916. | F. H. GraAveiy : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 167 Platydema palliditarse, Cast. et Brll. 1904. *Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et métamorphoses des insectes XIV.”’ Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, L1, 1904, pp. 67-154 (Platydema palliditarse, p. 123). Platydema violaceum, F. 1857. Perris, E. ‘‘ Histoire des Insectes du Pin Maritime.” Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 341-395 (Platydema violacea, p. 349). 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 278-80, figs. 290-296 and p. 118, figs. 290-296 respectively. 1877-8. Schisdte, J.C. Loc. cit., pp. 550-52, pl. vilt, figs. 25-29. Alphitophagus bifasciatus, Say. Phylethus quadripustulatus, Step. 1877-8. Schipdte, J.C. Loe. crt., p. 555, pl. vi, figs. 17-27. Ceropria subocellata, Cast. et Bril. 1861. *Candéze, E. C. A. ‘‘ Histoire des métamorphoses de quelques Coléoptéres exotiques.” Mem. Soc. R. Sct. Liége, XVI, pp. 325-408 (Ceropria subocellata, p. 369). Pentaphyllus testaceus, Hellw. 1842. Erichson, W. F. ‘‘ Zur systematischen Kenntniss der Insectenlarven.” Arch. fiir Naturg., VIII (1), pp. 363-379 (Pentaphyllus testaceus, p. 366). 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 281-283, figs. 300-303 and p. 121, figs. 300-303 respectively. i 1077-8. ochigdte, J.C. Loe. ctt., pp: 557-559, pl. x, figs. 1-5; ULOMINAE. Gnathocerus cornutus, F. Cerandria cornuta, F. Echocerus cornutus, F. 1854. Motschulsky, V. de. ‘‘Sur la larve et chrysalide de la Cerandriacornuta.” Etud. Entom., 111 (Helsingfors, 1854), pp. 67-68. 1869. Gernet, C v. ‘‘Beitrage zur Kaferlarvenkunde.’ Horae Soc. Ent. Ross., VI, 1869, pp. 3-16 (Gnathocera |Cerandria| cornuta, pp. 11-15, pl. ii, fig. 10). 1907. *Reineck, G. ‘‘ Neue Beobachtungen tber Echocerus cor- nutus, F.’’ Zeitschr. wiss. Insektenbiol., 111, pp. 128-129. > 168 IgOl. 1848. 1877-8. 1808. Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor 2 xahie Lyphia tetraphylla, Fairm. Lyphia ficicola, Muls. et Rey. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 283-285, figs. 304-309 and p.123, figs. 304-309 respectively. Tribolium confusum, Jacq du Val. Xambeu. ‘‘Moeurs et métamorphoses des _ Insects, IX (3)” Rev. a’ Entom., XX, pp. 7-68 (Tribolium confu- sum, p. 63). Tribolium ferrugineum, F. Tribolium castaneum, Herbst. Westwood), J..O. Locociigs po 310, text-fis230, 2-3: Lucas, M. H. ‘‘ Observations sur les métamorphoses du Tribolium castaneum, Herbst., coleoptére hétéromére de la tribu des Diapériens.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) U1, pp. 249-259, pl. xiii, no. ili. 3. Schigdte, J. C. Loc. cit., pp. 563-565, pl. x, figs. 18-20. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 579. Phthora crenata, Muls. Perris, E. ‘‘ Histoire des insectes du Pin Maritime.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 341-359 (Phthora crenata, pp. 351-52, pl viii, figs. 421-429). Palorus depressus, F. Schigdte, J. C. Loc. cit., pp. 561-63, pl. x, figs. 12-15. Uloma culinaris, L. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 265-267 and 105 respectively. Uloma perroudi, Muls. et Guilleb, Perris, E. ‘‘ Histoire des insectes du Pin Maritime.” Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 341-395 (Uloma per- voudt, pp. 347-49, pl. viii, figs. 413-420). Alphitobius diaperinus, Panz. Heterophaga cpatroides, Bril. Lucas, M. H. Bull. Soc. Eniom. France, 1848, (2) VI (Heterophaga opatroides, p. xiii). ; Schigdte, J.C. Loc. cit., pp. 565-68, pl. xi, figs. 1-3. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 601. 19106. | F. H. GRAVELY. Lignicolous Beetle- Larvae. 169 Alphitobius piceus, Ol. Alphitobius fag, Curt. Alphitobius mauritanicus, Ly. 1839. Westwood, J.O. Loc. cit., p. 319, fig. 38, 20. 1857. Lucas, M. H. ‘Note sur les matamorphoses de I’ d4/pii- tobius mauritanicus, Linné.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 71-84, pl. iv, no. iii. 1877-8. Schi¢dte, J. C. Loc. cit., p. 568, pl. xi, figs. 4, 5. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. ctt., p. 602. Hypophloeus bicolor, Ol. 1839. Westwood, J. O. Loc. cit., p. 315, fig. 38, 6. 1877-8. Schipdte, J. C. Loc. cit., pp. 559-561, pl. x, figs. 8-11. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. ctt., p. 551. Hypophloeus fasciatus, F. 1877. Perris, E. Loc. cit., pp. 287-88 and 127 respectively. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. ctt., p. 551. Hypophloeus linearis, F. 1857. Perris, E. ‘‘ Histoire des insectes du Pin Maritime.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 341-395 (Hypbophloeus linearis, pp. 358-360, pl. viii, figs. 439-443). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. ctt., p. 551. ® Hypophloeus pini, Panz. Hypophiloeus ferrugineus, Crtz. 1857. Perris, E. ‘‘ Histoire des insectes du Pin Maritime.” Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp- 341-395 (Hypophioeus ferrugineus, Creutz., pp. 354-356, pl. vili, figs. 430-438). Hypophloeus unicolor, Pill. et Mitterp. 1877. Perris, EK. ~ Loc. cit., pp. 285-287 and 125 respectively. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 551. TENEBRIONINAE. Iphthimus italicus, Truqui. 1859. Mulsant, E., and Reveliére, E. ‘‘ Notes pour servir a 1’ histoire de quelques Coléoptéres.’’ Opusc. Ent., XI, pp. 63-68 (Iphthimus italicus, p. 63-65). Upis ceramboides, L,. 1912-3. *Saalas, U. ‘‘ Die Larven der Stenotrachelus aeneus, Payk. und Upis cerambordes, l., sowie die Puppe der 170 Records of the Indian Museum, PVoLe Sou, letzteren.’’ Helsingfors Acta Soc. Fauna et Fil. Fenn, XXXVIT- No; 8,1912-53).12 ppaazapis: Menephilus cylindricus, Herbst. Menephilus (Tenebrio) curvipes, Fab. 1857. Perris, E. ‘‘ Histoire des insectes du Pin Maritime.’’ Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 341-395 (Menephilus [Tenebrio] curvipes, Fab., pp. 361-364, pl. viii, figs. 444- 457). Tenebrio molitor, L. 172r. Frisch, J. L. (‘Von dem gelben meel-wurm und dem Schwarzen kefer, so daraus wird,’’ pp. 1-3, pl. i, figs. 1-6). Beschreibung von allerley Insecten in Teutschland, nebst niitzlichen Anmerckungen, Ill.’’ (Berlin, 1721). 1775. De Geer, C. Mem. Hist. Ins., V (Stockholm, 1775) (Tene- brio molitor, pp. 35-37, pl. il, figs. 6-11). 1788-93. Gmelin, J. F. In C. a Linné ‘‘Systema Naturae ”, Kd. 13,1 (Tenebrio molttor, p. 1995). 1795. Olivier, M. Entomologie, 1795, IV, No. 57. 1802-5. Latreille, P. A. Hust. nat. des. Crust. et Insectes, X, pp. 289-292. 1804. *Posselt, C. F. Beytrage zur Anat. der Insekt. (Tubingen, 1804), 36 pp., 3 pls. (Tenebrio molitor, p. 25, pl. iit, figs. I-14). 1807. *Sturm. Deutsch. Insekt., 1807, Il, p. 214, pl. xlvi. 1817. Cuvier, G. Regne Animal, Les Insectes, pt. I (Tenebrio molitor, p. 371). 1839. Westwood, J.O. Loc. ctt., p. 317, text-fig. 38, 14-16. 1853. Chapuis, F. and Candéze, KE. A.C. ‘* Catalogue des larves Coléoptéres connues jusqu’a ce jour avec la description de plusieurs espéces nouvelles,” pp. 343-653,9 pls. Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liége, VIII, 1853 (Tenebrio molitor, p. 176). 1877-8. Schigdte, J. C. Loc. cit., pp. 568-571, pl. xi, figs. 6-11. 1893. Lintner, J. A. ‘‘ Eighth report on the injurious and other Insects of the state of New York for the year 189g1.’’ (Albany, 1893). (Tenebrio molitor, p. 177, text-fig. 294.) 1896. Chittenden, F. H. ‘‘The principal Household Insects of the United States. Insects affecting cereals and other dry vegetable foods.” Bull. U. S. Dept. Agri. Ent., IV (Washington, 1896), 130 pp., 64 text-figs. (Tenebrio molitor, p. 116, text-fig. 54a). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz,G. Loc. cit., p. 630. ?r901. *Manger, K. ‘'‘ Kiniges iiber die Entwicklung von Tenebrio molitor.”’ Soc. Ent. (Zurich), XVI, pp. 73, 74. 1908. *Lindner, A. ‘‘ Schwarze Mehlwiirmer.’’ Gefied. Welt. (Magdeburg, 1908), XX XVII, pp. 92-93. 1916. | IQT4. 1839. 1893. 18096. 1808. IQI4. 1855. 1877-8. 1808. 1839. 1855. 1808. IQI5. F. H. Gravety : Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 1 yf Herrick, G. W. Insects injurious to the Household. (New York, 1914), 470 pp., 152 text-figs., 8 pls. (Tenebrio molitor, p. 220). Tenebrio obscurus, F. Westwood, J.O. Loc. cit., p. 318, text-fig. 38, 17. Lintner, J. A. ‘‘ Ninth report on the injurious and other Insects of the state of New York for the year 1892”’. (Albany, 1893). (Tenebrio obscurus, p. 307, text-fig. 54.) Chittenden, F. H. ‘‘ The principal Household Insects of the United States. Insects affecting cereals and other dry vegetable foods.’’ Bull. U. S. Dept. Agn. Ent., IV (Washington, 1896), 130 pp., 64 text-figs. (Tenebrio obscurus, pp. 117-118). Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 630. Herrick, G. W. Insects injurious to the Household. (New York, 1914), 470 pp., 152 text-figs., 8 pls. (Tenebrio obscurus, p. 227-229, pl. iti). Tenebrio opacus, Dut. Mulsant, E. and Guillebeau. ‘‘ Notes pour servir a |’his- toire des Tenebrions.’’ Opusc. Ent., VI, 1855, pp. 9-13 (Tenebrio opacus, pp. 9-11) ? reprinted from Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1, 1855. See also Perris, 1877, loc. cit., p. 290. Semigdte, J.C. Loc. cu... p.572- Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 630. Tenebrio picipes, Herbst. Tenebrio transversalis, Dutt. Westwood, J. O. Loc. cit., p. 317, text-fig. 38, 14-16. Mulsant, E. and Guillebeau. ‘‘ Notes pour servir a |’ his- toire des ‘Tenebrions.’’ Opus Ent., VI, 1855, pp. 9-13 (Tenebrio transversalis, pp. 11-13) ? reprinted from Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 1, 1855, p. 11. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 630. Catapiestus indicus, Fairm. Gravely, F. H. ‘‘The larvae and pupae of some beetles from Cochin.’ Rec. Ind. Mus., X1, pp. 353-366, pls. xx-xxi (Catapiestus indicus, pp. 363-305, pl. xxi, figs. 20-21). PYCNOGERLN AES Prioscelis serrata, F. 1897. *Kolbe, H. J. ‘‘ Coleopteren (Kafer und Netzflugler).”” Deutsch. Ostafr., IV (Lief vi, vii, viii), 364 pp., 3 pls. (Prioscelis serrata, p. 244, pl. iii, fig. 25). 172 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL XL, HELOPINAE. Helops angustatus, Luc. Helops agonus, Muls. 1887. *Rey, C. ‘‘ Essai d’études sur certaines larves de coléop- téres et descriptions de quelques espéces inédites ou peu connus.’’ Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (n. s.) XX XIII, pp. 131-259, pls. i-1 (Helops agonus, p. 225). Helops assimilis, Kust. 1877. Perris, HE. Loc. cit., pp. 2902-293 and £32 respectively. Helops coeruleus, L. 1836. Waterhouse, G. R. ‘“‘ Descriptions of the Larvae and Pupae of various species of Coleopterous Insects.’’ Trans. Ent. Soc. London, I, 1836, pp. 27-33, pls. iv-v (Helops coeruleus, p. 29, pl. iv, fig. 3). 1839. Westwood, J. O. Loc. cit., p. 312, text-fig. 36, 20-25. 1840. Perris, M. EK. ‘‘ Observations sur quelques Larves Xylo- phages.’’ Amn. Sct. Nat., (2) XIV, pp. 81-96, pl. 111A (Helops coeruleus, pp. 81-83, pl. iiiA, figs. 1-5). 1877. Perris, HB. Loc! cit., pps200-298, fie. 310 anda pra ar aie. 310 respectively. 1877-8. Schigdte, J.C. Loc. ctt., pp. 571-574, pl. xi, figs. 15-22. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G Loc. cit., p. 687. Helops ecoffeti, Kust. 1887. *Rey, C. ‘‘ Essai d’études sur certaines larves de coléop- téres et descriptions de quelques espéces inédites ou peu connus.” Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, (n. s.) XXXIII, pp. 131-259, pls. i. and 11 (Helops ecoffett, p. 224). 21896. *Xambeu. ‘‘ Moeurs et métamorphoses d’insectes, V.” Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XUIII, pp. 53-100 and 123-188 (Helops ecoffett, p. 128). Helops laevioctostriatus, Goeze. Helops striatus, Geoftr. 1857. Perris, EH. ‘‘ Histoire des Insectes du Pin Maritime.*” Ann. Soc. Ent. France, (3) V, pp. 341-395 (Helops striatus, p. 367, figs. 458-465). 21890. *Planet, L. Le Naturaliste (Paris, 1890), XII (Helops striatus, p. 17). 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 688. 1g16. | F. H. Gravety: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 173 Helops lanipes, L. 1837. Blanchard, E. ‘‘ Helopslanipes, Fab.”” Mag. Zool., 183 class IX, pl. 175, figs. I-2. NX Helops laticollis, Kust. Helops cerberus, Muls. 1892. Xambeu. ‘‘Moeurs et métamorphoses d’insectes (II).’’ Echange, suppl. (Lyon, 1892), pp. 1-46 (Helops cerberus, Deeke)s Helops pellucidus, Muls. et Rey. 1877. Perris, E. Loc..cit., pp. 293-294 and 133 respectively. 1898. Kiesenwetter, H. v., and Seidlitz, G. Loc. cit., p. 687. Helops pyrenaeus, Muls. 21890. *Xambeu. Le Naturaliste (Paris, 1890), XII (Helops pyrenaeus, Pp. 279). 1893. *Xambeu. ‘* Moeurs et métamorphoses d’insectes.”” Ann. Soc. Linn. Lyon, XL, pp. 1-52 (Helops pyrenaeus, p. 30). Hydromedion nitidum, Mjoberg. 1906. Mjoberg, E. ‘‘ Zur Kenntnis der Insektenfauna von Stud- Georgien.” Ark. f. Zool., 111 (13), pp- 1-14 (Hydromedion nitidum, p. 10, pl. i, fig. 4). Hydromedion sparsutum, Mill. 1906. Mjoberg, E. ‘‘ Zur Kenntnis der Insektenfauna von Sud- Georgien.” Ark. }. Zool., 111 (13), pp. 1-14 (Hydromedion sparsutum, pp. 6-7, text-fig. 4a-e, pl. i, fig. 2). Perimylops antarcticus, Miill. 1906. Myjdoberg, E. ‘“‘ Zur Kenntnis der Insektenfauna von Siid- Georgien.”’ Ark. f. Zool., III (13), pp. 1-14 (Perimylops antarcticus, pp. 11-14, text-figs. 5a-d, pl. i, fig. 5). MERACANTHINAE. Meracantha contracta, Beauv. 1896. *Wickham, H. F. ‘‘ Descriptions of the larvae of some Heteromerous and Rhynchophorous beetles.’? Journ. New. York Ent. Soc., IV, pp. 118-124 (Meracantha con- tvacta, p. 110, pl. v, fig. 2). 1915. *Hyslop. ‘‘ Observations on the life-history of Meracantha contracta, Beau.’’ Psyche, XXII, pp. 44-48, pl. xxii. 174 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, STRONGYLIINAE. ® Strongylium tenuicolle, Say. 1874. Riley, C. A. “Sixth annual report on the noxious, bene- ficial and other Insects of the State of Missouri.” 1874, pp. 117-118, text-fig. 32. The Indian Museum collection of Tenebrionidae includes larvae of Cataptestus indicus and a cast larval skin of Strongylium sobri- num. The larvae of Catapiestus indicus have already been des- cribed (loc. cit.); but as the characteristic structures of the posterior end of the abdomen do not show well in the plate I take this opportunity of figuring them on a larger scale (pl. xx, fig. 5). The cast larval skin of Strongylium sobrinum was found with a newly emerged adult in rotten wood. The adult was soft and quite white, but quickly hardened and assumed the characteristic dark olive colour when put alive into a tube with some of the wood from which it was taken. ‘The larva of this species is as yet unknown. Many of its characters can, however, be determined from the skin, and these may now be described. It is unfortunate that the general form of the body cannot be determined. Itseems unlikely, however, that the anus protruded in the living larva to anything like the extent that it does in the larva believed bv Packard to be that of Strongylium tenuicolle, Say. Strongylium sobrinum, Dohrn. (Pl txace figsiO-73) Locality.-—-Darjeeling District: Kalimpong, ca. 2000 ft. (in rotten wood). The head bears a number of very large spines which appear to have had a definite arrangement. What this arrangement was, however, is not clear in the somewhat contorted state of the exuvium. The labrum is more or less oval, and quite twice as broad as long. The antennae appear to be two-jointed, the basal joint being both shorter and broader than the other, which is about twice as long as broad and bears a few spines distally ; but it is possible that they are incomplete. The mandibles are massive; they are much worn, but each appears to have had three terminal teeth and one large molar tooth. The blades of the maxillae are fringed with very strong spines ; there are a number of finer spines behind the margin at the tip, and a few very long slender ones behind these. The maxillary palps are three-jointed, and are alittle shorter than the blades; the first joint is about twice as broad as long; the second is scarcely as long as the first is broad, and scarcely as broad as long ; the third is about as long as the second is broad and nearly twice as long as broad. The labrum is squarish Ig16.] ib, El. GRAVELY: Lignicolous Beetle-Larvae. 175 with almost straight sides. Its palps are two-jointed ; the basal joint is stout, but scarcely as broad as long; the distal joint is only about half as broad as the basal, and is distinctly longer than broad. The legs appear to have been soft and fleshy, but are each tipped with a strong claw. All segments of the body except the anal are much shrivelled. There is a row of about eight! strong hairs in front of the anus, and a pair of smaller hairs a little in front of these on the same segment. On the ventral margin of the flattened posterior surface of the anal segment is a pair of large upwardly curved horns near the middle line, with a pair of strong hairs between them. Ten similar hairs are arranged on each side of the segment (pl. xx, fig. 7). The dorsal margin is thickly dentate, and there is a pair of transverse fossae situated laterally on the posterior surface immediately above a small tooth (see pl. xx, fig. 6). | Four on one side, three and a small one a little out of the row on the other. ee ee EXPVANATION “OF - PLATE 2c Larva of Pleurarius brachyphyllus, towards the end of the stage with spiniform bristles. X 5. Fourth segment of fully developed larva of Pleurarius brachyphyllus. X 5. Claviform bristle of same larva more highly magnified. Fourth segment of larva of Acevaius kuwertt. X 5. Anal segment of larva of Catapiestus indicus from below. KZ: Anal segment of last larval exuvium of Strongylium sobrinum, cleared and viewed as a transparency, from behind. The same from the side. Rec. Ind. Mus, Vol.Xll. 1916. Plate XX. \ u Ri ts Ay AAW \ ty? “it ’ » bist r EEN Gan Oy) ‘ Fy 4 aa Bemrose, Coilo, Derby PASSALIDAE ano TENEBRIONIDAE. BiG: EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. Third right leg of larva of Aegus roepstorffi, showing stridulating surface. Second right leg of larva of Aegus roepstorffi, showing stridulating surface. Right mandible of larva of Aegus roepstorffi. Left mandible of larva of Aegus roepstorfft. Third right leg of larva of Nigidius dawnae, showing stridulating surface. Second right leg of larva of Nigidius dawnae, showing stridulating surface. Third right leg of larva of Nigidius impressicollis, show- ing stridulating surface. Second right leg of larva of Nigidius impressicollis, showing stridulating surface. Right mandible of larva of Nigidius impressicollts. Left mandible of larva of Nigidius impressicollts. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol.XIJ, 1916. Plate XXI NY Qs \ { Ae at una S sal / ] EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXII. Larva of Hectarthrum trigeminum. Mandible of same larva. Antenna of same larva. Head of same larva from front. Maxillae and labium of same larva. Larva of Cardiaspis pisctformis from below. Anterior part of head of same larva from below. Anterior part of head of same larva from above. Pupa of same species from below. Adult of same species from below. Adult of same species from above. Rec. Ind. Mus,,Vol. XII. 1916. Plate XXII Bemrose, Coilo, Derby CUCUJIDAE ano BUPRESTIDAE. Dev Or Eo ON sive Chi LAT Rh PRO TOZ OA OF (EAH O RE. By B. l,. Buatia, M.Sc., Assistant Professor of Zoology, Government College, Lahore. I. ON THE OCCURRENCE OF THREE CONTRACTILE VACUOLES IN SPECIMENS OF PARAMAECIUM CAUDATUM. Paramaecium caudatum, Ehrbg., is found in large numbers both in infusions and in stagnant water in Lahore and is studied as a type by the students. Recently (June, 1916) when my B.Sc. class were examining this animal, my attention was drawn by two students, Mr. Sham Nath and Mr. Prashar, to the existence of a third contractile vacuole in the specimen which was being studied by each. None of the other specimens from the same tube showed this peculiarity. The water had been collected from a ditch outside the laboratory compound. In both these specimens the two normal vacuoles, each with its own system of radiating canals, were situated at about one- fourth of the length of the animal from either end, as is usually the case. The third contractile vacuole was situated nearer to the posterior vacuole at one-fourth of the distance between the two vacuoles in one specimen, and midway between the two vacuoles in the other. In both specimens the third vacuole had its own system of radiating canals and showed its systole and diastole independently of the other two, the three contracting regularly one after the other. So far as I am aware, this occurrence of a third contractile vacuole has not been observed in this species before though it was observed by Butschliin P. putrinum, as recorded in the following extract from Bronn’s Thier-Reichs (1, p. 1417) :— ‘‘Erhohung der vacuolenzahl ist nur von Paramaecium und Ophryoglena bekannt. Bei ersterer Gattung scheint die Zweizahl Regel zu sein (3 beobachtete Biitschli zuweilen bei P. purtrinum 1876, p. 88); beide Vacuolen liegen ungefahr auf den Grenzen des I und 2 sowie des 3 und 4 KOrperviertel hintereinander.”’ II. RECORDS AND DESCRIPTIONS OF SPECIES. The object of this paper is to record and describe a number of the more striking Ciliata that the writer has come across during the last two years in the water collected at various times from ditches, ponds, etc., in and about Lahore. The list represents 178 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. 2s only a very small proportion of the Ciliate fauna of this place, and it is hoped to add to it occasionally in future communications. Family ENCHELINA. Subfamily HOLOPHRYINA. Genus Holophrya, Ehrbg. Holophrya indica, sp. nov. Body evenly elliptical, a little more than one and a half times as long as broad; cuticular surface presenting distinct alternating longitudinal striae and furrows, ciliation uniform, cilia fairly long and distinct, disposed along the longitudinal striae ; colourless ; Fic. 1.—Holophrya indica, sp. nov., 1a. posterior end showing one principal and six subsidiary vacuoles; 16. posterior end showing one principal and two subsidiary vacuoles. (N. macronucleus; Cc. v. contractile vacuole or vacuoles.) border of the oral aperture not projecting, pharynx absent ; con- tractile vacuole single, spherical, postero-terminal, with a number of small circular feeding vacuoles in its neighbourhood which are not arranged in longitudinal rows; macronucleus large, band- shaped, curved in a horseshoe-shaped manner, situated in the anterior half of the body. Length 105,, width 63,. Habitat, stagnant water. A few specimens of a new species of Holophrya, as defined above, were found in a temporary collection of water in a ditch on the roadside in front of the College compound in March, 1914. The body showed only a slight degree of flexibility, and was almost equally rounded at the anterior and posterior ends. On the sur- face presented to view, thirteen longitudinal striae, along which the cilia were disposed, were distinctly made out. So the animal 1gI6. | B. L. BuatiA: Ciliate Protozoa of Lahore. 179 presented, both in its form and in its ciliary arrangement, a close resemblance to the theoretical diagram in Bronn’s Thier-Reichs, fig. 17a. The single spherical contractile vacuole situated near the posterior pole was seen to be surrounded by 5 to 7 small feed- ing vacuoles at the commencement of its diastolic phase. These were seen to contract and there would remain 3 only, the central one considerably larger than the 2 subsidiary ones now left. This main contractile vacuole then contracted and disappeared, the others following almost simultaneously and contributing to the formation of the vacuole afresh, the neighbouring subsidiary ones soon making their appearance again (figs. I, Ia, Ib). Of the several existing species of Holophrya, it shows some resemblance to H. simplex in the absence of trichocysts and pharynx, but differs considerably from it in the size of the body and the form of the macronucleus, specimens of that;species being only about 35, in size and the macronucleus globular. The only other species possessing a band-like nucleus is H. coleps, Khrbg., in which, however, it is curved in a spiral and the subsidiary vacuoles arranged in an elongated row. So the form described belongs to a new species, for which the name H. indica is suggested. Genus Urotricha, Clap. u. L. Urotricha globosa, Schewiakoff. Forms belonging to this species were found in the same locality as H. indica in April, 1914, and resembled closely the description given in Eyferth (3, p. 392); body egg-shaped with an anterior terminal mouth, and a posterior springing bristle elongated in the direction of the long axis of the body. A few points of difference were however observed. The macronucleus, which is spherical, is proportionately larger in size than there figured (tafel xii, 2), the contractile vacuole is placed in the median line near the posterior end and not on one side, and there are cilia on the posterior part of the body in the neighbourhood of the springing bristle also. Genus Enchelys, Hill. Enchelys arcuata, Clap. u. L. Members of this species were found in an infusion of dry leaves in September, 1915, the dry leaves having been steeped ina dish of water about Io days previously. Body rounded posteriorly, attenuated anteriorly. Dength 80;, maximum width 30,. The animal is broadest at one-fourth of the length of the body from the posterior end, and begins to taper rapidly in the anterior fourth. Anterior end truncate, occupied by the mouth. Cilia covering the whole body, but very fine, rather longer ones at the oral end. Contractile vacuoles several, arranged in an arch along the margin of the body. 180 Records of the Indian Museum, pVors Sods Genus Lacrymaria, Ehrbg. Lacrymaria vermicularis (Ehlrbg.). (Syn. Phialina vermicularis, Ehrbg., Cl. u. L., and Kent.) This animal was found in the same locality as H. indica in March, 1914. Body sub-cylindrical, or bottle-shaped if the apical lobe is taken into consideration, flexible and contractile, two and a half times as long as broad (Kent, 4, P. 519) appears to refer to the contracted state of the animal; in the fully extended condi- tion in which I was able to observe it, it was 4 to 6 times as long as broad (figs. 2, 2a, 2b). Length about 104. Apical portion in advance of the annular furrow short and cylindrical, anterior margin of the body truncate and bearing a single circlet of cilia Fic. 2.—Lacrymaria vermicularis (Ehrbg.), fully extended ; 2a. moderately extended ; 20. fully contracted. (N. macronucleus; ¢C. v. contractile vacuole or vacuoles.) which are directed backwards, the rest of the body appeared, how- ever, to be glabrous. The nucleus was seen to be oval in outline, and the single contractile vacuole situated near the posterior end. Subfamily COLEPINA. Genus Coleps, Nitzsch. Coleps hirtus, O. F. Miill. From a pond near Chota Ravi. Size 4op X20un. Subfamily CYCLODININA. Genus Didinium, Stein. Didinium nasutum, St. From the pond in front of the Municipal Office. Size 123% 84yp. IQI6. | B. L. BHATIA: Cuiliate Protozoa of Lahore. 181 Family TRACHELINA. Genus Loxophyllum, Duj. Loxophyllum fasciola (Ehrbg.), Cl. u. L. (Syn. Amphilephus fasctola, Ehr., Litonotus fasciola, Kent., Litonotus varsaviensis, Wrz.) subsp. punjabensis, subsp. nov. Body elongate, transparent, flexible but scarcely contractile, three and a half times as long as broad, pointed posteriorly but not prolonged into a distinct tail-like portion, tapering gradually towards the anterior extremity which is curved towards the right; PCW. Fic. 3.—Loxophyllum fasciola punjabensis, subsp. nov. (N. macronucleus; C, Vv. contractile vacuole or vacuoles.) oral aperture nearly median; cuticular surface striate longitudi- nally; cilia on the neck region most conspicuous; contractile vacuoles arranged in two rows, seven along each border; macro- nuclei two in number, not united by a filament, spheroidal, sub- central. Length about roo. Habitat, stagnant water. A single specimen of this form, from water from the ditch in front of the College compound, came under my observation in March, 1914. The animal showed slow locomotion, now moving forwards, then suddenly in a backward direction. The length of the specimen was 147, and the maximum width 42,. The form showed closest resemblance to Litonotus varsaviensis, Wrz. (Kent, p. 744, pl. xlii, fig. 4), from which, however, it differed in the absence of trichocysts, number of contractile vacuoles, and their arrangement in two longitudinal rows instead of one containing five contractile vacuoles only (fig. 3). In the footnote Kent 182 Records of the Indian Museum. [Viors ar observes as follows: ‘‘ The large number of contractile vesicles serve to distinguish this species from L. fasciola, which in other respects it closely resembles.’’ On this consideration there would be abundant justification for the erection of a new species for the present form, but by later writers L. varsaviensis, Wrz., does not appear to have been considered as specifically distinct from L. fas- ciola, which it closely resembles and in which there is only one contractile vacuole. I should think that L. varsaviensis, Wrz., and the form under consideration are sufficiently distinct to rank as subspecies. Lionotus fasciola has however since been separated from the genus Lionotus (falslich zuerst Lztonotus genannt—Bronn), which is reserved for species with a very long neck (in some being even longer than the body) and placed again under Loxophyllum, to which indeed it originally belonged (Clap. u. L.). So the form described above may be identified with Loxophyllum fasctola, and the name punjabensts given to the subspecies to indicate its special peculiarities. Family CHLAMYDODONTA. Genus Nassula, Ehrbg. Nassula stromphii (Ehrbg.) (Syn. Liostphon stromphiw Ehrbg.). Found in water from a ditch on the roadside outside the College compound in March, 1914. The animals examined are referable to Nassula stromphi (Ehrbg.) as described in Kent (p. 496), but the description given there is inadequate, and so the following description is appended :— Body ovate, with a distinct large prolongation of the anterior region beyond the oral aperture, anterior portion flexible; length 57, width 36,4; colour green owing to the ingestion of algae as food particles; cilia uniform; pharynx armed, tubular, with a cylindrical fascicle of rod-like teeth; contractile vacuole large, posteriorly situated, with pinkish contents, with two or more smaller vacuoles irregularly distributed; macronucleus oval, sub- central and eccentric. Family CHILIFERA. Genus Trichoda, O. F. Mill. Trichoda pura, Ehrbg. In infusions of dry leaves. Genus Colpoda, Miill. Colpoda cucullus, Ehrbg. In infusions of hay. IgT6. } ey B. L. BHatta : Ciliate Protozoa of Lahore. 183 Family PARAMAECINA. Genus Paramaecium, Hill. Paramaecium caudatum, Ehrbg. In pond water and infusions of dry leaves. Family PLAGIOTOMINA. Genus Spirostomum, Ehrbg. Spirostomum ambiguum, Ehrbg., var. minor, Eyf. In large numbers among the roots of Eichhornia growing in an aquarium. Length about 765 u. REFERENCES TO LITERATURE. Butschli, O. Doflein, F. Eyferth, B. Kent, S. Minchin, E. Protozoa. In Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnun- gen des Thwer-Reichs, Vol. I, Dritte Abtheilung. (Leipzig u. Heidelberg: 1889.) Lehrbuch der Protozoenkunde. (Jena: 1909.) Hinfachste Lebensformen der Tier- und Pflan- zenreiches. Vierte Auflage von W. Schoenichen und A. Kalberlah. (Braunschweig: 1909.) .. A Manual of the Infusoria. (London: 1880-1882.) A... An Introduction to the study of the Pro- tozoa. (London: 1912.) In addition to the works cited above, current literature in Archiv fur Protistenkunde, Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society, etc., have also been consulted. Pe Vet e OE Ey Cheer, CY PG DAW. OF THe LN. Da ACN Mou. S Be UrM ». By ANNE L. Massy. (Plates XXITI—XXIV.) The collection described in this paper includes all the speci- mens of Cephalopoda (except shells of Nautilus) that have accumulated in the Indian Museum in the course of the last 20 years, since Mr. Goodrich published his ‘‘ Report on the collec- tion of Cephalopods in the Indian Museum ”’ in the “‘ Transactions of the Linnean Soctety”’ in 1896. The Cephalopods in the present list have been taken in most instances by the ‘ Investizator’ off the Indian and Burmese coasts at depths varying from 5 to 947 fathoms, and in one instance a haul was made at 2000 fathoms. Reference to the text will show that many specimens were also collected on shore, and that the area covered extends from the Persian Gulf to China and Japan, and southwards to the Andaman Islands. It will be noted that many interesting specimens owe their capture to the energy of private collectors. Over four hundred specimens are enumerated, consisting of sixteen genera and forty-three species, only cne of which, a small Sepfza, appears to have been hitherto undescribed. There are also some specimens which are too young or in too bad a state of preservation for specific indentification. Over half the collection is comprised of individuals of Loligo indica, Pietfer, and Sepiella inermis (van Hasselt), in about equal numbers. Goodrich (1896) enumerates fifteen genera and twenty-eight species, five genera and twelve species of which are absent from the present list, but the results of both collections produce a total of twenty- one genera and fifty-five species. Of these genera Polypus comes first with twenty species, and it may be thought that the eighteen members of this genus noted in the present paper have been described at undue length, but anyone who has made a study of these creatures is aware of the difficulties lying in the path to correct identification and will not, I think, regret having as many details as possible, especially as it seems probable that future research may reduce the number of species ascribed to this genus. The Sepia family comes next with nine species. In this family so many differences occur in colour, surface and shape, from individual variation, and different modes of preservation, that in many cases specimens very unlike each other have proved to be the same species when the shell was examined. Measurements of a number of shells will be found in 186 Records of the Indian Museum. iViOL< Schis the text showing that the index is longest in young shells (at which period it is natural to expect that growth would be more rapid) and becomes shorter with age. I have to thank Mr. Robson of the British Museum, and Mr. Nichols of the Dublin Museum, for giving me every facility to examine eastern Cephalopods in their charge. I am indebted to M. Edouard Lamy for taking much trouble to find a number of specimens in the Paris Museum, and to my colleague Mr. Farran for much help and advice. Mrs. Russell is responsible for the illustrations. The three parts of Dr. Hoyle’s ‘““ Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda’’! have of course been invalu- able, as they must always be to anyone working out a large collec- tion of Cephalopoda. All the speciinens except where otherwise stated have been preserved in alcohol. Family CIRROTEUTHIDAE. Cirroteuthis grimaldii, Joubin. Cirroteuthis grimaldit, Joubin, Bull. L.’ Inst. Océan., No. 226, pp. E=13, figs: 1-7 (1912). 2 een station 233: 6-xli-1897, Andaman Sea, 13° 17 15 IN. 0310! 25H re5 afathoms—One- S274 “Investigator station 332: 12-iv-1904, Andaman Sea, 10° 21’ ING O2 Gens / i 279 fathoms—One. M 3288 ‘ Investigator | station 333: Ig-iv-1904, S. W. of Ceylon, 6° 31’ INS "79° 38) 45” 105 401 Pinecone! M S127 ‘Investigator ’ station 361: 24-ili-1900, Arabian Sea, 13° 9! 27” N. 1 40° 45/ 15” E., 540 eihons one M S24 33 ‘Investigator’ station 381: 28-ii-1908, off Akyab, Burma, 18° 8’ N.. 93° 40’ E., 298 fathoms—One. These are all in very bad condition but appear to be of the same species, The two last-named and specimen M ‘+ are in sufficiently good condition to show that their general contour bears a strong resemblance to the photographs of C. grimaldiz, Joubin, which is characterized by its egg-shaped body, enormous eyes, and small fins set in a line with the posterior end of the body. Specimens M 247* and; M 222° are much larger than the others and are in Eementaey Seadiae The dorsal cartilages of M **°* and M *+* were examined as they were protruding from the integument, and resemble fairly well the scheme of Joubin (l.c., fig. 7) designed after feeling the cartilage through the skin. The dorsal cartilage of the other specimens, felt through the skin, seems to be of the same shape. It is very like that of C. meangensis, Hoyle (1886, fig. 5) except that the outer curves of the ‘‘ horse-shoe’’ are less angular. The fin cartilage resembles that of C. grimaldii. All the specimens agree with the type in the arrangement of the single row of arm suckers. The three or four next the mouth are very minute, and are suddenly succeeded by very large ones until 1 Proc. Royal Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1886, 1897 and 1909. 1916.] A. Ll. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 187 about the seventh or eighth sucker, after which they become much smaller and continue gradually diminishing in size until the tip is reached. The cirri commence at about the second or third sucker. Specimen M *°’ has enormously enlarged suckers on the ventral arms at the edee of umbrella. One of the arms is mutilated and only shows one large sucker, the other has five. Probably these enlarged suckers are connected with a hectocotylus but as the specimen is the best in the collection I have not dissected it. Specimen M **3* which has lost almost all of its internal organs has three very large suckers at the edge of umbrella on four of the arms. ‘he fragments of mantle remaining are so twisted that it is impossible to say if these are the four ventral arms. With regard to measurements M. Joubin has already pointed out the difficulty of obtaining accurate figures from placing a compass on such soft tissues. A few approximate measurements and the number of suckers on some of the arms may be of use. Eighty-six suckers were found on the type specimen on an arm of 214 mm. Specimen M *4™* possesses fifty-six suckers on the second left arm of 126 mm. less tip, seventy-two on the first a arm of 140 mm., and seventy-six on the third left of 130 mm. specimen M #453 ‘has eighty-six suckers on the first right arm of 163 mm., ecorore on the second left arm of 147 mm. less tip, and ninety on the fourth left of 150 mm. less tip. The proportionately larger number of suckers on the arms of the present specimens is probably due to the arm lengths being contracted from preserva- tion in alcohol. All the specimens have the surface inside the umbrella ofa deep chocolate colour and the outer surface and fins much paler. Specimen number ... M 7#3, M 3274, M 3288, M 8127, M 8188, mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. End of body to dorsal edge of umbrella ... 61 1 61 51 Breadth of body __... a se ee OT Sy. 33 22 5, across eyes 22 if 45 25 Diameter of eye measured through skin to 18 17 12 12 Fin length, insertion to tip cer 48 ibe 20 17 ,, anterior to posterior margin... 5 12 3a 10 9 Diameter of ordinary largest sucker 2 5 3 Silty ol® ‘. », enlarged sucker ... 6 5 Distribution.—Azores, 1900 m. (Joubin, 1912). Cirroteuthis macrope, Berry. Cirroteuthis macrope, Berry, Bull. Bur. Fish., XXX, pp. 273-4, pl. 32 figs. I-3 (1912). M £284 ‘Investigator’ station 109: 25-x-1890, S. of Cape Cormorin, 7° 41’ N., 78° 21’ E., 738 fathoms—One. This is a damaged specimen intermediate in size between the two examples described by Berry. It is in sufficiently good condition to show clearly the wide mantle-opening, oar-like fins, eats: Records of the Indian Museum, VOL. seus and large fused siphon with organ of two small oval pads on either side of dorsal wall near apex, The umbrella, whieh is very delicate and possibly mutilated, extends for about two-thirds of the length of the arms, ‘The latter have lost almost all their suckers and only doubtiul traces of cirri are present Both eyes seem to measure about the same diameter, In the type specimens the lelt eye is much larger than the right, The inside of umbrella, and any patehes of epidermis remaining on other parts of the body, are dark purplesbrown, Some approximate measurements are appended p< Wii, Potal length a) Pidol body to iiainitlesopening 15 Width of body 13 Hrom port to iisertion of fin 4 12 Breadth of fin at iisertion | Width between eyes 10 Length ol siphon Hes Va rm) lypeeIn U.S. National Museum. Ivpe locality.Vicinity of San Diego, California, 2113-2259 lathome, bottom of solt gray mud, Two specimens (Berry, tore), Family ARGONAU'TIDAR, Argonauta bottweri, Maltzan, lrvonauta bdttyert, Maltsan, 'Fourn, de Cones, NAT, p. 163, pl 9g, fips 7 CABSt), Ehidalpo, Wee, Meal, dead. Cren., p. 0 (1005), Argonauta hoetiwert, Dall, Bull, Altius, Comp, Zool, NLT, pp. 226, 229 (1908); lnvonauta bbttgent, Smith, Ann dag. Nat. Hest, NXT, ps goo, pl 17, figs, 1°60 (1887); Berry, Aull, Buy Fish,, NANI, pp. 277-280, pl. ih, fips §, tent fipures @=7 (101d). VEO} ) OTivestigator’ Andamans, Marine Survey of Tndia-One 9, This is in very soft condition and the mantle is denuded of epidermis, The dorsal surface of the head and upper arms is bull, spotted with small bluish-black chromatophores, The expanded portions of the first pair of arms are about 5 mim, in diameter, The arm suekers, except on the expanded portions, are very prominent, The web is about equal on all the arms and does not extend higher than the third sucker anywhere, ‘The beak appears to be black when seen with the naked eye, and dark brown when viewed through a lens, The mantle-opening extends to the dorsal margin of each eye, ‘The funnel is very long and its organ is similar to that figured by Berry (1914, textefig. 5). The branches of the median pad measure 4°50 mm, in length and the lateral pads are y mim, in length, The end of the mantle is broken, disclosing the gonad with ova, ‘The principal measure- ments are appended Win, Indl of body to dorsal mantles margin dy | » eye 10 hi eadth of body head / / 1916.| A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 18g mim. Length of funnel iy ay 8 Diameter of eye ve Aa 4 J ,, largest sucker ,,, os ee I ist right arm to expanded portion 12 and 5; ‘ ae 4 18 ard ” ” oar 15 Attn } 15 rst left ,, to expanded portion {2 2nd ,, sF 19 3rd ” ” seF 16 athe 55 7 14 Distyihution.—Mauritius and Chagos Islands (Smith) ; Masbate, Philippines (Smith, Hidalgo); China Sea and Australia (Smith) Hawaiian Islands (Berry). ’ Family POLY PODIDAE., Polypus rugosus (Bosc) d’Orbigny. Sepia vugosa, Bosc, Actes Soc. d'histoire nat, Paris, p. 24, pl. 5, figs 1, 2(1792); Octopus rugosus, d’Orbigny, Céphalopodes achabuliferes, p- 45, pls. 6, 23, fig. 2 (1838); Brock, Zool. Fahrb., I, pp. 591-614, taf. 16, figs. 1-4, Jena (1887); Joubin, Aull. Soc. Zool. France, XKMI, p- 99 (1897); Octopus granulatus, Lamarck, Mém. Soc, d'histoire nat, Paris, p. 20(1799); Hoyle, ' Challenger’ Rep. XVI (Cephalopoda), pp. 80-81 (1886); Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., VAI, p- 1g (1396); Wilker, Abb, d. I/, Kl. d. kh. Ak. d. Wiss., IIL Suppl.-Bd., 1 Abh., pp. 5, © (1910); Octopus boscit var. pallida, Hoyle, Lc., pp. 81-83, pl. 1, pl. 3, fig. 2: Octopus polyzenia, Gray, British Museum Catalogue, p. 13 (1849); KE. A. Smith, Rep, Zool. Coll. Indo-Pacific Ocean during voyage H.M.S. ‘Alert,’ p. 34, pl. 4, fig. A (1884) ; (7) Octopus kagoshimensis, Ortmann, Zool, ‘Fahrb., V, p. 644, pl. 21, fig. 2 (1888), M 477° ‘ Investigator,’ Palk St,. Ceylon, Marine Survey of India-—One @ . M 49) ‘ Investigator’ station 267; g-iv-1goo, W. of Ceylon, 7° 2/ 30% N., 79° 30’ K., 457-589 fathoms—One 3. M #221 Persian Gulf (Townsend)—One 9 , M 427% Off Santapily, Madras Presidency, x-1g00, trawler ‘ Golden Crown,’ Bengal Kish. Dept-—One J, M ##2° Persian Gulf, 19-v-1g14, R.1.M.5. ‘ Palinurus'—One J. These possess a round body with ventral furrow, a narrower head, and robust arms tapering to fine points, and measuring about two and a half times the length of the ventral mantle. The umbrella, which 1s about one-quarter the length of the arms, and extends on their outer margins nearly to the tip, is lowest dorsally and about equal on the other arms It is tuber- cled and covered with chromatophores inside and outside between the dorsal pair, and smooth and colourless elsewhere. The mantle opens just below the eye and about half way between eye and siphon. Siphon conical, free for half its length and extending to, or above, the level of the eyes, and less than half way to umbrella margin; funnel organ W-formed and composed of narrow bands. MHectocotylized arm with well-marked sperm canal and very small terminal organ. Some suckers are enlarged on the lateral arms of both male specimens. In colour, all show 190 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. at the very pronounced difference commented upon by Brock be- tween the dorsal and ventral surface, the scoop out of the umbrella between the dorsal arms being also very marked. The Santapily specimen is of a reddish-purple colour above with an immense number of tubercles and oblong ridges, and a large cirrus at the posterior dorsal edge of eye. The examples M *47°, M *%* and M *#2° resemble each other very closely in size and appearance, and are dark grey above with no oblong ridges, but with a great number of round tubercles regularly disposed, and surrounded and intersected by small dark chromatophores, arranged sometimes in masses which causes a handsome appear- ance like black veins all over the dorsal surface of head, mantle and arms. A trace of this marbling occurs on one side of the Santapily specimen. Ocular cirri are present on specimen M +%>* and faintly visible on M °*° and suppressed entirely on M *47°. All four specimens possess a smooth ventral surface scattered thinly with reddish or brown chromatophores on a pale ground. The young specimen M **?* is obviously the same species as the three just mentioned, but is without the dark veinings, and shows two rows of large dark chromatophores on the upper arms, in addition to the small chromatophores. Ocular cirri are present, and there are close-set tubercles on the dorsal surface of head and umbrella, but the mantle is nearly smooth. Specimen M **%°* closely resembled two specimens in the British Museum, one of which labelled ‘‘ O. granulatus,’’ came from the Cape, and the other labelled ‘‘ P. polyzenia-granulatus,’’ came from Thursday Island, Torres Straits. Many arms are in course of regeneration in M °%*. The principal measurements of the other specimens are appended :— Specimen number . M4572 M 2988 M 2224 Meese mm. mm. mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin 26 25 3 8 fan an. PEW pas 30 2 10 Eye to umbrella sea 16) 19 20 6 Breadth of body ero 28 39 8 ,, head 18 18 30 7 Ist right arm ! ca. 06 70 EN) 15 Binds, easy 5 OD 81 123 17 Sige hones sy 55 (SiO) 83 102 18 Athuiare tists rol 87 159 18 1st lett Hs mutilated. mutilated. 110 15 2nd ,, aA nny 80 119 10 au eCal ee 4 . 75 less tip. 86 146 mutilated. 4th , 77 72 142 17 Hectocotylus : a 3 an Length of funnel Lge 10 15 2°50 Diameter of largest sucker... 4 3 (6) GU Ts Distribution —Africa, west and south, Peru, Indo-Malayan 5) Region, Japan, Australia. 1 Arms much curled up. 1916.| A... Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. IgI Polypus aculeatus (d’Orbigny). Octopus aculeatus, d’Orbigny, Céphalopodes acétabuliféres, p. 53, pl. 7, fost 201525) 5) ple omit dtyn ple 23, HSS..3, 4:(1338): M £19. Investigator,’ 25-vili-1g11, Byikhwaaw Bay, Burma, Marine Survey of India—One ¢. M £243=7 (2?) Burina (W. 7. Blanford) from coral reef—Five ¢. These are characterized by a short body, narrower head, and arms about seven times the length of the mantle. The umbrella is highest laterally, attains from one eighth to one-tenth of the length of the arms, and continues on their outer margins almost to the tip, forming wide membranous expansions. The mantle opens midway between the eye and the siphon, and on a line with the base of the eye. Siphon conical, with a narrow opening, free for about half its length, and reaching above the level of the eyes ; funnel organ, in the only specimen examined, W-shaped, and dark red on a pale ground; hectocotylized arm relatively long, with a wide membranous sperm canal; terminal organ small, narrow, with crenulated edges folded over the transversely-grooved inner channel. Some suckers on the lateral arms are moderately enlarged. One specimen has had four of its arms mutilated near the base, a sharply-projecting point indicating the commencement of a new limb in each case. Very large cirri occur on the head and near the eyes in all the specimens, and are dispersed also on the dorsal surface of the mantle and umbrella and on the proximal parts of the arms. Some cirri measure as much as 2 mm.in length. In two of the specimens the surface between the large cirri is almost smooth, in others it is very rugose. All have the ventral surface smooth. Colour dull lilac, heavily marked on the dorsal surface with minute purple-black chromatophores. The specimen M **** was compared with the type in the Paris Museum and appeared to resemble it very closely. The latter was carefully set up in such a manner that a good comparison could be made. The Indian Museum specimens are, perhaps, a little more purple than the type but nevertheless the colouring and sculpture are very like. The umbrella in the type is very short and much continued up the arms, and the tip of the hectocotylized arm is very minute. Enlarged suckers are present on the second and third arms, the largest being just above the umbrella. The principal measurements of three specimens are ap- pended :— Specimen number .. M $192 M 8248 M S244 mm. mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin iI 17 22 Heory\s CY. Gre: ; 18 Bit 22 Eye to umbrella _... Ace 12 22 24 Breadth of body _... “ts 14 i 24 teal o(ere ya os Be IO iit 20 192 Records of the Indian Museum. (VOL. 2k, Specimen number ... M 8192 M £248 M S244 mm. mm. mm. Ist right arm ot ha 57 110! Oi ond ae cae a 8o less tip. 141 184 ardent. a ne 80 127 156 Ath ys . mutilated? 77137 172 PStylett: ame z 3 63 130 150 2nd ,, 3 Pes ee 98 147 210 Buca. 5 ae ne 62 less tip. 168 223 4th ,, aE as - 82 163 182 Hectocotylus ; eels 2°50 DONS 8 Length of funnel 6 12 15 Diameter of largest sucker eS ee 50 4 5 Distribuiion.—Indo-Malayan and Insular Pacific Regions. Type. artis Museum, a male from Manila. Polypus macropus (Risso). Octopus macropus, Risso, Ast nat. Europ. méditerr., P- 3; pl. iy (1826) ; Hoyle, ‘ Challenger’ Rep. XVI (Cephalopod: a), p. 95 (1886) ; Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., III, p. ce pl. 21 (1888) ; Jatta, 7 Csfalepode viventi nel Golfo di Napoli, p. 117, pls. 6, 23, 24 (1896); Joubin, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, oan p- 90 (1897) ; Octopus cuviert, d’Or- bigny-Férussac, Céphalopodes acétabuliféres, jo shea a to eal, 27 (1838); Appelléf, K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., XX1, p. 6, pl. i (1886) ; Polypus macropus, Hoyle, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLII, p- 195 (1904); (2) Hoyle, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., XXXI1, pp. 36-37 (1907) ; W alker, Abh. ad. IT. Kl. d. k. Ak. d. Wiss., 111 Suppl.-Bdi, 7 Abh., p. 6 (1910); Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sc1. Phil., pp. 389-90 se 2a). 3 Indian Seas (Dr. Armstrong)—One 6. 429 Persian Gulf (R. Hugh Butler)—One ; 305 Singgor a, Talé Sap, Gulf of Siam, 1-11-1916 (NV. Annandale)— One a Specimen M *?* agrees closely with a male example from Naples Bay, purchased by the Dublin Museum from the Zoological Station at Naples. The loose skin, which forms many thick rolls on the nuchal region is a remarkable feature, and both specimens have a closely noduled surface with minute chromatophores, and a long funnel indented laterally at the apex so as to produce a lip on the dorsal and ventral walls. The example M “1 has a ventral median groove of which there is no trace in thie Nantes specimen. The main characters of M *?° are, briefly, arms about seven times the length of the mantle; the first pair the thickest and longest, and the only arms with enlarged suckers; umbrella about one- fifth of the arms and continued on their outer margins, highest dorsally ; mantle-opening 6 mm. behind the eye and on a level with its lower edge; siphon long, two-thirds of it above the level of the eye, and reaching to within 3 mm. of the edge of umbrella; sperm canal striated faintly in proximal part, smooth elsewhere ; termi- nal organ of hectocotylized arm very small®, and narrower than the part of arm immediately preceding it; surface more or less 1 In course of regeneration. 2 In the Naples specimen, the terminal organ measures 6°50 mm. on an arm of 140 mm. 1916.| A. L. Massy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 193 closely granulated all over, including inside of arms and umbrella; colour buff with minute dark chromatophores on dorsal surface of mantle and head. Specimen M **?° is a dried-up sand-coated specimen, but closely resembles a female from Yokohama in the British Museum which was got by the ‘ Challenger’ Expedition. It differs a good deal from specimen M “{*, but like it, has the first pair of arms the longest and thickest. Enlarged suckers are present on the four upper arms. ‘The sperm canal is not striated. The hectocotylus is mutilated, but was probably very small and narrower than the part of arm immediately preceding it. The funnel is indented at the apex but does not extend so far as in specimen M *Y*. The umbrella is about one-seventh the length of the arms and is much higher dorsally than ventrally. It does not seem to extend up the arms, which are, however, much shrivelled and each possesses a remarkable dark line on the dorsal surface. A distinct trace of this line occurs in the Yokohama specimen, but it is absent in specimen M *{*. The principal measurements are appended :— Specimen number .., ae .. M £93 M £220 mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin ... a 19 32 MiRad hie We EY Clon. Hg ioe 28 43 Eye to umbrella Ee ee BF 2, Breadth of body... aif Be 20 23 , ,, head e ie Bs 21 20 Ist right arm ig; x sie 137 mutilated. PH ING | Saree ees ee # 133 170 3 fo agen re 2 de 62 83 Aad se Sao Sh oa sii Je go 137 IS WEE yy id oe i 145 196 and ,, r 128 146 less tip. intel ws ir nae x 105 153 Ath , 87 148 Hectocotylus a mutilated. Length of funnel Py 17 15 Diameter of largest sucker nee 3 5 The female from the Gulf of Siam, which was received too late to incorporate full particulars, has the mantle 44 mm. long. . Distribution.—Mediterranean, Azores, Canary Islands, Red Sea, Indo-Malayan Region, Japan, Pacific Ocean. Polypus areolatus (de Haan). Octopus areolatus, de Haan MS., 1835 (fide d’Orbigny) ; d’Orbigny and Férussac, Céphalopodes acétabuliféres, p. 65 (1838), p. 186 (1845) ; Hoyle, * Challenger’ Rep. XVI (Cephalopoda), pp. 36-88, pl. 3, figs. 6,7 (1886); Brock, Zool. Fahrb., 1, pp. 610-611 (1887) ; Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., Il, p. 662 (1888) ; Joubin, Revue Suisse Zool., I, p- 28 (1894) ; Notes Leyden Mus., XX, p. 22 (1898) ; Octopus ocellatus, Gray, Cat. Moll. B.M. part 1, p.15 (1849); Appellof, K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., XXI, p. 8, pl. 1, figs. 1, 3 (1886); Octopus brocki, Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., V, p. 645 (1888) ; Polypus areolatus, Hoyle, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLILI, p. 16 (1904) ; Wiilker. Abdh. d. I. Kl.d.k, Ak. d. Wiss. 111 Supple.-Bd., I Abh., p. 6 (1910); Berry Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phi, pp. 393-390, text-fig. 1 (1912a). 194 Records of the Indian Museum. [Von Xan, M 272 «Investigator’ station 328: 7-11i-1904, Gulf of Martaban, 14° 46’ N., 95° 52’ E., 61 fathoms—One ¢ Brock objects to Hoyle’s view that the O. ocellatus of Appellof is the same species as O.areolatus, and states that the umbrella in Appellof’s species is weakly developed and that the ocellus is placed close to its edge. A glance at Appellof’s fig. 2 of pl. 1 shows, however, that he placed the ocellus at fully 8 mm. from the edge of the umbrella, and in his description he states that the umbrella is ‘‘ well developed ’’ (Val utvecklad) and describes the situation of the ocellus as being ‘‘ between the base of the second and third arm pair.’ Appell6df’s description and illustration of the terminal organ of the hectocotylized arm, and the widely devel- oped membranous sperm canal with its transverse grooves, closely agrees with the form of hectocotylus in the present specimen, which is, however, characterized by a somewhat shorter body than that of the example figured by Appellof. It has the mantle widest posteriorly and with a conspicuous ventral furrow. Arms two and a half to three times the length of the body and with prominent suckers, some of which are enlarged on the lateral arms. Umbrella extending to about one-third of the length of the arms, thin, smooth and membranous, except between the dorsal pair, where it is much shorter, thick and tubercled. Umbrella continued on outer margin of arms for more than two-thirds of their length. Ocelli placed midway between eye and edge of umbrella, each con- sisting of a dark core surrounded by a white ring, and succeeded by adark outer ring. Mantle opening placed a little below and behind eye,and ona line with ocellus, visible from above. Funnel free for half its length and reaching considerably above level of eye. Funnel organ more like the typical printer’s W than Berry’s illustration (1912a, fig. 1). Dorsal surface of head and mantle close- ly set with round tubercles ; traces of cirri on dorsal edge of eye. The space between each tubercle is covered with minute dark chromatophores which are thinly scattered on the ventral surface, causing the colour to appear grey above and buff beneath. Hoyle (1886, p. 87) remarks that ‘‘ on the outer surface of each of the four ventral arms are two rows of dark elongated spots.’’ All the arms of the present specimen are thus adorned. The principal measurements are appended :— mm. End of body to mantle-margin —... ies ban 20 rasta ear 5 VE xo ae Zn> No 25 Eye to umbrella is ae a rt 11 Breadth of body pi ee oe ae 19 : ,, head ar i, es 2 13 Ist right arm ae oe Ba Reba onGhs a we a ge. ae 409 BUG E fey og re 4 Be (i Maras Atha ieut, a ie ee LON rstiletty » 4 at bee am aa 39 2nd ,, bi A ace ne bc 52 ehaal 5 ha ef aa ax 58 Athi ty 38 “on Re oa ute 56 Hectocotylus oe ; 1916.} A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 195 mM. Length of funnel fe 5 Diameter of largest sucker 2 rr 5, eye opening 2 Ocellus __... + 5 Distribution.—Japan (Wiilker, Ortmann, Appellof, Berry) , Hong Kong and south of Papua (Hoyle). Polypus cyanea (Gray). Octopus cyanea, Gray, Brit. Mus. Cat., p. 15 (1849) ; Brazier, Aus. Mus. Cat. Sydney, p. 7 (1892). M £258 Akyab, Burma (/. H. Burkill)—One 2. This has an elongate body, widest at centre, and quite smooth except for a few very minute tubercles on dorsal mantle and arms. _Eves not prominent and without cirri. Mantle-opening placed just behind eye but much below it. Apex of siphon about on level with eyes and reaching nearly half way to umbrella. Siphon free for almost half its length and appearing to be without a funnel organ. Arms about four and a half times the length of the body and head, and six times the length of the body alone, very robust and long in proportion to size of body; semi-equal, the second and third being the longest, and the fourth a little longer than the first. Suckers very prominent and not very close; in two alternate rows except at the base where a few are placed singly. About the eleventh sucker from the base is very large and has eighteen to twenty radial grooves. The umbrella attains one-third to one-quarter the length of the arms, and is highest laterally, and considerably higher dorsally than ventrally. Colour pale lilac, produced by a sprinkling of minute black or purple dots on a buff ground; ventral surface paler with brownish and purple- red dots. A male specimen in the British Museum, labelled ‘“ Octopus cyanea, Gray, Moreton Bay, between tide marks, Queens- land Museum,” very closely resembles this in general appearance, as well as in the absence of ocular cirri, the almost smooth body, the position of the mantle-opening, the shape of the siphon, the order and length of arms and the prominence of the suckers. The colouring of the Australian specimen is a little darker and the chromatophores on the arms are sometimes arranged in circles which is not the case with specimen M *255. It may be useful to add that the hectocotylized arm of the Australian specimen has a minute terminal organ measuring only 2 mm. on an arm of 340 mm. ‘The sperm canal is unusually broad and its clear buff colour is sharply defined from the mottled oral and dorsal surface. Some suckers at the margin of the umbrella are much enlarged on the second and third arms. The principal measurements of specimen M *25* are appended :— mm. End of body to mantle-margin _... aS pe. LOD Ite Hee) see AYS enc an ran Psp eas Eye to umbrella eA of iat hs Oe) 196 Records of the Indian Museum. [Wor. 2cLr, mm. Breadth of body Cece ave aa Bae es Breadth of head cs a at acetal O Ist right arm ja Ane Ae Ae PHONG Gp Re i Bae nent 455 radia was Be es ae soe AQT 4th 5, 5 vs ox Ma ee Umbrella ‘betw een dorsal arms 95 ‘i pe ventral ,, AR ist and 2nd left arms 128 Diameter of largest sucker 10 5, eye-opening Length of funnel A Breadth of funnel at < apex HW mann Distribution.—New South Wales, Queensland, Solomon Islands (Brazier, 1892). Polypus defilippi (Verany). Octopus defilippi, Verany, Céphalopodes de la Méditerranée, p. 30, pl. xi, figs. d. f. (1851) ; Hoyle, ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XV1 (Cephalopoda), p. 8 (1886); Jatta, 7 Cefalopodi viventi nel Golfo di Napoli, pp. 221- a pl. 4, fig. 2; pl. 24, figs. 4-13; pl. 25, fig. 1 (1896); Octopus De Filippi, eae Tozzetti, pee Sut Cefalopodi mediterranet del R. Museo di Firenze, p. 20 (1869) ; Tiberi, Bull. Soc. Mal. Stal., V, p. 2 (1880); Carus, Prodromus Faunae Mediterraneae, etc., II, Cephalopoda, p. 460 (1890) ; Octopus Defilippi, Tryon, Manual of Conchology, 1, Cephalopoda, p. 3 (1879); Octopus de-filippr, Berg- mann,. Sitz.-Ber. Ges. Nat. Freunde Berlin, pp. 104-109, 3 figs. [Re- ceptaculum seminis | (1903). M 542+ ‘Investigator’ station 503: 25-1-1913, Mergui Archipelago, shore ‘collecting, Marine Survey of India—One ¢. Except that it is a little smaller, this specimen exactly resem- bles the illustration of Jatta (/.c., tav. 4, fig. 2) having the same long narrow body, prominent eyes, and pale greenish-yellow colouring with delicate slightly-defined dark reticulations. The fourth arms are much the longest and thickest, being six or seven times the length of the mantle, while the dorsal pair is only about three times of this length. None of the suckers is specially en- larged. Umbrella attaining about one-eighth of the length of the arms, widest ventrally, and extending prominently on the upper part of arms forming large crests. The mantle opens a little below and at the ventral edge of eye. Funnel small andextending about half way to the margin of umbrella. Two ocular cirri are present over each eye and a few tubercles are scattered on the dorsal sur- face of the head and mantle. Ventral surface smooth except for a faintly-indicated median groove. The striated sperm canal and small terminal organ of the hectocotylized arm agree with Jatta’s description. A Bay of Naples specimen, purchased from the Zoological Station of Naples by the Dublin Museum, has the typi- cal round body represented by Verany, and by Jatta on pl. 24, figs. 10, 12. Jatta mentions that this is due to the mantle of specimens in alcohol becoming contracted, and, therefore, swollen in the middle, restricted at each end, and furnished with a median ventral groove. He describes the surface as being perfectly smooth 1916.] A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 197 except for two ocular cirri. The Dublin Museum specimen is however, much tubercled, even on the ventral surface, where there is also a strong median groove, and in the centre of the posterior end of the mantle there is a slight projection surrounded by a ring of tubercles.' The specimen is of a pale purple-gray tint, but agrees with the example M *1°* in having the first four suckers placed singly on all the arms, and also in the width of the mantle- opening, the size of the funnel, and its distance from the umbrella- margin, as also in the size of umbrella and the conspicuous development of the white transparent portion of it between the ventral arms. ‘Tryon remarks that this species is certainly very near P. avanea, d’Orb., and I thought at first that the example M *+** would probably prove to be it, particularly as P. defilippr had not been observed outside the Mediterranean. On comparing “1>4 however, with the type of d’Orbigny in the Paris Museum, I found that the umbrella in P. avanea is lower ventrally than dorsally and does not appear to be continued on the arms, which are much slighter in proportion to the size of the body than in P. defilippi , the body also is quite round, but that, asin P. defilippr, may be due to contraction. P. avanea has a very smooth surface and a pale body with very minute round red-brown chromatophores. In the specimen M *1°* the chromatophores are minute, oblong and almost black. The principal measurements are appended :-— mm, End of body to mantle-margin __... oe eee 220 Toy ao ee oan te saC abe 32 Eye to umbrella a Ee Sins soo eS! Breadth of body sets cer ah Bee cers i ,, head ah me at a es IT Ist right arm “ Ar es is atOe intel sey tl Ye ro oS 7 Fone HUA SiO URS ee ey. aot ae 40 ULE eyes Ea ah ee RaLS 7S We NSitt pe $e ie tf $4 8o Dinca ee ae he a nae Mac Gs Bio Raabe uae Te rae On ALN een ls 1382 Hectocotvlus as 1°50 Diameter of largest sucker ne Bae a0c 3 Distribution.—Mediterranean. Polypus hongkongensis (Hoyle). (?) Octopus punctatus, Gabb, Proc. Calif. Acad. Nat. Sct., Il, p. 170 (1862); Dall, Zb¢d., IL], p. 243, fig. 27 (1866) ; Verrill, ‘ Blake’, Suppl., p- 117, pls. 4, 5, fig. 2 (1883); Octopus hongkongensis, Hoyle, Diagnoses 1, p. 224; Prelim. Rep., 1, p. 99 (1885); Octopus punc- tatus, Hoyle, ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XV1 (Cephalopoda), p. 100, pl. 5 (1886); Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., II, p. 662 (1888); Joubin, Mém. Soc. Zool. France, X, p. 110, pl. g (1897); Bull. Soc. Zool. France. | This would appear to be an abnormality common to several species. It is noted by Hoyle (1886, p. 93) for Polypus pictus (Brock), and is figured by Joubin (1903, pl. 1, figs. 7 and 8) for P. fontanianus, d’Orb. 2 [Less tip. r98 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor. EF, XXII, p. 98 (1897); Polypus punctatus, Wulker, Abh. d. I. Kl. d. k. Ak. d. Wiss. 111 Supple.-Bd., I Abh., p. 7 (1910) ; Polypus hong- kongensis, Berry, Bull. Bur. Fish., XXX, pp. 280-4, pls. 35, fig. 3; 36, hg. 1; 30, figs. 3-4; 40, fig. 1 (1912) ; Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phil., Pp» 391 (1912). M 5112 ‘Investigator’ station 237: 13-iv-1898, Andaman Sea, 13° N., 93° 7’ E., 90 fathoms—One ¢ M *1*7 ‘ Investigator’ station 465: 22-iv-1912, S. of Ceylon, 5° 50’ N., 81° 22’ E., 109-132 fathoms—One 9. S112 Specimen M **'* agrees exactly with the ‘ Challenger’ example in the British Museu in shape of body and general appearance, distribution of web, brown coloured ELISE S ny CTS round tubercles and large cirri under eyes. The funnel organ was apparently W-shaped but the lateral pads have become very indistinct Specimen M *4*’ is darker, being of a reddish-brown mottled with black on the upper surface. The web is highest laterally but the ventral arms and web are longer than the dorsal. The entire surface, including inside of web, is tubercled, and there are also oblong wart-like folds on the dorsal surface of the body and arms. Funnel organ W-shaped. The principal dimensions are appended :— Specimen number ... es Sa Nee ip soe mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin oe 14 54 9 OME ee te 16 63 Breadth of body ~.. és cee 12 51 m heads. ne 9 Be Eye to umbrella Re ep ee 15 51 Ist right arm Se oe; Se 70 140 2NG 550 55 side ae Lt 62 less tip. 170 hao aN mee as A : ie 38 190 Athteses RS Sie ee ... mutilated. 170 ES tylettamias ae ah at 70 150 2nd ,, i rae “is oe 60 less tip. 172 SyRales ) y ete Se fas 79 187 ARB OW Yip sa F oy 67 133 less tip. Diameter of largest sucker oe I 6 Hectocotylus Bat i ae 3 less tip. Disiribution.—Indo-Malayan Region, Japan, Alaska, British Columbia, California. Type.—A male in the British Museum. Type locality.—Offt Ino Sima Island, Japan, 345 fathoms. Polypus levis, Hoyle. Octopus levis, Hoyle, Diagnoses I, p. 229; Prelim. Rep., I, p. 104 (1885) ; ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XV1 (Cephalopoda), pp. 98-99, pl. 2, figs. 1-4, pl. 3, fig. 1 (1886). M #285 « Investigator,’ Indian seas, Marine Survey of India—One ¢. Compared with the large type male this has the same shaped head and body, and wide web not attaining much development on 1916.| A.L. MAssy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 199 the arms. ‘The large type specimen shows no colour but a smaller example exhibits the same peculiar large chocolate coloured chromatophores distinguishing M *4°°, which is further charac- terized by a hard dried-up body with ventral furrow, narrow mantle opening, and siphon extending one-third of the distance to margin of web between ventral arms and having its apex above the line of the eyes. Surface smooth, colour slate-blue! above with large chromatophores at sides, paler beneath and freckled with minute dots and paler large chromatophores. Funnel organ W-shaped. Principal measurements :— mm. End of body to eye a = ot gt 30 Eye to umbrella 5 se c seas Breadth of body s - : sift neo fe ., head x ee re 17 End of body to ventral mantle. ee Lease Ist right arm Se oe i Peed 10) 2nd ,, + aes sar ae en 60 Brdee ne A ae ae sin 57 4th ” ” iets tere : Rte 50 FSevlete ms, ee 358 i 00 2nd ,, o ne sf a. ae ards, 35 va Be aete5 0 4th _,, 7 - a 57 Diameter of largest sucker te ‘ge 2 Distribution.—52° 59’ 30” S., 73° 33’ 30” W., 75 fathoms. Tyfe.—In British Museum, two males (one immature) and two immature females. Polypus januarii (Steenstrup). Octopus -januarii, ‘‘Steenstrup, MS.,’’ Hoyle, Diagnoses 1, p. 229; Prelim. Rep., p. 105 (1885); ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda), pp- 97°98, pl. 7, figs. 1-4 (1886) ; Octopus ganuarit, Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc. Zool., 2, VII, part 1, p. 19 (1896): Polypus januari, Hoyle, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLII, p. 18, pl. 5. fig. 2 (1904a) ; Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., p. 392 (1912). M *15 ‘Investigator’ station 222: 21-xii-1896, Andaman Sea, B39 0.27- Nes 93° 14’ 30” E., 405 fathoms—One 2°. M £111 ‘Investigator’ station 332: 12-iv-1904, 10° 21’ N., 92° 46’ 15" E, 279 fathoms—One @. M fee ‘Investigator’ station 297 : 13-iv-1902, Gulf of Oman, 25° 11' 30" N., 57° 15’ E., 689-700 fathoms—One <. M 2845 ‘Investigator’ station 343: 19-x-1904, Gulf of Oman, 23° 46' 15" N., 58° 31’ 50” E., 609 fathoms—One 2. These are all characterized by a round body of very soft con- sistency, etlormous eyes, and arms of from three and a half to five times the length of the ventral mantle. The arms are not so long in proportion to the body asin Hoyle’s description, but this is a character depending much on preservation. The first and second pairs seem to be always longer than the others, and slightly thicker | This tint seems like a deposit over a reddish-brown colour. 200 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL 2c than the ventral pair. The suckers are small, prominent and far apart ; none are enlarged in the male. Theumbrella attains to one- third or one-fourth of the arms, is lowest ventrally and about equal elsewhere. It is continued on the outer margins of the arms, but not remarkably so except in the largest specimen. The mantle-opening is placed just below the eye. The funnel is much fused to the head and reaches to about one-third of the distance to the umbrella margin. Two specimens were examined with regard to the funnel organ. One is in too bad condition ; but the other, M **"*, possesses an oval, somewhat shield-like median pad, and two oblong lateral pads of about half the width of the median one. It is possible that these may have been joined to the median pad at the posterior end. The tip of the hectocotylized arm resembles that figured by Hoyle (1886, pl. 7, fig 2) except that, as in the examples recorded by Goodrich, the ridges are more marked. All the examples are quite smooth and pinkish in colour. The chromatophores are very minute, and of various tints from yellow-brown to purple-red. The principal measurements are ap- pended :— Specimen number ae M 315 M 8412 M 1341 M 4348 mm. mm. mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin 24 25 37 42 iy Han og VE Pe 29 31 54 60 Eye to umbrella As 37 40 70 Breadth of body ae 2 21 30 Ao af », head st = 18 20 18 | 26 | Ist right arm : tas 1182 96 140 182 BNE| on ae be wie LM 90 130 201 UGH Pate ae a ae 112 mutilated. 65 201 WINE oe a . pF sgl +f 117 192 TSe, lela, E i ES 93 mutilated. 185 PNG een hate - ai 130 852 124 168 Badia ee Fs ss i S22 84 114 172 Ue oe 1 oh ie es 763 75 122 180 Hectocotylus a oat - ae 13 Diameter of largest sucker ah S50 2 1°50 2 Distribution.—Off Barra Grande, Brazil (type locality) ; Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, and North Pacific, east of Japan (Hoyle); Bay of Bengal and Andaman Sea (Goodrich); Off the Cocos Islands (Hoyle). Polypus tonganus, Hovle. Octopus tonganus, Hoyle, Diagnoses 1, p. 225 (1885); Prelim. Rep., p- 100 (1885); ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XV1 (Cephalopoda), pp. 83-84, pl. 8, figs. 1, 2 (1886); Hedley, Mem. Austr. Mus. Svdney, U1, pp. 520, 550 (1899); Polypus tonganus, Hoyle, bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, no. 1, p. 17 (1904); Fauna and Geogr. Maldive Laccadive Archip., 11, suppl. 1, p. 978 (1905). M 726 ‘ Investigator’ station 242: 2-x-1898, Arabian Sea, 17° 27 N., 71° 41’ E., 56-58 fathoms—One ¢ | In bad condition. 2 Less tip. 3 In course of regeneration. 1916.] A.L. Massy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 201 This resembles the type male in the British Museum very closely but is a little lighter in colour on the lower surface. The hectocotylus is exactly like that of the type. It will be remembered that the latter has four enlarged suckers on each lateral arm; the present specimen does not show these probably because the arms are in course of regeneration. ‘The first and third pairs are the most slender at the base and the second and fourth the strongest and thickest. The web is very short, highest laterally and lowest ventrally. The funnel organ appears to be W-shaped but is not in good condition. A few very small tubercles are present on the head and dorsal mantle. Colour buff densely covered above with very minute dark brown chromatophores, paler beneath. The dark dorsal surface of arms presents a strong contrast to the flesh- coloured ventral surface. The principal measurements are appended :— mm. End of body to mantlesmargin —... es Py Gl ip Wea hoes MLE 5 Es 35 Eye to umbrella ae aoe ae aes 16 Breadth of body 3 a SE oop Be ist right arm | a a g2 PHING lieder aaa ai rs aera Sr ee ees se < Ww ; 73 tibetan ates: an 200 Est lett = 4; +. A he 86 DING eae a “ ire 1 en's Bes, my; a e400 rie eee ee er, es ais ase Hectocotylus Ke aa nan Bo I Diameter of largest sucker e. 1) As 2 Distrtbution.—Pacific Insular Region; Indian Ocean. Tyfe.—In British Museum, one male, two females. Polypus bandensis (Hoyle). Octopus bandensis, Hoyle, Diagnoses 1, p. 227; Prelim. Rep., I, p. 109 (1885) ; ‘Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda), p. 96, pl. 7, figs. 2 and to (1886); Appelléf, Abh. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., XXIV, p- 506 (1808). M *129° ‘Investigator’ station 152; 12-xli-1893, 113 miles S. 83° W. of Colombo Lt., 263 fathoms—One ?. The extreme length of the third arms is the most important character of this species. The present example has a roundish body separated from the head by a constriction, and the head is wider than the body owing to the large prominent eyes. The third arms are about six times the length of the mantle and nearly twice as long as any of the other arms. Umbrella very short and membranous, about equal all round, continued on the outer surface of the arms, and forming | A study of the base of the arms shows that the short ones are evidently in course of regeneration. 202 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou. XIT, large webs on the third pair. Siphon pointed, and reaching halfway between the mantle and margin of umbrella. Prominent . tubercles surround the eyes and a few are scattered on the dorsal surface of the mantle. The ventral mantle has a median furrow, and eight little pits arranged in a row of four pairs at I mm. from the posterior end. As indications of similar pits appear elsewhere, I believe them to be surface indentations due to accidental pressure sustained in transit}. Colour buff with reddish-brown chromatophores, usually thinly distributed, but forming definite patches below each eye on the constriction between head and body, and also on each side of the mantle at about half way between the first patch and the end of the body. ‘The arms show dark patches on their outer surface arranged either in pairs or in single bars. The principal measurements are appended :— mm. End of body to mantle-margin ae é: ERS Mieyasoi te meee a = Oe Eye to umbrella are FS 2 ... 6'50 Breadth of body be S. an SO 5 ,, head ae ... 6°50 Ist right arm ae ae ee ere oe) or1Giney " aie ue x Peay BT Gy, A > ee Be ae OMeSserip. Ati es; ‘3 zig # set Kon eee 1st left wa aes aes Ke) anny S . oo - eae nae) Rintel op 4 7 aaa re dee S10) Athi * Be foe, alee Diameter of largest sucker is ca. *50 Distribution.—Banda, Ternate. . Type.—In British Museum, one young specimen. Polypus globosus (Appellof). Octopus globosus, Appellof, K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., XXI, pp. Fig 20), {Pies hy tes. eae (1886); Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., Il, p. 662 (1888) ; Octopus rugosus (pars), Ortmann, Zool: Fahrb., V, p. 669 (1891); Octopus globosus, Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., VII, p. 19, pl. 5, fig. 81 (1896); Joubin, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXII, p. 98 (1897) ; Appelléf, Abi. d. Senckenb. naturf. Ges., XXIV, pp. 565, 566 (1898) ; Polypus globosus, Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, SVE p- 259 (no description) (1909); Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. danie, p. 388 (19122). M £82 Bombay—One ¢. M £278 Off Gopalpore, 25-28 fms., Sept., 1909, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept.—One @. M 2459 Bandra, near Bombay (F. W. Caunter)—One ¢. The globular body, small mantle-opening, ventral furrow, order of arms, and the colouring and sculpture of these three little specimens closely agrees with the description of the type. The umbrella, which is about one quarter the length of the arms, | All the specimens were wrapped in muslin and closely packed in soldered in boxes, and a few specimens had metal labels. 1916.] A. L. Massy :- Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 203 and about equal all round, is so membranous as to be almost transparent, while that of the type is described as ‘‘ quite thick ” but the much smaller size of the present examples may account for the difference. It is continued up the arms, as in Appelléf’s (1886, _P- 8) description, ‘‘in the form of two keels on their outer sides.”’ The terminal organ of the hectocotylized arm resembles Goodrich’s illustration, and appears to have no striae in the concave part; the sperm canal, on the contrary, is transversely striate throughout. In the two largest specimens the arms are bent back over the head, and one or two suckers are markedly enlarged on the lateral arms. In the specimen M *2/° the arms are only partially bent over the head, the terminal organ of the hectocotylized arm is very short, and looks as if it was only in process of formation, and no suckers appear to be enlarged on the lateral arms; two rows of large dark chromatophores are present on all the arms, and on the dorsal mantle a few large, almost black, chromatophores are interspersed with small brown ones, while on the ventral mantle the large dark spots only are present, being placed about I mm. apart. The specimen M *'°° was found in a hole in a rock at low tide. The principal measurements are appended :— Specimen number ... aA M 382 Messe Ni 27s mm. mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin 12 13 6 oS) 3 ” ” eye i a 17 15 9 Breadth of body _... ee I4 14 7 CaCl sae 12 12 8 Ist tight z arm ade A 64 B 19 less tip. Ama tris, x ona 2 50 24 BTC ma ER a aX 59 44 20 Ate ase are ae 69 48 22 iiGie ete Se a 60 44 20 2nd ,, if 508 oe 71 5S 22 less tip. Bical g 5 aoe . 68 51 22 Abhi, BM ae 62 AA 22 Hectocotylus ae Bs: 4 62-2 62. S25 Length of funnel... ANE 5 ca. 5 2°50 Diameter of largest sucker 3 2 I Distribution.—Japan (Appelt, Joubin) ; Straits of Malacca, Kabusa Islands, Nicobar Islands, Bombay, Ceylon (Goodrich). Type.—In Zoological Museum, Upsala University, two females. Polypus fusiformis (Brock). Octopus fusiformis, Brock, Zool. Fahrb., V, p. 601, pl. 16, figs. 1 and 2 (1887) ; Octopus pistformis, Hoyle, Proc. Royal Phys. Soc. Edin- burgh, p. 5 (merely listed) (1897). M £232:3 Palk Straits, south of India—Two 9. These are characterized by a very long narrow body with extremely narrow neck and prominent eyes; mantle-opening so wide that it is visible from above; arms of about five times the length of the body and tapering to very fine points; umbrella 204 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vox. XII, extending about one-fifth of the length or the arms, and with in- dications showing that it was continued on their outer margins ; funnel long, conical, and adherent for two-thirds of its length ; funnel organ in bad condition in both specimens ; surface smooth, except for a few small tubercles, chiefly on the dorsal surface of the mantle, head and umbrella ; no cirri; colour brownish above, paler below; dorsal surface with very many minute dark chro- matophores, which are fewer, and of a reddish-brown colour, ven- trally. These seem to agree with Brock’s description very closely, except that he describes the umbrella in his specimen to be highest ventrally, and prolonged in a well developed swimming membrane to the points of the arms. In the largest of the present specimens the umbrella is slightly highest dorsally, and in the other example it is about equally developed all round. Brock remarks that this species ‘‘ is excellently characterized by the long spindle-shaped body, which is completely like a Loligo without fins’’, and that no species already described resembles it. An example of Cisiopus indicus, Gray, in the British Museum, bears, however, a strong superficial resemblance in colour and form, but possesses arms seven or eight times the length of the body, and an umbrella about one-eighth of the arms. As, however, a careful examination fails to reveal any trace of pouches between the arms in the present specimens, I have no doubt that they belong to the form described by Brock. Steenstrup is very doubt- ful whether d’Orbigny’s two figures of Cistopus indicus represent the same species. ‘‘ He is disposed to regard the type of Rapp’s ‘““ species as having been a true Octopus and for the form with ‘“ pouches between the arms he has adopted the name Czstopus bursarius’’ (Hoyle 1886a., p. 19). It seems, therefore, possible that Brock’s form may be identical with the type of Rapp’s species. The principal measurements of the present examples are ap- pended :— Specimen number ... ae .. M 52382 M 8288 mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin Pe 43 43 Vee eet eve ne ae 67 60 Eye to umbrella at left side on ae 50 30 ar ay jue atte m a 35 30 3readth of body __... er aes 24 21 head s se 22 10 if ae C Kae ine 15 9 Ist right arm a an 200 155 OIG Pen st bey ae vas 185 143 3rd 3,5 ef a a 128 156 Athos. 4 55 oe - a 135 143 ist left arm a ae, ask 162 151 PHNG| ope > op i ore Fe 107 160 PLAC L pe Ae ee Fr 135 137 4th ,, 5, s0 “ss at: 125 110 Length of funnel... x pet 22 16 Diameter of largest sucker she see 0 3 Distribution.—Amboina, a male presented by the natives. 1916.| A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 205 Polypus microphthalmus (Goodrich). Octopus microphthalmus, Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., VII, p. 20; pl. 5; figs. 83, 84 (1896). oort® ISarnaphuli River, Chittagong, Dec., 1914 (A. C. Chowdhury) —TIwo °. These have a long narrow body with a yet narrower head, wide mantle-opening placed a little below and in line with the eye,! visible from above; eyes small; siphon with broad apex extend- ing above the eyes and half-way to umbrella margin ; free for half its length; no trace of funnel organ in either, although the specimens are in very good condition ; arms not very tapering at the tips, and about two and a half times the length of the body. Web lowest ventrally, and highest in both at the right side, ex- tending to about one-third of the length of the arms but not continued up them. Suckers small and much elevated, very like Goodrich’s illustration (pl. 5, fig. 83). Surface quitesmooth every- where. Colour white, speckled with minute, dark-grey or purple- black, round chromatophores, which are most numerous on the dorsal surface of head and mantle where they form occasionally elongate grey smears. Larger chromatophores, measuring about 50 mm., are also present on the mantle and form two rows up each arm, each spot being placed about 3 mm. apart. ‘These rows are very ornamental, and are especially distinct on the umbrella region. The inner surface of web and oral aspect of arms is sparsely sprinkled with small dots. There is a tendency, especially in the smaller specimen, to form pockets in the umbrella. These are not to be compared to the aquiferous pouches of Cistopus indicus, Gray, as they are merely tranverse or oblique folds of the web extending from one arm to the next at about the middle of umbrella. They are not confined to any particular pair of arms but are most developed between the laterals, where the umbrella is widest, and are scarcely indicated between the ventral pair. This delicately-pretty species seems to differ from the other more or less pale and smooth-skinned Polyps of this region chiefly by its small eyes, wide mantle-opening, and short arms possessing very prominent suckers and with web not continued up them. Polypus elegans (Brock), P. fustformis (Brock) and P. pricez (Berry), are perhaps the nearest to it. P. elegans has, however, very prominent eyes, a pointed fun- nel, much longer arms, and chromatophores which ‘‘ almost vanish in alcohol.’ P. fusiformis has a narrower body and head, and longer arms and web, and P. pricet is of much more delicate consistency with huge eyes and a longer web. The principal dimensions are given below : — ! One specimen has the mantle-opening at one side placed as in the type, e.g., at ‘‘ rather more than halfway from the siphon to the eye.”’ 206 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL. oir: Specimen number __... aye .. M2077 M 21978 mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin .., = 26 ai Breadth of body aa sr oa 20 22 , head as ere a 15 14 Eye to amibeene 1 See ae 1a) 20 23 Length of funnel ve ai Bee 11 13 Ist right arm oe wal ae 65 67 PRICE oat 3 230 ae rr 64 75 BEG aye gathy Rt 8 5 83 SI Athi, ane at 82 76 Diameter of largest sucker Vas 1°75 r75 Distribution.—Port Blair, darian Islands. Type.—In Indian Museum, Calcutta, a female. Polypus herdmani, Hoyle. Polypus herdmant, Hoyle, Rep. Pearl Oyster Fish. Gulf of Manaar, p. 187, pl. 1 (1904) ; Hoyle, Proc. Zool. Soc. London, p. 454 (1907). M £285 Pearl Banks, Ceylon (7. Southwell)—One 9. This has a round body with a median ventral groove ; mantle- opening placed a short distance below and behind the eyes, and extending a little less than half round the body ; arms stout and nearly four times the length of the mantle; suckers apparently ceasing at a short distance from the tip of each arm; umbrella extending about one-fourth of the length of the arms, continuing moderately on their outer margins, lowest dorsally and highest between the two ventral pairs ; siphon small, not passing the level of the eye, and reaching nearly half way to the edge of umbrella ; ocellar spots (each consisting of a dark oval patch surrounded by a narrow lighter coloured ring) placed about half way between the eye and the edge of umbrella; numerous elongated warts and tubercles placed chiefly round eyes and on dorsal surface of head and umbrella; inside of umbrella wrinkled but not tubercled. Colour greyish-brown, produced by minute brown chromatophores on a buff ground ; ventral surface paler and browner. It will be seen from the above notes that this specimen seems to differ from the description of the type only in having a somewhat smaller mantle- opening, and that the ocellar spots are placed a little nearer the umbrella. The latter difference may be accounted for by contrac- tion, many nuchal wrinkles being present. The principal measurements are appended :— mm. End of body to mantle-margin 3 Rf: Lor 8 ‘} SU Maeve wt oy. +h sei Kye to umbrella te a ee oe O Breadth of body sig we nat ss. 8 ,, head ie a at 9 Ist right arm ees ane me 25! and ,, ; om ¥ ee mutilated. ayale Fe es at 1 ata | All the arms are much curled up, sothat measurements can only be regarded as approximate. 1916.] A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 207 mm. 4th right arm 28 Ist left arm PA ae 26 FTG eet £ * aE aes 28 hes aay “ae md dh MED these ; ae att mutilated. Length of funnel eS so aie sae BCG Diameter of largest sucker cae br Yep I ¥, », eye-opening I Ocellus 2 Distyibution.—Ceylon (type locality) ; Zanzibar (Hoyle). Polypus arborescens, Hoyle. Polypus arborescens, Hoyle, Rep. Pearl Oyster Fish. Gulf of Manaar, p- 189, pl. 2, figs. 8, 9, 12; pl. 3 (1904); Fauna and Geogr. Maldive Laccadive Archit., II, suppl. 1, p. 979 (1905) ; Proc. Zool. Soc. London, P- 45-4 (1907). M 5234 Pearl Banks, Ceylon (7. Southwell)—One ¢. This possesses a round body with a constriction at the neck, and a mantle-opening placed about halfway between the eye, and an unusually broad siphon ; the latter has a blunt apex, and reaches nearly halfway to the margin of umbrella. The arms are about three times the length of the mantle, and are bent back over the body revealing that the first four suckers on each arm are placed singly, and that all have the eighth, ninth and tenth suckers enlarged. Umbrella lowest dorsally, extending about one- third of the length of the arms, and continued on their outer margins. Terminal organ of hectocotylized arm very small. Colour of body grey with dark lines; arms reddish with light coloured patches, each of which is the seat of a cirrus. Cirri very numerons even on the ventral surface, many being much branched and measuring 2 mm. in length. The principal measurements are appended :— mm. End of body to mantle-margin —... sys rag 6 ey ” ” ” eye eae toe ws aAS 8 Breadth of body =e a hae ie 5 a ,, head ie ae: = f 7 Ist right arm a i 1s serecyekS This oe te ae 3? 20 Bai a3 ie ao ee 19 tlie ae ae ae aie $43 22 WS te Le hiteamers ee $F: a ... mutilated, 2nd yy ” A50 alate oa vee 19 5G espa ary Be : ects S12 % Athi crtees, na Me a a eo Hectocotylus si ae res esc Distribution.—Indian Ocean ; Zanzibar. Polypus hoylei, Berry. Polypus hoylei Berry, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., XXXVII, pp. 407-8, text-fig. 1 (1909); Bull. Bur. Fish. U.S. A., XXXII, pp. 296-208, text-fig. 15, pl. 48, figs. 2-4, pl. 55, fig. 1 (1914). 208 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoOrR: aie M *+28 ‘Investigator’ station 379: 8-x-1905, Persian Gulf, 28° 50’ N., 50° 3' E., 25 fathoms—One <. M ***>5 ‘Investigator’ station 360 : 20-xil-1905, Arabian Sea, 13° 36’ N., 47° 32’ E., 130 fathoms—Two ¢. + ‘Investigator’ station 464: 22-iv-1912, S. of Ceylon, 6° 2’ 30” . N., 81° 29’ E., 52-68 fathoms—One 9. These agree very closely with Berry’s full description and excellent figures. All are characterized by a soft body ; very large eves with small openings, stout arms of about two and a half times the length of the mantle: a semitransparent umbrella ex- tending about equally (slightly less between ventral pair) on all the arms for from one-third to nearly one half of their length, and continued along their outer margins in membranous expansions ; a very small mantle-opening ; and funnel organ of two V-shaped pads. The tip of the hectocotylized arm is stout and broad, and the usual transverse grooves are very obscure in two examples, and absent in the third. The male specimens show no special enlargement of the suckers. The ventral mantle is divided by an incipient groove in one specimen only. In three examples the funnel is free for the anterior third, or less, of its length, in the other it is totally fused to the head. The latter specimen is from comparatively shallow water, but the fused funnel, when opened, disclosed the same peculiar type of organ and the specimen did not appear to differ from the rest in any other character. Two examples exhibit clearly two cirri near each eye, one being placed above and the other below its dorsal edge. The sculpture and colouring are very striking ; each of the numer- ous tubercles is surrounded by a dotted circle of minute reddish- brown chromatophores, producing a somewhat star-like, or white- spotted pattern. The tubercles are sometimes continued on the ventral surface, and a few may be observed on the inner dorsal surface of the umbrella. In two specimens the dorsal chromato- phores are so dense as to present a purple-red tone, and the lower surface appear much paler by contrast. Three of Berry’s specimens were taken at 257-460 fathoms, and the remaining one off the Hawaiian Islands, depth unknown. The present examples show that the species does not restrict its range to deep water. The principal measurements are appended :— Specimen number see) WES 22S SM Se Vb S22 Mose mm. mm. mm. mm. End of body to mantle-margin ... 21 22 25 30 ee OE sey G 35e 40 49 38 48 Eye to umbrella Se 20 42 22 a1 Breadth of body ae 28 30 26 38 4 ,, head ee 29 29 22 2 Ist right arm te, 05 el 67 a0 PANG POR oe a 75 TAN. 70 g2 ehiG tse ne ek. Ae 47 60 45 seal ! In course of regeneration, 1916.| A. I, Massy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 209 Specimen number ... M 8135 M 8125 M 5126 M 844 mm. mm. mm. mm. ist left arm ae ne 82 69 gi Pins Ur aie ee a 80 eal 65 100 Bird Rass) ie Eafe sate Bee 93 RES Gath oa = oe 85 oe 93 Hectocotylus ie 6 7 5 ro Diameter of largest sucker ba 2 2 1°50 2 Distributton.—In the archibenthal region of the Hawaiian Islands. Type.—In U.S. National Museum, an adult male. Polypus pricei, Berry. (Pl. XXIII, figs. 7-8). Polypus pricei, Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., pp. 73-5 (1913) ; Polypus juv., Berry, University of California Publications in Zool., VIII, p. 303, 304 (1911). ' N., 63° 50’ 15” E., 544 fathoms—Three ¢. This species possesses the delicate and fragile appearance of a pelagic organism, and is so transparent that the venous system can be distinctly traced, without a lens, all about the head and up each arm. The body is soft and elongate, and the head is occupied by large prominent eyes. The arms are two and a half times the length of the body, and have small but very prominent suckers placed rather far apart ; none are specially enlarged. The hyaline umbrella attains more than one-third of the length of the arms, continues a little on their outer margins, and is slightly less between the ventral pair. Berry describes the umbrella as ex- tending about equally between all the arms for ‘‘ perhapsa twelfth of their length”’ His specimens were, however, all taken from the stomach of a salmon and it seems reasonable to suppose that the fragile membrane constituting the umbrella might easily suffer injury under such conditions. The mantle opens just below the eye. The funnel has an unusually broad apex, and the funnel organ is so peculiar that two specimens were examined, and both were found to agree exactly. The median organ consists of two very small, oblong, widely-spaced pads, placed rather near the anterior margin of the funnel, and single lateral pads of similar shape and size are also present. In the smallest specimen the median pads measure about 1'50 mm. in length, and the space between them is About 3 mm. Owing to the condition of Berry’s specimens, he was unable to give a, drawing of the funnel organs which is therefore given here (pl. xxiii, fig. 8). The hectocotylus (not observed in the type) is also figured (pl. xxiii, fig. 7). The ter- minal organ is small, and the usual transverse furrows are faintly marked in the largest specimen, and almost invisible in the others ; ! In course of regeneration. 210 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor Soe the sperm canal is moderately defined. All the examples have a perfectly smooth surface and are pale buff in colour with minute yellow-brown chromatophores, interspersed with a few larger ones. “The two alternating longitudinal rows of large light-coloured chromatophores ’’ described by Berry as decorating the outer surface of each arm are very conspicuous in the present specimens in parts where the outer skin has been rubbed off. Some measurements of the largest and smallest examples are appended :— Specimen number Ra .. M $222 M £181 mm. mm End of body to mantle-margin ... Pee 26 20 Hie yp a ee ca oi 34 27 Eye to umbrella at a 28 13 Breadth of body aR ee 20 13 ” ” head dag seis I4 10 Ist right arm Fs Mi 70 54 DMs i * ess ec oes 64 53 LES hin ree es ie ie 41 ze 4th, = ‘a 71 47 . EStealentatsys aa sie 70 48 less tip. Pas ls ae oe Be 2 SU saga ie he 70 mutilated. td a eo aa ae 68 47 Hectocotylus * ae 2'50 75 Length of funnel ee Aer 14 [2 Diameter of largest sucker ae i I "75 Diameter of eye : = 7 3) Distribution.—Off Point Pinos, Monterey Bay, California; four specimens from the stomach of a salmon (Onchorhynchus ischawytscha). Santa Catalina Island, California. Type.—In the Stanford University Collections, four female specimens. Polypus sp. M &285, Locality lost—One 9. This would appear to have been preserved in alcohol for a long period, all trace of chromatophores having faded, leaving the specimen of a uniform dull pale-green colour. Body ovoid, firm, much wrinkled, but appearing to possess many tubercles on the dorsal surface and to be smooth below. A narrow fold of skin, more developed laterally than posteriorly, divides the dorsal from the ventral region. Hoyle (1886, p. 89) says with regard to a similar character in P. australis: ‘‘It is doubtful what value ‘is to be attached to the raised ridge mentioned above; it is to ‘“ be seen in other species under certain conditions, possibly due “either to different modes of preservation or to varying states ‘ of contraction ; nevertheless, in the majority of formsit is never observed, and I am therefore inclined to attribute to it a “ certain systematic importance.” This example does not, however, agree with any of the species hitherto described as possessing a carinated membrane. The head is a little narrower than the body and there is a large ee 1916.] A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 207, conical cirrus on the posterior dorsal edge of each eye, with a smaller cirrus at the anterior dorsal edge. No nuchal constriction ; eyes not prominent. Arms about twice the length of the body, thick and muscular, tapering to fine points. Umbrella highest laterally, extending nearly one-third of the length of the arms, measuring 80 mm. between the dorsal and 70 mm. between the ventral pair; continued on outer margins of arms. Mantle- opening placed nearly at the ventral edge of eye and but little below it. Siphon conical, about half of its length projecting above level of eyes; funnel organ W-shaped, the median pads being very wide and touching one another throughout most of their length ; the lines forming the commencement and end of the ““ W” meet in a point and all the other angles are rounded. In the short arms, ocular cirri, and the deep scoop out occur- ring on the umbrella margin between dorsal arms, this resembles P. rugosus. It differs, however, in the long narrow body and the broad funnel organ to the specimens referred to P. rugosus in the present paper. Compared with an example of P. vulgaris from Plymouth !, this has a longer and narrower body, a wider mantle- opening, larger suckers, a higher umbrella dorsally, and a blunter apex to the siphon ; the latter also reaches higher above the eye than in P. vulgaris. The ventral mantle in the Plymouth specimen measures 85 mm. in length and 84 mm. in breadth, and the dis- tance from the end of the body to the eye is 100 mm. follows :— mm. End of body to mantle-margin __... i esp LEOS = , eye pe ae nee aU) Eye to umbrella F ae The tO Breadth of body ae a eae 8O) ,, head

ae DANG! ga ~ e 356 AS cigs Crneeene en 150 Atiienpises mutilated. Length of funnel = 6 Diameter of largest sucker Pitan? Eledonella diaphana (Hoyle). Fapetella diaphana, Hoyle, Diagnoses, 1, p. 232; Prelim. Rep., I, p. 108 (1885); Aledonella diaphana, Hoyle, ‘Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephlopoda), pp. 187-8, pl. 9, figs. 3-6 (1886); Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLII, No. 1, p. 22, pl. 5, fig. 11 (1904) ; Joubin, Res. Camp. Sct. Monaco, XVII, pp. 37 39, pl. 2, figs. 5-7 (1901); C. R. Acad. Paris, XXXVI, p. 101 (1903). M +451 ‘Investigator ’ station 315 : 12-iv-1903, S. of Andaman Islands, 10° 6' N., 92° 29’ E., 705 fathoms—One. Specimen M +*"* agrees closely with Hoyle’s description of the type and it is interesting to note that some of the suckers have a circular opening and others the quadrangular or triangular form which Hoyle thought was probably due to shrinking. The siphon extends two-thirds of the distance to the umbrella margin and its organ isa A-shaped pad. The third arms are nearly as long as the mantle. Colour pale with red-brown spots. Specimen M +*°* differs a little from the type but agrees very closely with the illustrations and measurements of an almost similar sized specimen referred by Joubin (1901) to this species. The arms and siphon are shorter and the umbrella higher than in the type. The latter is highest between the dorsal arms, extend- ing to two-thirds of their length, and attains about half the length of the other arms. The mantle extends 6 mm. below and 7 mm. at either side of the visceral sac. About eighteen suckers are 214 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Wor; eh present on the longest arm. Neither specimen shows any trace of a hectocotylus. The principal measurements are appended :— Specimen number _... F .. M 2221 M 14821 min. mm. End of body to dorsal mantle-margin 33 23 hoo) aie Geese ot _ 39 27 Eye to umbrella 7) 6 Breadth of body - % 22 20 3 ,, head -e ee 12 12 length of eye a: me 7 6 % » siphon s: Bt ts 10 5 Ist right arm a oe ee mutilated sada7 ane es oa 5 19) > ra.-14 Zin pigem At see - ae 29! ~=— mutilated. Ath ees Lee 3 22 9 DS tae Chua OM ae ae 20 9 2nd 22 mutilated. ard Tes 14 4th 21 IO Disiribution.—North of Papua (Hoyle, 1886) ; Between Madeira and Morocco (Joubin, 1901); Tropical Pacific (Hoyle, 1904); Off Cape Verde (Joubin, 1903). Eledonella sp. M 541° Arabian Sea, 947 fathoms—One. M 5187 ‘Investigator’ station 393 : 21-x-1911, Bay of Bengal, 7° 21’ 6’ N., 85° 7/15” E., net at 400 fathoms, soundings 2000 fathoms—One. M %442 ‘Investigator’ station 462a : 20-iv-1912, Bay of Bengal, 0° 8’ N., 87° 25’ E., 475 fathoms—One. Specimen M *+?° consists of fragments of a very large example. The siphon, which has a A-shaped organ, measures I5 mm. in length and 6 mm. at the apex which is flattened. None of the arms shows any sign of a hectocotylus, and as they are all detached from the body their order cannot be ascertained. The shortest measures 100 mm. in length and possesses thirteen suckers arranged singly, but unequal gaps and fibres of muscle show that many suckers are missing. ‘The six largest are placed on the distal half and measure nearly 5mm. in diameter by 5 mm. in height ; the most distal sucker measures 1°25 mm. in diameter and the fina! 8 mm. of arm is devoid of suckers. All are shaped as described by Hoyle for FE. diaphana and have a quadrangular opening caused by four rounded lips folded towards each other as in Berry’s figure of a single sucker of E. heathi, Berry (1912, pl. 33, fig. 3). The longest arm measures 171 mm. and has eleven suckers, the largest measuring 7mm. in diameter at the base. The other arms measure 166 mm., 167 mm., 135 mm., 130 mm., 125 mm.,and 110 mm. in length. The mantle is denuded of epidermis, but the arms are pale buff with brown spots, and such of the animal as is present possesses the delicate hyaline consis- Less tip. 1g16.}| A. Ll. Massy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 215 tency of the specimens referred to E. diaphana,. Specimen M *** is very young having a mantle-length of only 5 mm., the pallial opening is very wide and the eyes large: the siphon extends half way to the umbrella margin. The arms are all mutilated. The umbrella reaches to about the third sucker on the dorsal arms and is much shorter ventrally. Colour pale with a few reddish- brown chromatophores. This and the following have been pre- served in formalin. Specimen M *4** has a mantle of 8 mm. The third arms are the longest, and the siphon extends two-thirds of the distance to the umbrella margin. Colour as in specimen M *4*7. Probably these specimens are referrable to FE. diaphana. Family SEPIOLIDAE., Inioteuthis japonica, Verrill. Inioteuthis japonica, Verrill, Rep. U. S. Fish. Comm., p. 417, footnote (1881); Joubin, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXII, p. tor (1897); Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., pp. 405-8, pl. 5, fig. 5 (1912a). M 1°972-6 Port Blair, Andaman Islands (S. W. Kemp)—Two 9, one young, The two smallest of these specimens have a mantle-leneth of 5 and 9 mm. The largest female, compared with a male of J. maculosa, Goodrich, of similar mantle-length, shows that /. japonica has the nuchal commissure narrower than the length of the fin at inser- tion, while in J maculosa these measurements are about equal. The latter has a uniformly narrower body, shorter, rounder fins, and larger siphon than J. japonica. ‘The bell-shaped mantle of the latter is very marked in the large female, when viewed ventrally. In I. maculosa the chromatophores form large, dark-brown spots and blotches all over the body and arms, except the siphon and lower surface of fins. In I. japonica they form very minute bluish-red dots which become larger on the head, and the ventral surface of the fins and siphon is freckled with orange dots. A note on the label states that the specimens were bright yellow when alive. These three specimens of I. japonica are all a little contracted, and seem to have a thicker skin and harder body than J. maculosa, but these differences may be due to varying modes of preservation. The valve in the siphon is much longer in the example ex- amined than in that of J. maculosa. The measurements of this large female are appended :— Specimen number ue Ew _M 19975 mm, End of body to mantle-margin 13 Breadth of body Be | ; ge - ,, head " an i Re TG Nuchal commissure ts 5 Fin length at insertion ... ot as 6° 216 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Vor, Sans Specimen number a , .., M 29925 mm. ist right arm ae me et 8 onde 2: = eae ard Shit. aie je Rr . - 9 Ath 9 a me aoe) Tentacle Og ald. eee Club a ao ee af 4 Distribution.—Japan. Type.—Cat. No. 9, 639 (part) Yale University Museum, a male. Inioteuthis maculosa, Goodrich. [nioteuthts maculosa, Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., Vil, pp. 2-3, pl. 1. figs. 1-3 (1896). M #222 Puri Beach, Orissa Coast (R. £. Lloyd)—One @. M £924 Tnvestigator’ station 556; off Burma Coast, Marine Survey ot India—One 9°. The hectocotylus in the male specimen closely resembles Joubin’s (1897, p. 101) description of the modified arm in I. japo- nica, Vil., e.g., ‘‘Une membrane demi-circulaire, en forme de C, entoure un tubercule median.’’ Such of the tentacular rings as are in a favourable position for examination show ten or eleven blunt teeth which seem to extend round the entire ring. What appear to be papillae are also present in the guise of small, pointed between-teeth. Some of the differences between this species and the last mentioned have been already pointed out. The principal measurements are appended :— Specimen number 7 ... M 8342 seus mm mm. End of body to mantle-margin 13 8 Breadth of body ae me 10 7 ” ” head Boe oie a 9 6 Nuchal commissure -. 3.50 3 Length of fin at insertion 23550 2°50 Breadth across fins ae i 15 10 ist right arm = 12 5 ZN oy ey eee as oe! ES 7 ATG). near ae Son LEGS 7 Athan sie Be Pee he ne ca. 6 Tentacle ae a 20 {2 Club oa a AT 3 Distribution.—Andamans ; Persian Gulf. Type.—In Indian Museum, Calcutta, two females. Euprymna morsei (Verrill), Steenstrup. /nioteuthis morset, Verrill, Rep. U. S. Fish Comm., p. 417; footnote (1881); Joubin, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XX11, p. 102 (1897); ? Sepiola bursa, Pfeffer, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg, VII, p. 6, fig. 6 (1884) : Euprymna morsei, Steenstrup, Overs, K. D. Vidensk. Selsk, Forh., p. 66 (1887); Hoyle, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLAII, p. 26 (1904) ; Wiilker, Abh. d. J/, Kl. d. k. Ak. Wiss., 111 Suppl.-Bd., 1 Abh., pp. 9 1916.] A.L. MAssy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museitm. 257 etc., pl. 1, fig. 9; pl. 3, figs. 23, 24; pl. 4, fig. 40 (191g); Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., pp. 408-14, pl. 6, fig. 1 (1912a). M £228 Nyanbyini Bay, Burma: 28-viii-1911, 5 fathoms—One 9. M 23462 Andamans—One 6. 1899. M £224 Persian Gulf (Zownsend)—One 9. M £462 Hongkong (R. Hungerford)—One . Berry states that the umbrella is ‘‘ lacking or at best rudi- mentary between the dorsal arms.’’ In the present specimens a delicate web extends to the third or fifth sucker between these arms. The hectocotylus in both males agrees with Berry’s des- cription. In specimen M £18 enlarged suckers appear on the third and fourth right arms, and in specimen M **£°on the third right and fourth left. Many suckers are missing from the other arms of both specimens. The enlarged suckers occur on the two ventral rows as noted by Berry. The principal measurements are appen- ded :— Specimen number M 8099 M 8188 M 5224 M S469 mm. mm. mm. mm End ot body to web between dorsal arms 24 2 22 28 ition uaemantlie-matroin ee ai(0) 18 15 I4 Breadth of body oP 15 [2 i) liso , nuchal commissure 8 7 8 6 . head 12 11 lI 6) si 7) ans 24 22 22 21 ist right arm... mutilated. 15 mutilated. 14 and ,, 3 17) 19 AF 15 LC ei = fy =: Ses 17 ve 16 any _ sa 14 16 - 14 TStelelts eq, ans 12 12 “J Il 2G 5, 2 = se JO 17 ., mutilated. SIRO l =o ‘r =< 14 16 . 16 Athy Gy ¥i As ro WR 15 i 12 Tentacle Sah ares 14 ‘i 27 Club ro Ca. 5 + 5 Distribution.—Japan, Philippines (Joubin), Formosa, Hong Kong, Andamans, Gulf of Manaar, Maldive Archipelago. Type.—Cat. No. 9,638, Yale University Museum, a female. Family SEPIOLIDAE. M 2154 ‘Investigator’ station 383: 23-xi-1g08, off Burma, 17° 18’ N., 94° 8’ E., 517 fathoms—One 9°. This is in such bad condition that it is not possible to say if a nuchal commissure was present or if the species was provided with a pen. The mantle is bell shaped, and the lacerated fins appear to have been attached at about the middle portion. ‘The funnel is long and its organ consists of two elongate somewhat pyriform pads, the narrowest part in each being placed anteriorly. Each pad is 10 mm. by 4 mm. in breadth. Eyes very large. First pair of arms the shortest, the others semi-equal. ‘The suckers are missing but their bases show that they were placed in two rows. 218 Records of the Indian Museum. [Wort Aenle The club suckers are very minute and possess a smooth ring; they are placed in about eight rows at the centre of the club. The epidermis is wanting in many parts but the colour seems to have been buff covered very densely with purple or black chromatophores, which are present on both sides of the fins also. Such of the surface as is entire seems to be smooth. The principal measurements are given below :-—— mm. Kind of body to ventral mantle-margin +2 se 35 Breadth of body ; ae He bi canoe Length of fin Sem 5a 21 Breadth & es Re ef 16 Diameter of eye Ki tf i ce 8 i, eye-opening ane ne 5 Ist right arm e 20 end 3A 3rd 37 4th ,, 33 | ist left 20 2nd 31 3rd 33 4th Be Tentacle 50 Club 15 Family LOLIGINIDAE. Loligo indica, Pfeffer. (Pl, XOXTEE ate. 6 + pl, SOx (ine erie) Loligo indica, Ptefter, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg, VIII, p. 4, figs. 3, 3a (1884) ; Hoyle, ‘ Challenger’ Rep.. XVI (Cephalopoda), pp. 156-7, pl. 26, figs. 1-10 (1886) ; Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc.. VII. p. 7, pl. 2, figs, 20-28 (1890). mm. M 227. Cochin (/. Day): 26-vi-1877—One 9 Mantle-length 95 M £24 Penang, Malay Peninsula (Dr. Stoliczka) —One ¢ "7 73 M £25 Akyab, Burma (W. Dodgson )—One ¢ &. 82 M 2449 Puri, Orissa Coast (S. W. Kemp)— One 9 4 op M °456-8 Off Puri Coast, 1908, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept. —Three ¢ . 83-187 M £988:90 Cochin(/. Day): 26-vi-1877—Two 3 65-77 One 9 ms 69 M °9912 Akyab, Burma (WW. Dodgson)—One 9° i 74 M 8°92:7 Madras, purchased —Three g " 08-94 Three © 4 45-83 M £148:59 « Investigator ’ station 481 : 25-26-xii -1912, Mergui Harbour, 7 fathoms—Two 3 53-71 One 9? 6 55 M 513% ‘Investigator’ station 522 :; 2-1i1-1913, Mergui Archipelago, 12° 35’ 15 "N., 98° 16’E., 5 fathoms —One © n6 4ef A $165-8 Andamans (¥. Wood Mason)—Two g i 72-77 Two 9 i 72-80 | [Less tip. 1916.] A. L. Massy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 219 s174:91 Puri Beach (?)—Fighteen young Mantle-length 12-26 M £192:8200 Puri, Orissa Coast (NV. 4. and Ry Bs Ls) —Five ¢ * 32-49 Four 9° «i 47-08 M #298:10 Pyri Beach (F. A. Gravely)— Three ¢ . 30-77 Two 9? 5 04-75 M £218:14 Puri Beach (C. Paiva), 23-i11-1908 —One ¢ . g2 One © . 110 M 82215 Puri Beach, Orissa Coast (7. Caunter ) 31- oe 1909 —One 6 ¢ AR M 8216-18 Varkulay, Travancore (N. Annan- dale): LO-Xi-1900 —One ¢ 4 220 Two 9 *s 93-114 M £222 Karachi (W. D. Cumming)—One rah ¥ 75 M 8226 Gangaram, Vizagapatam District, Madras Coast (Moti Ram) —One ¢ # Ql 2 Small specimen in bad condition. M 8252 Akyab, Burma (/. H. Burkill)—-One @ if 72 M 82746 Off Gopalpore, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept., 23-27- “1X- 19090— “hree 9 ti = EF 78 M 8289-1 Off Eastern Channel, m. of R. Hughli, trawler ‘Golden Crown’, xi-1909, Bengal Fish. Dept. —Two ¢g “ 97-148 M 8225-9008 ' Pavestierios station 505 and 507 : 13- 21- -xi-1913, OraoolN., 98 1900 7E., 6-7 fathoms —Five ¢ f 25-85 Two 9 ia 33-42 (2?) Three young 10-12 M 2007-12 ‘ Investigator’ station 575: 20- Xii- 1912, Off entrance to Mergui Harbour, S. Bircunee 7-fathoms (?) Six young ra S-o M 9817:19 ‘Investigator’ station 590 : 8-9-1- 1913, Mergui Archipelago, 13° 5’ 15” N., 97° 53’ E., about 30 fathoms —One ¢ if 17 Two © NER fehl M 29890:9097 ' Investigator ’ station 569g : 29-30- xi-1913, 11° 52’ 10” N., 98° 18’ 40” E., 5 fathoms —Thirty- -six 6 if 16-81 Thirty-two 9 i [0-102 M 2324 Off Gopalpore, 30-38 fathoms, Bay of Bengal, trawler ‘Golden Crown’ , Bengal Fish. Dept., Dec., 1909 —One 9 ie 110 These twenty-five records of seventy males and sixty-two females show that the present species occurs all round the coast of India from Karachi to the mouth of the River Hughli, and also off the Burmese coast and Andaman Islands. The length and breadth of the fins with regard to the length of the mantle exhibits a certain amount of individual variation, but, except in the case of several small females in the haul M 2080-2097 which showed much wider fins than males of the same size, there seems to be no 220 Kecords of the Indian Museum. [Wot xanie marked difference as regards this between the sexes. The small specimens M ***+** possess a fin measuring one-third of the length of the mantle and resemble the useful illustration of Hoyle (J. c., p. 156, text-fig.). Sixteen males from various hauls, with mantle- length of 21-97 mm., possess a fin measuring about half the length of the mantle, and the same proportion is shown by eleven females with mantle of 16-120 mm. In three females with mantle of 63- 75 mm. the fin does not attain quite half the length of the mantle, and in two others with mantle of 30-42 mm. the fin measures two- thirds of the mantle. The largest sized specimens of both sexes possess a fin measuring more than half and less than one-third of the mantle. 8174-91 The rings of the arm suckers in the young specimens M **4y" show five to eight teeth, and some large tentacle rings possess sixteen to nineteen teeth round the ring; suckers occur on the buccal membrane but there is no trace of a hectocotylus. Large males, frequently, but not always, have the largest rings of the lateral arms larger than the largest rings of the club. In females these rings are almost always either slightly or much smaller than the largest rings of the club, and as a consequence of this they have fewer teeth on the lateral arm rings than the male owing to the smaller size of the ring. Thus a male with mantle of 75 mm. possesses ten or eleven teeth on the lateral rings, and not more than six on the dorsal and ventral arms, and a female with mantle of 72 mm. does not possess more than six teeth on the largest arm suckers. The number of teeth on the largest tentacle rings does not appear to increase after a certain mantle-length has been attained. Thus a male and female with mantlelength of 77 mm. possess seventeen to twenty teeth on the largest rings, and the same number is shown by two females with mantle of 120-134 mm. The number of suckers on the different angles of the buccal membrane varies from one or two to three, four or six. Five to nine blunt teeth are present on the ring, part of which is always smooth. In large females a tubercle is placed at the base between the ventral angles. In the small specimens M *®°*°?°®*' the nidamental glands are barely perceptible in females with a mantle-length of 10-15 mm. The smallest sexually distinct males have a mantle of 16mm. Young specimens of both sexes have much fewer chromatophores, but examples with a mantle- length up to about 37 mm. seem always to show two very conspicuous clusters of dark chromatophores on the dorsal surface of the head, giving each little creature a superficial appearance of having two eyes on the back of its head as well as the real laterally-placed eyes. - As regards anatomy the specimens M *274** were examined and nothing was discovered that is not usual in the genus. The female specimen had the ovary tightly packed with eggs—the bilobed nidamental gland measured 24 X 11mm, The radula lo i fan 1916.| A. L. Massy : Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. (pl. xxiv, fig. 11) closely resembles that of L. pealiz, Verrill (1882, pl. xxviii, figs. 6-8). The frontal lamina of the upper mandible (pl. xxiii, fig. 9) curves more upwards than in that species and the posterior end of the palatine lamina has a median indentation. The lower mandible (pl. xxiii, fig. 9) has the notch near the ros- trum less marked than in L. pealid and the lower edge of the gular lamina is indented. Distribution.—Indo-Malayan Region. Type.—In Hamburg Museum. Loligo spectrum, Pieffer. Loligo spectrum, Pfeffer, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg, VIII, pp. 5-6, figs. 5, 5a (1884). M 828* Arakan coast, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept., —One 6. The long, slender body readily distinguishes this species from L. indica. Order of arms 3,4,2,1. Rings of arm suckers usually with eight teeth (sometimes seven or nine) on the distal margin, and the rest of ring smooth. At the base and distal portion of each arm the teeth are short, broad and blunt, elsewhere they are rather narrow, pointed and slightly curved. Distal rings often have only four to six teeth, and a sucker at the base of the fourth right arm has eleven teeth. Sixteen rows of suckers occur on the proximal part of the hectocotylized arm, the two pairs immediate- ly preceding the papillae being placed on long stalks. Pfeffer describes the tentacular rings as possessing forty teeth. Thirty- one is the largest number I could find on any tentacular ring, but this specimen is considerably smaller than the type which has a mantle-length of 284 mm. A marginal sucker, intermediate in size between the large and the distal club suckers, possesses eight pointed teeth separated by the width of the base of a tooth, and covering the distal half of the ring. Suckers are present on the buccal membrane which is seven-angled. The principal measurements are appended :—- mm. End of body to dorsal mantle-margin =. Toa eES 5 Length of fin Ke at . 100 Breadth of fins Be Fis RN OS Ist right arm a ae. 828 PANG! Aree) app % ate te 30 Sine Fao ors een is i mutilated. Ati es i; A) 4 45 rst, sleft- ms ie 28 2nd aa ab x as 38 Ege aye Ie _ ay 45 4th 4, 5 os 42 Length of tentacle Se : 103 rh ap Clits) ee ee x. BE Diameter of largest tentacular ring te 2250 ” ” ” arm, vas es 2 Disiributtan.—Marquesas, Type.—In Hamburg Museum, three males. 222 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo. XII, Loligo sp. Sk M £26 and M 5223 Madras, purchased, 30-1V-1877 —Two 3& Mantle-length 120-135 M 5288-7 Pamban, Ramnad District, Gulf of Manaar, from weeds, 0-2 fathoms, 24-i11-1913 (S. W. Kemp) —Two . 4 M 8238 Kilakarai, Ramnad_ District, South India, from weeds, o-2 fathoms, 16-11-1913 GSW. Kemp) —One Ay 7 M 2328 ‘Investigator | station | 565: 13-xXi- LOLS, 11 157 130" PN., 98° 190’ 00" E., 7 fathoms One ; 8 Specimens M “°° and M **?* resemble L. Adie in their shape and colour, and in the size aad arrangement of the suckers on club, arms and buccal membrane; as, however, the horny rings of all the suckers are missing it is not possible to determine the species with certainty. Loliolus investigatoris, Goodrich. Loliolus investigatoris, Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., VI, pp. 8-9, pl. 2 figs. 29-37 (1896). mm. M £28 Penang (Dr. Stoliczka) —One 9 Mantle-length 43 M 72° Sandheads, River Hughli (G. Lord)— One © i 53 M #4#4£5 Puri, Orissa Coast! (S. W Kemp)— Two 2 ¥ 35-39 M £928 ‘Investigator’, Mouth of Tavoy River, 28-vili-IQII —One ¢@ ' 25 M 8192 FE. S. E. of S. Moscos I., Marine Sur- vey of India —One & is 20 M £151 ‘Investigator ’ station 481: 25-26-xil- 1912, Mergui Harbour, 7 fathoms— One 9 aN 30 M, §457:61 Mouth of River Hughli (Capt. R. Munro) —Four 2 i 31-88 One ¢@ af 3 M $473 Puri pea 1-2-11-1900 (.V. Annandale) —One ¢@ Ba 34 M £291 Puri, Orissa Coast, 18-19-i-1908 (NV. A. And denpaale) —One 9 o 20 M £254 to miles N. E. of Devi river, Orissa Coast —One 9 “f 31 M 82838 Shrimp-trawler off Frazergunge, Sunderbunds —One oi 35 M 2324 ‘Investigator’ station 402: 15-16-xi- 1911, Mergui Archipelago, 13° 2’ N., 98° 25’ E., 5 fathoms —One mutilated r 27 M 209097 8°88 Karnaphuli River, Chittagong (A. C. Chowdhury) December, 1914 —Two ¢@ ii 32-37 Three 9 » 2-42 M +0078-74 Near Mud Point, River Hughli, D. net used as townet, S.L. Avtty (T. Southwell) [3-11-1915 —One ¢ i 25 One © 4 37 A marked sexual difference is apparent in the specimens [*°r*", The male with a mantle-length of 31 mm. has much ‘ Found in a hole near a rock at low tide. 1916.] A.L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 223 longer lateral arms with much larger suckers than the female with a mantle-length of 34 mm. Distribution.—Indo-Malayan Region. Type.—In Indian Museum, Calcutta. Family SEPIIDAE. Sepia aculeata, Van Hasselt MS., in d’Orbigny. Sepia aculeata, Van Hasselt MS., in d’Orbigny and Férussac, H7zst. Nat. Céph. acét., p. 287, pls.5, 25 (1834); Steenstrup, Vzdensk. Selsk, Sky. 5th R., Bd. 10. VII (1875); Tryon, Man. Conch., (1) 1, p. 169, pl. go, fig. 415 ; pl. 91, figs. 416, 417 (after d’Orbigny) (1879) ; Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., VU, p. 3 (1896); Joubin, Notes Leyden Mus., XX, p. 25 (1898); Wiilker, Adh. d. I. Kl. K. Ak. d. Wass., III Suppl.-Bd., 1 Abh., p. 11 (1910) ; Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat, Sev. Phil., p. 418 (1912a) ; Acanthosepion Hasselti, de Rochebrune, Bu//, Soc. Phil. Paris, (7), VII, p. tor (1884). M £1° Akyab, Burma (W. Dodgson)—One 2. M 728 Sandheads, River Hughli (F. Milner)—One ¢. M 5155 ‘Investigator’ station 519: 1-ili-1913, Mergui Archipelago, Elphinstone I., Port Maria, shore collecting—One 9°. M £228 Palk Straits, South of India—One 9. M £251 Akyab, Burma (/. H. Burkill)—One ¢. M £282 Bay of Bengal, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept., M 8282-5 Bay of Bengal, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept., —One , one 2. M £269 Balasore Bay, Orissa Coast, viti-1g08, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept.,—One 9. M 2994 ‘ Investigator’ station 557 : off Burma Coast, Marine Survey of India—One . These all agree in the presence of suckers on the buccal membrane and in having the tentacle suckers all of small size and semi-equal, and armed with acute teeth all round the ring, the largest being on the distal half of the circumference. Very promi- nent papillae are also apparent in the best-preserved specimens. Specimen M **°° possesses what appear to be clubs in process of repair at the end of each tentacle stem. They are much narrower than the stems and end acutely, and possess a very rudimentary fin only visible with a lens; minute pointed papillae, which would seem to be the base of suckers (as occasionally fibres of muscle project from them), are present on either side of a median line. The arm suckers are arranged in four rows and their rings are usually armed with many teeth on the distal half of the ring. They vary greatly in number and appearance; often two are welded together or they may be somewhat widely espaced ; eighteen to thirty are present on many rings but those placed on the proxima! or distal portions are usually (but by no means invariably) smooth. An idea of the variation in dentition is afforded by specimen M ****. Fifty-six teeth surround a sucker ring on the middle of the first right arm, the distal teeth being the longest ; a sucker on the distal half of the third left arm shows a ring with about forty teeth ; twenty-one teeth are present on a sucker ring on the distal half of the fourth right arm, and are placed on the distal margin, the rest of the ring being smooth. All the proximal rings examined in this 224 Records of the Indian Museum. Vor. OGhie specimen are smooth. Some suckers from the buccal membrane show smooth rings, others have notches or short blunt teeth. The hectocotylus is placed on the proximal half of the left ventral arm. ‘The first three or four rows of suckers are normal, and are followed by about six pairs of very minute suckers on the ventral margin, about four pairs being placed on an excavation on the corresponding part of the dorsal margin of thearm. In the smallest male, M *4°*+, this excavation is slight, but a deep round cavity is formed on the older specimens. The spermatic pad is broad and very papillate. Colour, slate above and buff-pink below; the chromatophores are all small and usually dark; a few look like white spots but are pale blue when examined with a lens; although very dense on the dorsal mantle they form no bands or other definite markings. The fins, which have fewer chromato- phores on their ventral surface, are usually broad and thick but are sometimes closely adherent to the mantle. The surface is generally smooth but often about six crescent-shaped wrinkles occur at the base of the fins along either side of the dorsal mantle. The cuttle bones of seven specimens examined all show a callosity on the inner cone, and their form agrees closely with the illustration of d’Orbigny (pl. 25, fig. 4), and also closely resembles that of the shell of S. zndica, d’Orb., which Joubin (/.c., pp. 21-28) thinks is very likely iden- tical with the present species. Hoyle has pointed out that S. indica is called S. blainvillet in d‘Orbigny’s illustration (pl. 21, figs. 1, 3, 4). The specimens M “+*-and M >) with mane lengths of 44-59 mm., have both much smaller spermatic pads, and in the shell the callosity of the inner cone is only partly developed. The smallest has thinner fins than the others; probably this may be attributed to its youth. Measurements of some of the specimens are appended :— Specimen number M 728 M 8287 M 8288 M 8280 mm. mm. mm. mm. Dorsal mantle-length ; 105 109 125 170 Ventral mantle-breadth = 54 60 JO. 68.102 Fin maximum i II Il 7 18 Breadth of head nae ae 37 {1 44 60 Ist right arm vi 43 mutilated. 50 61 2G. ea) ms 43 50 45 55 ard 5) 43 49 60 49 59 AtM sy 45 de oat 48 65 57 60 Tentacle ay 7 [10 IQI » 128 Club be aa 25 33 Sepiostaire :— Specimen number M 2155 M 3228 M 8252 M 8262 M £257 M £269 M 2004 mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. mm, mm. Total length 42 58 80 110 110 173 iy Breadth 17 23 25 35 35 60 36 Length of spine Ca3 4 Index ! 40 Ke) Ass eth) PT) 22 23 18 Distribution.—-Japan, Java, Indian Ocean. | The index is the pinion of the last loculus plus ihe total length of the shell when divided into one hundred parts. See Hoyle, ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda) , p. 123. 1g16.] A. 1. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 225 Sepia singaporensis, Pfeffer. Sepia singaporensis, Pfeffer, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg, VIII, pp. 10-11, figs. 13, 13a (1884); Hoyle, Proc. Roy. Phys. Soc. Edin - burgh, p. 27 (1886) ; Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., VII, p. 3 (1896). M £15 ‘ Investigator’ station 387 : 16-xi-1909, off C. Negrais, Burma, 15° 25’ N., 93° 45’ E., 40-49 fathoms—One ¢. This has lost the tentacles but in ali other respects seems to agree closely with Pfeffer’s description. Fourteen to thirty-three teeth were counted on different arm sucker rings. On the fourth left arm about six rows of suckers on the proximal half are appreciably smaller than those immediately preceding and following them, the two dorsal suckers in each row being the smallest; the surface of this modified portion appears to be slightly excavated. Hoyle (1886, p. 128) thinks that it is quite possible that this species may be identical with S. plangon, Gray. ‘The shell of specimen M **%° measures 63 mm. by 18 mm., and has an index of 31. The end of the spine is broken but the portion remaining does not show the keel on the ventral edge present in the shell of S. plangon. The principal measurements are appended :— mm. Dorsal mantle-length ace ae ee Breadth of body ie rf ce eo ,, head ay vie tie ee ape Fin maximum ~~ mee ha Soe lin oh Ist right arm ca - Tes: 25 BMG gece yy hd ... mutilated. 3rd 28 7G Oe is ea ~ aS nich ie Pea iSteelett ee 2 ey 26 DiGi eee - a ... mutilated. DiGle roe reer he see e224! AlN cosas ra 25 Distribution.—Singapore (Pfeffer and Goodrich). Tyvpe.—In Hamburg Museum. Sepia esculenta, Hoyle. Sepia esculenta, Hoyle, Diagnoses, II, p. 188; Prelim. Rep., Il, p. 291 (1885) ; ‘Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda), pp. 129-31, pl. 17, figs. 1-5; pl. 18, figs. 1-6 (1886); Appelléf, K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Hlandl., XXI, p. 28, pl. 3, figs. 1-6, 24 (1886) ; Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., III, pp. 649-665 (1888) ; Pilsbry, Nautilus., VII, p. 144 (1894) ; - Joubin, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXII, pp. 102-103 (1897); Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W., XXXI, p. 463 (1906); Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phil., pp. 418-19 (1912a). M 8286 Moji, Japan, 1-vii-1913 (F. D. Cooper)—One ¢. Owing to its large size this specimen was not taken to be compared with the type. A vivid recollection of its appearance, and a subsequent glance at the type male in the British Museum has, however, quite satisfied me that it is rightly referred here. 226 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, It agrees with Appellof’s description as regards the presence of notches, in some cases amounting to teeth, on the rings of the arm suckers. The median tentacular suckers are a little larger than those at the margin (as observed by Joubin), and there are two larger than the rest at the tip of the club. Thirty to forty teeth are present on some of the tentacular rings. The crescent-shaped folds, or wrinkles on the dorsal skin, which frequently occur along the origin of the fin in this genus, are well-marked. The shell agrees closely with Hoyle’s descrip- tion except that the last loculus is shorter. The horny brown mass noticed by Joubin between the spine and inner cone is dis- tinct. Berry has remarked that this species is very nearly allied to S. aculeata, van Hasselt, in spite of the absence of suckers on the buccal membrane and that the shell is without the callosity of the inner cone. Besides these two important differences, it may be noted that the parallel lines of the striated area of the shell are always more or less evenly rounded in S. aculeata and never form the acute angle present in S. esculenta, and the fins, buccal mem- brane and sperm pad are all much thicker and narrower in S. aculeata. A number of sperms are adhering to the sperm pad in the present specimen. The principal measurements are appended :— mm. Dorsal mantle-length ... see se LOS Breadth of body he : 52 = na 73 ato ead A ioe 58 Fin maximum noe aAF Hey 20 Ist right arm SCE 72 Dinyol Gea. te nee 77 ATs Ra Piles ie mee i 90 HO ae ne Be ee LOO Sepiostaire :— Length: - Se STG © Breadth i 7 57550 Spine (end broken) —_... Bae i ae 5 Index shed ~ - a 13 Distribution.—Japan ; Queensland. Type.—In British Museum, a male and female. Sepia elliptica, Hoyle. Sepia elliptica, Hoyle, Diagnoses, II, p. 189; Prelim. Rep., Il, p. 293 (1885) ; ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda), pp. 131-3, pl. 109, figs. 14-24 (1886); Wilker, Abh. d. I/. Kl. d. k. Ak. d. Wiss., II1 Supl.-Bd., I Abh., pp. 11-12 (1910). M £128 ‘Investigator’ station 90: 17-21-i1-1890, 8 miles E. S. E. of Kalingapatam Lt., Ganjam Coast, 28-30 fathoms—One 9. M £253 ‘Investigator’ station 366 : 10-iv-1906, Arabian Sea, 24° 45/ N., 63° 50'15” E., 544 fathoms—One @. These two specimens differ a good deal outwardly, the small temale being of a greenish tint and the male of a beautiful purple- 1916.] A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 227 brown mottled with buff. The shells of both are, however, alike, and that of the male was compared with the shell of a type male in the British Museum and found to be exactly similar. This shell measures about 58 mm. in length by 25 mm. in breadth, and has an index of about 30; the spine is broken. Both specimens ex- hibit irregular teeth or notches on the distal surface of some of the arm rings, while other rings are quite smooth. M *4°* pos- sesses from 8-10 teeth, and M **°* 11-18. The hectocotylized arm of the latter specimen has five normal rows of suckers proximally, followed by seven rows of modified suckers. The principal measurements are appended :— Specimen number ... oF ... M S108 M 5288 mm mm End of body to dorsal mantle-margin ae 27 63 Breadth of body _... a ak 18°50 RR epneacwemee) a a 13 25 Fin maximum 2S II Ist right arm ses a ea 10 mutilated. DING bee tambo kre aes t ci 9 s Brdy age a ar ira! fe 8 22 Athives fetet Sa =e ae 10 mutilated. Tentacle ah a as 3 missing. Club OF ne wae 558 4 Distributton.—Misaki, Sagami (Wiilker); Arafura Sea, south of Papua, 28-49 fathoms (type loeality). Type.—In British Museum, two males, six females. Sepia singalensis, Goodrich. Sepia singalensis, Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., VII, pp. 3-5, pl. 1, figs. 4-8 (1896) ; Hoyle, Rep. Pearl Oyster Fish. Gulf of Manaar, p. 198 (1904). M +271 ‘Investigator’, Indian Seas, Marine Survey of India—One @. M *265:6 Arakan Coast, 3-i-1909, trawler ‘ Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept.—Two ¢. = M £277 Off Gopalpore, Ganjam Coast, 25-28 fathoms, 23-1xX-1900, trawler ‘Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept.—One @. ; M *282 ‘Investigator’ station 366 : 10-iv-1906, 24° Hisiainins lore ceo aus De 544 fathoms—One @. M 2878 Port Blair, Andamans (G. H. Booley)—One @ (dorsal-mantle 155 mm.). These are “‘ conspicuously striped with broad dark bands on the upper surface of the mantle, head and arms” as described by Goodrich. The form of the hectocotylus and the arrangement of the teeth on the arm and tentacular sucker rings agrees with the type except for an interesting deviation as regards the large tenta- cular rings of specimen M “*4**, Goodrich has pointed out that the largest tentacular rings in this species are smooth and the others are denticulate, aud that this is one of the characters separating it from the nearly allied species S. rvouxii, d’Orb., which has all the tentacular rings denticulate. Specimen M *2°°, which is the smallest of the above, has the largest tentacular suckers of 2 mm. in diameter with denticulate rings like the small suckers. 228 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vou sere The specimen next in size (M *4°*) has the two largest tenta- cular suckers, of 3 mm. in diameter, with smooth rings and the remaining suckers of the club denticulate. All the other specimens show a number of large smooth rings on each club; specimen M **** for instance possesses ten smooth tings (some much larger than the others) on one club. As far as can be judged from the present material of a few male specimens, it would appear that the number of smooth rings on the club depends on the age of the specimen, and that in youth all the tentacular suckers are denti- culate. The shell of specimen M *3°° was examined and measures about 107 mm. by 37 mm., and has an index of 28. The wide flattened inner cone with an oval prominence in the centre is very like Goodrich’s figure. The chitinous margins measure in some parts as much as 8 mm. The spine (broken in the type) measures 4 mm. and curves slightly backwards. Hoyle (1905, p. 981) has referred a Sepia to S. rouxit, d’Orb. with some hesitation, adding that it possessed teeth on the rings of the large tentacular suckers, but that in certain respects it seemed to be intermediate between S. rouxii and S. singalensis. Some measurements of thespecimens are appended :— Specimen number _... .. M 4272 M 5285 M 8256 M S277 M 3282 mm. mm. mm. mm. mm. End of body to dorsal mantle-margin 180 III 125 173 I51 Breadth of mantle... ax 76 5S 55 70 08 ya Sea in ue San 25 I5 Ty ca. 20 19 Ist right arm nen ... mutilated. 44 50 68 52! Dig Gas = He Ree ae 69! 40 47 83 55 Srelione sus ie of 59 48 45 go 05 Age (iiec tiers ee 69 58 57 96 73 Tentacle mA ee AI iit 106 148 51 Club ard 33 27 26 30 30 Distribution.—Ceylon and Gulf of Manaar (Goodrich and Hoyle}; Suez, Zanzibar (Hoyle). Sepia arabica, sp. n. (Plate xxiii, figs. 1-5; pl. xxiv, fig. 10.) M 415 ‘Investigator’ station 246: 15-x-1898, Laccadive Sea, 11° 14’ 30" N., 74° 57/15” E., 68-148 fathoms—One 9. M 5122 ‘Investigator’ station 292 : 2-xi-1go1, Persian Gulf, 26° 20’ N. 53° 54’ E., 53 fathoms—One 9. Body broad in proportion to length, fins narrow, dorsal mantle-margin not much produced in centre. Head broad and flattened. Eves large. Buccal membrane without suckers. Sperm pad not developed, perhaps owing to youth. Funnel with broad apex not reaching to fork between ventral arms. Umbrella well developed between the dorsal arms, lower laterally, and absent between the ventral pair. Fourth arms the longest, the rest ! Less tip. 1916.) A. LL. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 229 subequal, and about one-third the length of the body. Suckers usually arranged in a slanting series of four in a row, except the proximal two rows which generally consist of two and three suckers each. The rings are usually smooth, but a few irregular notches are present on the rings of some distal suckers in specimen S118 Tentacles not extending below mantle. Club small with moderate fin. Tentacular suckers subequal and placed about five _ in a row. The rings possess a few minute widely-spaced teeth, some blunt, others pointed. Six were observed on one ring. Surface smooth except for a few tubercles on the dorsal mantle, and oblong folds or wrinkles along the origin of the fin. Specimen M *+'* has also two curious ear-shaped folds on the head behind each eye, but these appear to be accidental. Colour pinkish-buff sprinkled with reddish-brown or grey-blue chromatophores which are less numerous ventrally. The shell appears to be untsually narrow in proportion to the width: of the body, but this seems to be due in part to the chitinous margin having unfortunately decayed away in both specimens, the inner cone being also absent. Enough of the shell remains, however, to show the most important character of this species, vzz., the form followed by the lines composing the striated area. The parallel lines are at first almost transverse, gradually a median indentation which rapidly deepens makes its appearance, so that the posterior margin of the last loculus is bounded by two V-shaped lines apparently quite unlike that of any Sefia hitherto described. Both shells are alike in this respect. The smooth, polished dorsal surface of the shell is only interrupted by a moderate median ridge and the divisions between the loculi. The ventral surface is slightly elevated and marked by a narrow, shallow, median groove. Judging the length of the shell from the impression of the mantle cavity the index in specimen M *+'* would appear to be about 55 and that of M **°* about 4o. Some measurements are appended :— Specimen number = .. M 8438 M 8122 mm. mm. Dorsal mantle-length Bs es 29 28 Breadth of body __... A 2 + 16 16 ” ” head os ee II 13 Fin maximum RAS - 2 3 Ist right arm He cee 10 mutilated. Dis Kan e,;, ‘ 45 an 9 3rd 10 9 ANGaVat ona ts ltee che a a 12 II Este Leth), i af es 9 8 Zot age ks er 7 mutilated. eial Sane he ee - oe 3 9 Ag pal Fe z: ye! a 12 II Tentacle cee ae, 38 aM Clubi ie: xd ube 3 ca. 5 Sepia (Doratosepion) andreanoides, Hoyle. Sepia andreanoides, Hoyle, Diagnoses, II, p. 193; Prelim. Rep., Il, p. 297 (1885); ‘Challenger’ Rep., XV1 (Cephalopoda), pp. 139, etc., pl. 21, 230 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, figs. 11-19; pl. 22, fig. 11 (1886); Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., Ill, pp. 653, 665 (1888); Wiilker, Abh.d. I/, Kl. d. k. Ak. d. Wiss., 111 Suppl.- Bd., | Abh., pp. 19, 22, 24 (1910); Berry, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Phil., p- 423 (merely listed) (19124). M 797 ‘Investigator ’ station 246 : 15-x-1898, Laccadive Sea, 11° 14’ 30” N., 74° 57' 15” E., 68-148 fathoms—One @. M £12+ ‘Investigator’ station 360: 20=Kil- FQO5, 13> 30 IN:, 47> 32. 130 fathoms—One 9, M £13 ‘ Investigator’ station 464: 22-iv-1912, S. of Ceylon, 6° 2! 30” N., 81° 29’ E., 52-68 fathoms—One 0. These all have smooth rings to the arm suckers, and teeth on the distal border of the tentacular suckers. Specimens M **7* and **** have dorsal mantle-lengths of only 20-21 mm., and possess three to five teeth on the tentacular rings, Specimen M 78? is much larger and has eight to seventeen teeth on the tentacular rings, and about twelve of the club suckers are as large as those of the arms. The hectocotylus and shell agree with the description of the type. The principal measurements of this specimen are ap- pended :— mim. Dorsal mantle-length Px: . ce 48 Breadth of body ie ae a sais 19 nf ,, head ee ar its : 15 Fin maximum Aes ay ut Cano Ist right arm s: ae as ts 20 PNG! a Gp se: ia wa 19 25a a aree aS ~ ee ee 19 Atha lesa Ras Ne mer ms A 17 Tentacle a Ay. ane 51 Club as i a ai 6 Sepiostaire :— Wengthasn. 0 Age er a 47 Breadth ... i. oe 9°50 Index a ein 32 Distribution.—Bay of Tokio (Ortmann); Yokohama market (Hoyle). Type.—In Britsih Museum, one male, two females. Sepia (Doratosepion) kobiensis, Hoyle. Sepia kobiensis, Hoyle, Diagnoses, II, p. 195; Prelim. Rep., I, p. 300 (1885); ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda), p. 142, pl. 18, figs. 7-14 (1886) ; Appelléf, K. Svensk. Vetensk. Akad. Handl., XX1, p. 20, pl. 3, fig, 7 (1886) ; Ortmann, Zool. Fahrb., Il, pp. 654, 665 (1888) ; Wilker, Abh. d. IJ. Kl. d. k. Ak. d. Wiss. 111 Suppl.-Bd., I Abh., pp. 16, 20, 24 (1910); Berry, Proc, Acad Naz. Sct. Phil. op: 423 (1912a). M £114:19 § Investigator ’ station 246: 15-x-1898, Laccadive Sea, 11° 14’ 30’ N., 74° 57/15" E., 68-148 fathoms—Four 9 , two young. M 8120-21 « [nvestigator ’ station 292 : 2-xi-1901, Persian Gulf, 26° 20! N., 53° 54’ E., 53 fathoms—One 9, one @. M £135 * Investigator’ station 383 : 22-1i-1909, off C. Negrais, Burma, 16° o' N., 93° 37’ E., 40 fathoms—One @. M 214° ‘ Investigator ’ station 464 : 22-iv-1912, S. of Ceylon, 6° 2! 30” N., 81° 20’ E., 52-68 fathoms—One 9. 1916.] A. 1. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 231 The outline of the striated area of the shell seems a little different in these specimens to the description of the type and to the illustration of Appelléf (1886, pl. 3, fig. 7a). The present examples have no median indentation in the curved line which more resembles that of the shell of S. esculenta, Hoyle. The line is, however, somewhat irregular, especially in the earlier stages, and in all other respects there is no deviation from the description of the type. The smallest female examined has a mantle-length of 22 mm, and nidamental glands measuring 1°25 mm. in length. Measure- ments of three of the largest specimens are appended, also measure- ments of four shells :— Specimen number M 8129 @ M 8121 9 M 2114 9 mm. mm. mm. Dorsal mantle-length —..,. 55 40 37 Breadth of body + 22 19 17 A 7) head ae 16 160 I4 Ist right arm ae 10 1 14 Zin esyy aan fe 15 12 II Bien ay et ie. 12 II 10 Ate jp; oe 15 14 12 Tentacle ais ... missing. ATI 324 Club oe a GPSNO) 5 Sepiostaire :— Specimen number M 2121 9 M 81353 @ M 3115 M 2135 9 mm. mm. mm. mm. Length Fer 39 20 35 27 Breadth ae Io 6 8°50 8 Spine ae ca. 2 I 1°75 Index "a 30 32 30 32 Distribution.—Japan ; Indo-Malayan Region ; Pacific Region. Type.—In British Museum, one female. Sepia sp. These have a broad body, and dorsal mantle-length of about Io mm. The arm suckers are placed four ina row and have eight or nine teeth. The proximal tentacular suckers are placed two or three in arow. Suckers inthe central part of the club have ten teeth and are twice the size of those at the outer edge. The ventral mantle-margin shows a marked indentation below the siphon. Colour greyish-brown above, lighter beneath. Genus Sepiella, Gray. Sepiella inermis (van Hasselt, MS.), Steenstrup. (Plate xxiii, fig. 6; pl. xxiv, figs. I-9.) Sepia tnerymts, d’Orbigny, Cephalopodes acetabuliferes, p. 220, pl. 6, bis; pl. 20, figs. 1-9 (1839); Steenstrup, K. d. Vid Selsk. Skr. (5) VII, p. 478, pl. 2, fig. 3 (1875); Sepia sinensis, d’Orbigny, op. czt., p. 289, pl. 9, figs. 1, 2 (fide Gray) (1839); Sepia microcheirus, Gray, 232 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor Mle British Museum Catalogue, p. 107 (1849); Sepzellu inermis, Steen- strup, Vid. Meddel. Nat. Foren. Kzobenhavn, pp. 347-356, figs. 1-8 (1880); Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., II, p. 5 (1896); Joubin, Bull. Soc. Zool. France, XXII, p. 103 (1897); Joubin, Notes Leyden Mus., XX, p. 25 (1898); Hoyle. Fauna and Geogr. Maldive-Laccadive Archip., 11, suppl., p. 982, fig. 152 (1905); Sepzella curta, Pfeffer, Abh. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg, VIII, p. 13, fig. 16 (1884); Sepzella ocellata, Pfeffer, op. czt., p. 13, fig. 17 (1884). M 21° Sandheads, River Hughli (‘¥. Barnett) mm. —One Q dorsal mantle-length 61 M £12 Galle, Ceylon (Dr. Anderson)—One @ M £1* Indian Seas (Dr. Armstrong, 1875) —One 9 M £12 Loc.? Asiatic Soc. Bengal —One & M £28 Penang (Dr. Stolicgka). —One ¢ M 722 Sandheads, River Hughli (J71/ner’) —One 9 M 2223 ‘Investigator’ station 332: 12-iv- 1904, Andaman Sea, 10° 21’ N., 92° 46’ 15” E., 279 fathoms. —One 2 M 3647-2 Mutlah River, surface —One @, Two 9 M 4772-4 Indian Seas, Marine Survey of India —QOne ¢, two 9 M 2459-61 Off Puri, Orissa Coast, trawler ‘Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept. —One ¢.two 9 M 887 Sandheads, River Hughli, 20-i1v-1870 (G. Lord) —One 3 M £4°° Hainze Basin, Burma, Marine Survey of India —One 9 M £196 ‘Investigator’ station 70: 9-1-1890, Off Chilka L., Orissa Coast, 11 fathoms —One 9 M £497 ‘ Investigator’ station 83 : 28-i-1890, g miles S. W. of Bawanapadu Beacon, Ganjam Coast, 13 fathoms —One o M 5142-3 ‘ Investigator ' station 463a : 21-Iv- 1912, Bay of Bengal, 7° 37'N., 84° 19'E., 4oo fathoms —Two ¢& M £1523 « Investigator ’ station 481 : 25-26-X1i -1912, Mergui Harbour, 7 fathoms—One @, One 2 M 5162 Mouth of River Hughli (Capt. 7. Munro) —One 9 M *47° Puri Beach (N. Annandale), 20-22-11 -1900 —One ¢o M £1712 Puri Beach, Orissa Coast (VV. An- nandale), 1-2-1i-1909 —Two 9 M 8292-05 Puri Beach, Orissa Coast, 18-19- 1-1908 (Capt. R. E. Lloyd) —One @, Three 9 M £211 (a,6,e,4) Puri Beach, Orissa Coast (F. H. Gravely) —Three ¢@, One 9 —One © M £239 Persian Gulf (R. Hugh Butler) —One & M 8222-31 Palk Straits, S. of India—Two, 6, One 9 yy) 1916.] A.L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 233 M £259 Akyab,. Burma (J. A. Burkill) —One 9 dorsal mantle-length 40 M £255: jo m. N. E. of Devi River, Orissa Coast, 8 fathoms, 24-xii-1888—Three ¢, One 9 nt ® 21-31 M £259:61 Puri Beach, Bengal Fish. Dept. —One &@, Two 9 . 57-73 M £279-71 Balasore Bay, Orissa Coast, trawler ‘Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept. —Two 9 af 62-623 M £272:5 Balasore Bay, Orissa Coast, trawler ‘Golden Crown’, Bengal Fish. Dept. —Two 9 HP * 62-05 M 2013-29 * Investigator ’ station 565 and 567: 13-20-x1-1913, 11° 57’ 30” N., 98° 19’ 00” E., 6-7 fathoms —Fourteen @, _,, 20-37 Three 9° + As 40-47 M 2098-9159 ‘Investigator’ station 569: 29- Z0-NITIOTZ,.-bL 52 10, Neos. 18) 47 B.. 5 fathoms —Forty-three cf, ‘ 7 20-40 Nineteen 92 # ‘n 15-40 These eighty-one males and fifty-one females taken either by shore collecting, or at a few fathoms to four hundred fathoms’ depth, chiefly come from the Bay of Bengal region, and south- wards to the Andamans and Ceylon. The Persian Gulf and Malay Peninsula are also represented. All agree in having an oblong body, the breadth of which is two-thirds of the mantle-length, except in the case of large females (mantle 63-79 mm.), when the breadth is a little more than half the length. The fins usually begin at a short distance from the mantle- margin and are generally formed anteriorly like a roll, and become wider posteriorly. The deep water specimens, and many collected on shore or at a few fathoms, have very wide fins throughout their entire length. Head very broad. Umbrella highest laterally, and absent between the ventral arms. Arms short and keeled, the fourth pair strongly, the first and second very slightly. All with strong protective membranes and suckers in four rows. The suckers have meridional grooves and distal notches. In male specimens the rings of the arm suckers possess eight to fourteen long, pointed, closely-placed teeth on the distal margin, the rest of the ting being smooth ‘The number of teeth is largest in suckers from the centre of an arm, although the proximal suckers may equal them in size. A specimen with mantle-length of 36 mm. possesses eight teeth on the proximal and distal suckers and ten on those from the centre of an arm. The female specimens have arm suckers with smooth rings; occasionally the horny ring shows indications of ten to eleven long, pointed teeth on the distal portion but the margin is un-split. In some cases it is notched but not deeply enough to form teeth. Wiilker (op. cit., p. 20) refers two females to Sepiella 234 Records of the Indian Museum. (VoL. XII, curta, Pfeffer, and describes them as having arm rings quite wanting in teeth and yet not completely smooth. He expresses doubt as to whether the species should not be united with S. inermis, as the only difference rests on whether the arm rings are smooth or dentate. The type specimens of S. curta are two in number, and one is described as having a hectocotylized arm. The other is presumably a female, and if the description of the arm rings was taken from it, and not from the male, it would naturally seem to be a different species to S. imermis, which is figured by d’Orbigny as possessing sharp teeth on the upper edge of the ring. The exceptional advantage I have enjoyed in having such a large collection of both sexes of various sizes to examine has convinced me that both S. curta and S. ocellata, Pfeffer are the same species as S. imermis, and although S. ornata (Rang) has only been recorded from the west African region, I think it may eventually prove to be also this species, in which case Rang’s name would have the priority. The hectocotylus has been figured by Hoyle (1905, fig. 152). It affects the proximal part of the fourth left arm, extending over more than half its length in small specimens , and less than half the length in larger examples. The modified suckers are very minute and in four rows, each row having a pair of suckers placed close together at either side of the arm, those on the ventral border being larger and placed closer together. Transverse folds on the modified portion of the arm are very distinct in well preserved specimens. The tentacle stems are flattened on the inner surface. The club is very long and possesses a moderate fin and slight protective membrane, and a width at the centre of about twice that of the stem. The very numerous and minute club suckers are distributed in no particular order. Two much larger than the rest are placed at the tip of the club. The rings of the tentacular suckers possess blunt teeth on the distal margin, the remainder of the ring being smooth. The teeth are very little wider at the base than at the top and are generally separated by about the width of their base. The number varies according to the size of the specimen, and individual variation plays a part. Thus a male with mantle-length of 33 mm. possesses three to four teeth, and a female specimen with mantle-length of 30 mm. possesses three to six teeth. A male with mantle of 48 mm. possesses nine to eleven teeth, and a female of 52 mm. mantle-length has five to seven. Females with mantle-length of 61-79 mm. show nine to thirteen teeth. If one of the minute club suckers is placed on its side the papillae cause the ring to appear to be dentate all round. Two females from Puri Beach (M **4**) showed either no teeth, or a very feeble development of them on the rings of the only tentacle present, but in general appearance, funnel organ and shell, they agreed perfectly with other specimen of S. znermuis. Buccal membrane seven-angled and minus suckers. A large spermatic pad is developed in the female. Funnel organ: a A- shaped median pad and pear-shaped lateral pads, widest posteri- 1916.] A. I, Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 235 orly. Sculpture: a few papillae are usually present on the dorsal surface of the mantle, and sometimes extend to the head, but never to the fins or ventral surface. Colour in alcohol, buff with a variety of bluish-slate and purple-pink markings. The innumer- able chromatophores are very small and dark on the dorsal surface and are usually reddish ventrally. Very few chromato- phores occur on the ventral surface of the fins. The row of dark ornamental spots or ocelli along the base of the fin shown in the illustration of d’Orbigny (pl. 20) is present only in males of a certain size. Among the specimens M 2°42" eight males with mantle-length of 26-35 mm. show no ocelli, which are, however, distinctly marked on four males with mantle-length of 32-37 mm. As regards the specimens M *°°*%1°* thirty-one males with mantles of 33-40 mm. show the ocelli and the remaining twelve males, which are without them, have a mantle-length of only 20-32 mm. The oceili are always largest at the posterior end of the mantle, and in very small males appear first at thisend. They are usually pear-shaped with the pointed end innermost, and may be 7 mm. by 2 mm. in large specimens. Anteriorly they become rounder. A male with mantle-length of 36 mm. shows five ocelli on each side, one with mantle-length of 46 mm. has seven on each side, and one with mantle of 53 mm. has nine on each side. The Penang specimen (M *+°) shows a deviation from this rule by exhibiting eleven strongly-marked ocelli on either side of a mantle of 43 mm. in length. The ocelli, which show no iridescence, are situated in the skin beneath the outside layer, and do not penetrate to the muscular layer. If a portion of epidermis is examined with a high power, the ocelli appear as opaque, white, oblong masses, and are thus in sharp distinction to the round dark chromatophores none of which approach them in size. In light coloured speci- mens the ocelli are pinkish’, and small dark chromatophores are sprinkled over their surface as elsewhere. In the female the ocelli are always absent, and they are also wanting in a few males large enough to possess them (M “1+, M #772 and M 522°), but these latter are either faded or in bad condition as regards the epidermis. Many of the specimens in the collection possess no date of capture, but there is evidence to show that examples with ocelli were taken in the months of January (1890 and 1908, in both hauls ocelli bare- ly visible); March (1900, very distinct) ; April (1870, faint, 1904 and 1912, very distinct); November (1913, very distinct); and December (1912, well-marked). A male S. oyvnata in the Paris Museum exhibits ocelli along the sides closely resembling those of male S. inermis. A female S. ornata in the same collection has unfortunately become suffused with black so that it is not possible to see if the ocelli are absent. Hight males (M *°*3°*) with mantle-length of 30-37 mm. and six males and one female (M °°**3**) also small, exhibit a beauti- ‘ It is often necessary to hold a specimen up to the light, or allow it to become dry, in order to discover the ocelli. ? A specimen taken in December, 1888 shows no ocelli. 236 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vor. Ils ful iridescent patch on the dorsal surface at the posterior end of the body. The pore, situated at the ventral posterior end of the body in the present genus, leads into a gland the function of which has never been made clear. This gland is covered by a muscular coat under and amongst which lies (in the present specimens) a thin iridescent layer which does not extend to the many-furrowed inner wall, and only traces of iridescence were observed outside the lower surface of the gland Besides the above-mentioned female, two others (M °°’ *°), showing no ex- ternal iridescence, displayed, when the skin was removed, flashes of golden-green and pink. In one of these females the gland was pale purple and the pore had a purple tinge, but on being opened no trace of purple fluid could be seen. Wiilker, op. cit.. p. 32, has remarked on the existence of a purple gland in this part of the body in Sefiella, discovered by Appellof. He alludes also to the striking coloured appearance figured by d’Orbigny and Férussac for S. ornata (Rang) at the dorsal posterior end of the body, and suggests that if a living example could be examined a luminous organ might be found in this situation. The adornment figured by d’Orbigny is, however, probably similar to the irt- descent patch described above, which would seem, moreover, to be evanescent in alcohol, no specimens exhibiting it excepting those which had been preserved for less than a year when examined. Steenstrup has remarked with regard to the shell in Sepia that the proportion which the last loculus bears to the area of the shell varies according to the season of the year. Jatta says with regard to this ‘‘ while the sepium increases in volume ““and therefore augments the number of lamelli, the striated area ‘* becomes larger while the smooth area diminishes: as a conse- ““quence of which in the same species there may be found ‘“* according to the stage of growth of the bone, and the greater ‘“or less activity in the formation of lamelli, and, therefore, ‘* perhaps also according to the seasons, the two areas now equal ““and now one prevailing above another.’’ ‘The shells of sixteen males and twenty females from the present collection were examined. The limited amount of evidence thus available seems to show that the limbs of the inner cone become accentuated with age and are then widest in the female, and, also, that individual variation exists as to their thickness and height. It will be ob- served in the specimens figured (pl. xxiv, figs.1-8) that the striated area comprises more than half of the length of the shell in youth- ful specimens, and that the shell of a very young female is not broader in proportion to its length than that of a male. The shells of older specimens usually have the last loculus occupying about two-thirds of the length of the shell. The curvature of the parallel lines formed by the margin of the striated area varies occasionaliy, as is seen in the shell of the largest male figured, the other specimens exhibiting what appears to be the usual form. The dorsal surface is coarsely granulated and the shell beneath it is striated longitudinally. This can be seen in young specimens 1916.] A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 237 in which the granulation is not much developed, and in most other examples at the commencement of the chitinous margin of the last loculus. An examination of the arrangement of the various internal organsshowed, that, as Wiilker (op. c7#., p. 31) has already pointed out, this genus and Sefia resemble each other almost exactly as regards the anatomy. The radula and mandibles are shown on pl. xxiii, fig. 6 and pl. xxiv, fig. 9. M The principal measurements of a male and female are ap- pended. Specimen number yee M 8280 ¢ M 8272 9 mm.” mm. End of body to dorsal mantle-margin 43 62 Breadth of body He gt 29 2 », head a. f 20 26 ist right arm ii 15 20 PIC ay - * 10 21 Age | one ay er a 21 25 Filla Wee ane oe 22 22 Tentacle te: bi 4a: 50 76 Club : Ge 13 ca. 18 Fin maximum G6 Le 6 6 minimum acd 2 3 Distribution.—Indo-Malayan Region; Timor, Japan (Joubin). Sepiella sp. (S. W. Kemp)—One. The above is too young to determine with certainty as it has a mantle-length of only 133 mm. Wutilker regards Sepia specimens with mantle of 27-40 mm. as too young to determine specifically. If, however, a number of specimens of large and small size occur together it seems possible to assign them specifically at a much earlier age. Family SEPIIDAE. M 5}9*5 ‘Investigator’ station 80: 17-i-1890, 4 miles S.E. of Sonapur Beacon, Ganjam Coast, 24 fathoms—Two immature. These have a mantle-length of 6 mm. The fins commence at 2 mm. from the mantle-margin and are most developed posteriorly. Fourth arms the largest and with keels; suckers of arms in two rows. Tentacles missing except for a retracted one which can be observed coiled round beneath the skin on the ventral surface. Colour buff, closely freckled with small purple- brown chromatophores, which are thickest on the median dorsal surface of the mantle and head. Family SEPIOTEUTHIDAE. Sepioteuthis arctipinnis, Gould. Seproteuthis arctipinnis, Gould, U. S. Exploring Exp., XII, p. 470, fig. 93 (1852); Wilker, Abh, Senckenb. Nat. Gesell., XXXIV, pp. 452- 238 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor Sens 475, 482 (1913); Berry, Bull. Sur. Fish., XXXII, pp. 308-9, figs. 20-22 (1914). M *+:4 ‘Investigator’, N. Andaman Island, littoral, Marine Survey of India—One @, one @. M *+28 ‘Investigator,’ E.S.E. of S. Moscos Island, Marine Survey of India—One 2°. M £2368:+ Andamans (¥. Wood-Mason)—One @, one 9. The above all agree in the shape of the pen and in having the greatest width of the fin at the posterior third of the body. The pen has a hollow midrib with broad marginal thickenings, and is covered by a transparent and very delicate horny plate with a broadly rounded anterior margin. The median mantle-margin in order to correspond with the shape of the pen is, therefore, very obtuse and evenly rounded. The funnel organ was examined in specimens M *45* and M *°8. It is A-shaped, with smaller, oblong, lateral pads. Order of arms 3; 4, 2, 1; protective membranes to all, especially developed on third pair; suckers in two rows. Specimens M **%* are in good condition, and their largest arm suckers have rings armed with nineteen or twenty teeth all round the ring, five or six on the distal margin being larger than the rest. The space between each tooth is about the width of the base of two teeth and this space is equal to the length of a tooth. The teeth are incurved and resemble short, broad claws. A distal sucker shows twenty teeth, eight of which are larger than the rest. The tentacle suckers are in four rows, those of the middle third of the club being much larger than the rest. The suckers of the inner rows here are larger than the marginal ones. The rings of the tentacular suckers also have teeth on the entire circumference, five, or sometimes mofe, claw-like teeth larger than the rest being placed on the distal margin. The space between each of these is about equal to the width of three teeth and corresponds with the length of each. The proximal suckers show less space between the teeth. Both specimens have a spoon-shaped expansion with small flat suckers at the tip of the club. The hectocotylized arm of specimen M **** has twenty rows of ordinary suckers followed by a few small suckers on long pedicels; these are succeeded by papillae sur- mounted by extremely minute suckers which persist either as complete suckers, or in rudimentary form, to the tip of the arm. The ventral papillae are smaller than those of the dorsal margin. Buccal membrane seven-angled and with suckers with toothed rings. As many as five suckers may be present on an angle. Colour pinkish-buff with large brownish-red chromatophores or small, almost black, ones. Ventral fin surface without chromatophores. Specimens M **\— are in bad condition and much contracted. Their characters seem to agree with the foregoing except that their colour is much darker, viz., ground colour gray, with very dark blotches covering much of the ventral as well as the dorsal surface. The ink sac is rup- tured in one of the specimens which may account for the dark ground colour. 1916.] A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 239 Specimen M **°* seems to have a somewhat wider and rounder head, and arms shorter in proportion to the length of the mantle than the other specimens, but these differences may be accounted for by its being at a younger stage of growth or by varying modes of preservation. The tentacle stems are evidently partly withdrawn. The arm rings of this little specimen are armed with fourteen to twenty-four teeth surrounding the entire ring, about five-on the distal margin being stouter and longer than the rest. A large median tentacular sucker shows eleven _ long teeth on the distal portion and the rest of the ring possesses much smaller teeth. Conical papillae are present and those near the ring sometimes look like small between teeth. The teeth are longer in proportion to the size of the ring than in the older specimens. Colour pinkish-brown with many dark blotches and spots, head so densely mottled as to be almost black. No chromatophores on ventral surface of fins. The principal measurements in mm. are appended : — Specimen number... M 213 M 214 9 M £498 9 M &t68 @ M S184 End of body to dor- sal mantle-margin 60 52 34 95 129 Breadth of mantle 28 22 12 34 43 *, head... 16 20 TI*50 27 35 Greatest width of fins 39 32 22 58 85 Ist right arm 15 ca. 13 ca. 8 28 1 45 AaV6l oy 22 Ga 22 IO 38 1 54 ard 24 ca. 24 17 51 67 4th ee 24 Ca. 23 13 40 69 Tentacle ia, 63103 57 23 98 133 Club 23 22 £3 27 58 Diameter of largest sucker of sessile _arm soc ES) *I5\G) 1°50 Ca. VTS Diameter of largest sucker of tentacle. I "75 2 2 Distribution.—Island of Maui (type locality) ; Honolulu, Oahu, Bertrand Island, North Coast of Papua? (Wiilker). Family ENOPLOTEUTHIDAE Abralia andamanica, Goodrich. Abralia andamanica, Goodrich, Trans. Linn. Soc., VII, p. 9, pl. 2. figs. 38-45 (1896); Asteroteuthis andamanica, Pfeffer, Plankton —Exp., (Oegopsida) p. 137 (1912). M 532 ‘Investigator’ station 224 : 23-ii-1897, 14° 54’ 30” N., 96° 13’ E., 55 fathoms—One °. M 9820-1 « Tnvestigator’ station 590 : Mergui Archipelago, Marine Sur- vey of India—One @ and one(?) @. Specimen M *}° is not in very good condition and it is difficult to discover more than about three rows of transverse luminous l Less tip. 240 Records of the Indian Museum. [ VoL. XT, organs on the ventral surface of the mantle. A few organs are visible oa the siphon and they form nine rows on the ventral sur- face of the head. Three rows are present on the ventral arms and a single organ is visible on the third left arm. About thirty sur- round one eye, those on the ventral surface being most conspicu- ous. The first right arm possesses eleven hooks and twelve suckers, and the fourth has sixteen hooks and the same number of suckers. The rings of the arm suckers have twelve to fourteen blunt and rather long teeth, separated by about the width of their base on the distal edge of the ring. Goodrich (1896, pl. 2, fig. 42) represents the ring as being toothed all round. Pfeffer (/.c., p.137) has, how- ever, suggested that Goodrich may have mistaken some papillae for teeth as it is frequently very difficult to distinguish them unless the horny ring is isolated from the sucker. This specimen has more tentacular hooks and suckers than the type, but the fact that these vary on the different clubs shows that no hard and fast rules can be laid down as regards this. One tentacle has a connective apparatus of five suckers and six papillae, and along the ventral margin of the club are three much-curved hooks and the sockets of two others, the central hook being the largest. Nine large suckers occur near the hcoks, each having a horny ring with about thirty teeth (separated by about the width of their base) on its circumference. The distal part of the club has fifteen or sixteen rows of very small suckers placed four in a row and becoming very minute towards the tip, their rings being armed with many teeth. The other tentacle has a connective apparatus of four suckers and eight papillae, and the club shows five hooks and the socket of a sixth, as well as eight large suckers, and fifteen or sixteen rows of minute suckers on the distal portion. Specimen M **’° has five hooks on the only club present. The ventral surface of the mantle shows many luminous organs on the median line, and elsewhere, but they are not arranged in any definite order, and a few trespass a little on the dorsal surface. Besides the three rows on the ventral arms, a single row orna- ments each of the third arms. The eight-angled buccal mem- brane is pale and dotted with red chromatophores. The funnei organ closely resembles that of A. tvigonura, Berry (1914, p. 329, text-fig. 33), and consists of a median A-shaped dorsal pad and broad ovate ventro-lateral pads, a small valve being also present. The luminous organs on the funnel fail, however, to show the triangular arrangement described by Berry. The small specimen M **?* seems to be a male, butit is not in very good condition, and there is no trace of a hectocotylus. Four hooks are present on one club and five on the other. Luminous organs are visible on the third as well as on the fourth arms, and are very distinct round each eye-opening, but the eyes, as is the case with the other specimens, are injured. The principal dimensions in mm. are given below. 1916.] A. 1. Massy: Cephalopoda oj the Indian Museum. 241 Specimen number fs .. M 282 M 28290 M 2821 End of body to dorsal mantle-margin... 40 35 2: Mantle-margin fork between dorsal arms 12 13 g Breadth of mantle 12 10 10 7" across fins 30 25 15 Length of fin 22 20 Il ist right arm 20 20 14 eTiGy wae 25 21 18 Bal no 22 20 17 Athy 5) 22 22 et Tentacle 45 35 28 Club 10 9 5 Distribution.—Andaman Sea, 188-320 fathoms. Type.—In Indian Museum, Calcutta, three specimens, male and female. Family BATHYTEUTHIDAE. Bathyteuthis abyssicola, Hoyle. Bathyteuthis abysstcola, Hoyle, Narr. Chall. Exfp., |, p. 272, fig. 108 (1885); ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda), pp. 168-169, pl. 29, figs. 1-7 (1886) ; Pfeffer, Syzopszs Oegopsid. Ceph., pp. 172-3 (1900); Hoyle, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., XLIII, no. 1, p. 33, pl. 1, fig. 2 (1904); Zrazs. Royal Soc. Ldin., XLVIII, part II, no. 14, pp. 282-283 (1912); 4enthoteuthis megalops, Verrill, Trans. Connect. Acad., Third Catalogue (Cephalopoda), p. 4o1, pl. 44, fig. 1 (1885); Chun, Valdivia Exp., (Oegopsida) p. 185, pls. 24-27 (1910); Pfeffer, Plankton Exp., (Oegopsida) pp. 325-331, pl. 40, figs. 12-16 (1912). M £1388 ‘Investigator’ station 393 : 21-x-1911, Bay of Bengal, 7° 21' 6” N., 85° 7/15" E., 2000 fathoms—One. M *+8° ‘Investigator’ station 462@: 20-iv-1912, Bay of Bengal, 9° 8’ N., 87° 25’ E., 475 fathoms—One. In specimen M **%* the suckers of the ventral arms are in two rows throughout, aud on the other arms they are proximally in two rows and distally in three or four irregular rows. The rings of the arm suckers have five to six teeth. The tentacles are very long which is perhaps due to the specimen having been preserved in formalin. The suckers of the club begin proximally by a single sucker, followed by three in a row, and gradually increasing to about six in arow. A few rings of the club suckers appear to have about four blunt rather widely separated teeth on the distal margin and the rest of the ring smooth. Their position on the ring, and their blunt ends, seems to point to their being teeth and not papillae. Other rings seemed to be smooth. Hoyle describes the tentacular rings to be smooth, and Verrill does not mention their condition which would seem to imply that he had not observed any teeth. The horny rings of both tentacular and arm suckers are very dark. The luminous organs of the arms are about °50 mm. in length. The chromatophores are darkest on the dorsal surface of the head. Specimen M ****, from the great depth of 2000 fathoms, is very young, and the mantle is much crumpled and denuded of its epidermis. The luminous organs at the base of the arms are clearly perceptible. The arm suckers are in two tows, and their largest rings show four to five teeth. The ten- 242 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor Sens tacles are only represented by portions of stems. The arms are about 2 mm. in length, and the distance from the dorsal mantle- margin to the fork between the dorsal pair is 2 mm. The breadth of the head across the eyes is about 250mm. The specimen has been preserved in formalin. The following are the principal measurements ‘of specimen M *? :— mm. End of body to dorsal mantle-margin ,,, on perentee Breadth of mantle ay, oe be aed Pi ,, head across eyes oo = Te) Ist right arm sg te ane ve Bee 150) andes = o> 55 on ee 8 aut 3rd 9 ” see eas BoA sieve eee 4 4th oe) ”) tae prols 565 ayete eee 5 Length of tentacle ix - ai Patee2i2 Aa 5p. Cllitloy =. - son, Distribution.—North Atlantic (Verrill, 1885); Indian Ocean (Chun); between Marion Island and the Crozets (Hoyle, 1886) ; North Pacific (Hoyle, 1904); Antarctic (Hovle, 1912). Vertical Range.—437-1600 fathoms (Pfeffer, 1912). Family HISTIOTEUTHIDAE. Stigmatoteuthis japonica, Pfeffer. Stigmatoteuthis gaponica, Pfeffer, Plankton Exp., (Oegopsida) pp. 284-5 (1912); Callzteuthis reversa, Hoyle, ‘ Challenger’ Rep., XVI (Cephalopoda), pp. 183-4, pl. 33, figs. 12-15 (1886). M £182 ‘Investigator’ station 374: 2-iv-1907, Andaman Sea, 11° 37’N., 95° 57’ E., 28 fathoms-—One. The first three pairs of arms have a row of luminous organs on the ventral margin of their dorsal surface. Of these there are eight on the first arm, eleven to twelve on the second, and nine on the third. On the latter pair a short, strong keel attaining 3mm. in width, is developed on the central third of the arm along the line of the luminous organs. The fourth arms possess three rows of luminous organs for more than half their length, two of which persist towards the tip where a single row containing four terminates the series. About twenty-nine organs are present on one of these arms. Seventeen luminous organs surround the right eye-opening. ‘The left eye has only six organs. The mantle- margin has a well-defined row of organs all round its circum- ference, except on the median dorsal surface, where a space of 11 mm. is ornamented by a solitary organ in the exact median line. On the ventral mantle there are about sixteen transverse rows of organs, and about six similar rows occur on the ventral sur- face of the head; eight organs form a low arch above the siphon. Very few luminous organs are present on the dorsal surface of the head and mantle. ‘The arms have slight protective membranes and their suckers are furnished with smooth rings, except at the distal portion of each arm, where the rings have five to eight 1916.] A.L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 243 blunt rather closely-set teeth on the distal margin, the rest of the ring being smooth. The tentacle stem is flattened and its inner surface is marked with a groove. At 16 mm. from the base of the club the connective apparatus, consisting of eight suckers and four papillae, commences. These suckers have a papillary area and smooth ring. Six or seven suckers are placed in a row on the proximal two-thirds of the club, about ten being larger than the rest ; the distal third has very small suckers, the last six rows con- taining only two apiece. Protective membranes are moderately developed, and there is a slight dorsal keel. The rings of the large tentacular suckers have twenty-two to twenty-five pointed teeth all round their circumference. Smaller suckers may have as many as thirty-six teeth. None of the suckers has accessory chitinous formations. Colour reddish-purple, fins paler and their ventral surface sprinkled with chromatophores on the part next the mantle. Pfeffer (/.c., p. 249) has shown that the genus Calliteuthis is defined by having smooth rings to arm and tentacle suckers, and that the latter are furnished with accessory chitinous formations which are wanting in the genus Stigmatoteuthis which has dentt- culate rings to arm and tentacle suckers. The principal measurements are as follows :— -End of body to dorsal mantle-margin Par rt SO Breadth of mantle a ne Ser reels Breadth across fins por Aa a abe = ae) ie of fin ane ae ie, 65c, 2G ist right arm ate re : weed -ANG? aaa 8 ae ay e Beane ei gol. eee es a3 “t ere CG AG Sore a5 sees se a ae geil Rentacle ei -3, ae a f eel 25 Club it a = ree) Distribution,—Japan, 345 fathoms (Hoyle). One specimen. Family CHIROTEUTHIDAE. Chiroteuthis (Chirothauma) imperator, Chun. __ Chiroteuthis (Chirothauma) imperator, Chun, Valdivia Exp., (Oegop- sida) p. 241, pls. 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44 (1910); Pfeffer, Plankton Exp, (Oegopsida) p. 581 (1912). M 125° ‘Investigator’ station 281: 20-iii-1g01, Bay of Bengal, 11° 15! 15” N., 8°7' E., 300 fathoms.—One 9. M 138° ‘Investigator’ station 297: 13-iv-1902, Gulf of Oman, 25° 11! 30” N., 57° 15' E., 700-689 fathoms.—One. M 5425 ‘Investigator’ station 366: 10-iv-1g06, Arabian Sea, 24° 45! N., 63° 50’ 15” E., 544 fathoms.—One 9, and arms of another speci- men. 1250 The specimen M **2° resembles in colour Chun’s illustration (pl. 38, figs. 1 and 2). The ventral luminous organs measure about | Less tip. 244 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XIT, 3 mm. in length and 2°50 mm. in breadth. The nidamental glands measure nearly 1°50 mm.inlength. The olfactory papillae measure about 2 mm. in length and are situated at about 3 mm. below the posterior end of the eyes. The ventral arms have the margins mutilated in many parts so that only a few luminous organs are present, v7z.,9 on one arm and 3 on the other. The tentacles have lost their clubs. The example M ***° is much damaged but in spite of its muti- lated condition it has been easy to identify it with certainty from Chun’s magnificent illustrations. One of the tentacles possesses a club, and the stalks of its suckers are furnished with the wing-like membrane described by Chun (p. 247), and in other details the club suckers and those of the arms resemble completely Chun’s descrip- tion and figures. About fifty luminous organs are present on the fourth right arm and forty-six on the fourth left arm. Nothing resembling a hectocotylus appears on any of the arms. The eyes have the three longitudinal rows of luminous organs which Chun describes as “‘ sparkling like a chain of jewels.” ‘Twenty-two are present on one eye. The fins, siphon, and much of the ventral region have been torn away. The dorsal mantle-margin has the attachment exactly as in Chun’s illustration (pl. 39, fig. I). The tentacles are furnished at the base with membranes which are widest at the dorsal side. The dorsal mantle region is much darker in tone than the illustration of Chun (pl. 38, figs. I and 2), who, however, mentions (.c., p. 251) ‘* auch hebt sich bei einzelnen Exemplaren die Rticken- region im Bereiche des Gladius durch etwas intensivere Pigmen- tierung ab.” The specimen M **?* is also in very bad condition, and is ac- companied by the arms of another large specimen M **2*" anda loose tentacle which presumably belongs to one of them. The club of the latter measures 140 mm. Approximate measurements of the different specimens are given below :— Specimen number my ...M1250 Mi8s80 M8128 WM 81284 mm. mm. mm. mm. Dorsal mantle-margin to commence- ment of fins .., speed ©) a 74 Breadth of body at mantle- margin eee lS ea 45 + of head born Bi 45 ca.28 f of fins ~ 2=-36 he 82 a Ist Ben? atmo “. Neen 5) 214 83 101 PHOS Le ee ace soe eens Seema tl ateceum Ene 122 Bed eis 35 ca a vata 203 128 140 4th ie PER Oe) 200 202 Length of tentacle me oor 1698 mutilated. mutilated. » 9 Club a 167 , Distribution.—o° 15’ N.. 98° 8 8’ E., trawl 614 m. ( Valdivia’ Exp.) Sagami Bay, Japan, from the collection of Haberer and Dof- lein (Chun, 1910). 1 Mutilated, 1916.] A. L. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 245 Family CRANCHIIDAE. Teuthowenia (Hensenioteuthis) joubini, Pfeffer. Teuthowenta (Hensentofeuthts) joubint, Pfeffer, Plankton Exp., (Oegop- sida) pp. 747-8, pl. 48, figs. 12-16 (1912). M £149 ‘Tnvestigator’ station 462@: 20-iv-1912, Bay of Bengal, 9° 8’N., 87° 25' E., 475 fathoms—One. This is considerably larger than the type, and unfortunately resembles it in having the tentacles represented only by mutilated stems. There is a slight groove on the inner surface of the stem, and at about 3 mm. from the mouth there seemed to be two minute suckers, which, however, may have been only abrasions on the stem surface. A very delicate membrane unites the first and second pairs of arms extending to about the first sucker, but is very slight between the second and third pair and absent between the ventral arms. This membrane had probably been torn away from thetype. Only the rings on the distal half of the third arms could be examined without injuring the specimen. The suckers in this region have four or five short, widely-espaced teeth on the distal margin, the rest of the-ring being smooth. Colour dull white sprinkled on both sides of the mantle with small dark chromato- phores, arranged in about twenty-eight irregular transverse rows. When not contracted the chromatophores are reddish-brown and oblong. They are dark and narrow and placed transversely on the dorsal surface of the arms and are sometimes scattered amongst the suckers. They are present on the siphon but absent from the fins. The extraordinary eyes make this a species easy to inden- tify. The following are the principal measurements :— mm. End of body to dorsal mantle- marge 14 Breadth of mantle 9 * head and 2 5 Length of fin I Breadth of fins she se tae ist right arm eae nae t ca. 2 3rd 4 Mutilated- tentacle stems _ 10 Distribution.— 31'7° N., 43°6° W, 0-400 m., ones Sea, type specimen (Pfeffer, 1912). LIST OF REFERENCES. APPELLOF, 1886.—‘‘ Japanska Cephalopoder.’’—R. Svensk. Vet.- Ak., 1886. APPELLOF, 1898.—‘‘ Cephalopoden von Ternate.”—Abh. d. Senic- kenb. naturf. Ges., XXIV, 1808. BERRY, I912.—‘‘ A Review of the Cephalopods ot Western North America.’’—Bull. Bur. Fish., XXX, gio. Issued July 24, 1912. 246 Records of the Indian Museum. (Von. XII, ‘“ A Catalogue of Japanese Cephalopoda.’’—Pvoc. Acad. Nat. Sct. Philadelphia, July tg12. Is- sued October I0, I9g12. BERRY, 1913.—‘* Notes on some West American Cephalopods.’’ —Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Febru- ary 1913. Issued April 4, 1913. BERRY, 1912 4.— BERRY, 1914.—‘‘ The Cephalopoda of the Hawaiian Islands.’’— Buli, Bur, Fish., XXXII, 1912. Issued June 24, IQT4. BRAZIER, 1892.—‘“‘ Catalogue of the Marine Shells of Australia and Tasmania—Part I, Cephalopoda.”’-—Sydney Austr. Mus. Cat., 1892. Brock, 1887 —‘‘ Indische Cephalopoden.”--Zool. Jahrb., 11, 1887. CuuN, 1910.—‘* Die Cephalopoden. I. Theil: Oegopsida.”—Wiss. Ergebn. deutsch. Tiefsee-Exp. Valdivia, XVIII, IQIO. GooDRICH, 1896..—‘‘ Report on a collection of Cephalopoda from the Calcutta Museum.’’—Tyvans. Linn. Soc., 2nd series, VII, 1896. HIDALGO, 1905.—‘‘ Catalogo de los moluscos testaceos de las islas Filipinas, Jolo y Marianas. I. Moluscos marinos.”’—Revista Real Acad. Cien. Madrid, June 1904—July 1905. — Hoyle, 1886.—‘ Report on the Cephalopoda collected by H.M.S. ‘Challenger’ during the years 1873-1876.’— Rep. Challenger, XVI, London, 1886. _ Hoye, 1886 a.—‘‘ A Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda. Supple- ment, 1887-96.”— Proc. Royal Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1886. Hoyik, 1897.—‘‘ A Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda. Supple- ment, 1887-96.’’—Proc. Roya! Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1897. HOYLE, 1904—‘ Cephalopoda,” in: W.A. Herdman’s Report on the Pearl-Oyster Fisheries of the Gulf of Manaar, II, 1904. Hoyle, 1904 a —‘‘ Reports on the dredging operations off the west coast of ‘Central Amieticaetesstaet Ge mee + * by the *° 7s" Albatross: ay Reports on the Cephalopoda.’’—Bull. Mus. Com, Zool., XLII, March 1904. HOvLE, 1905.—‘‘ The Cephalopoda,”’ in: J.Stanley Gardiner’s The Fauna and Geogr. of the Maldive and Laccadive Archipelagoes, 11, Supplement I, 1905. HovLE, 1907 —‘‘ The Marine Fauna of Zanzibar and East Africa, from collections made by Cyril Crossland in I90I-1902.—The Cephalopoda.’’—Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1907. Hoye, 1909.—‘‘ A Catalogue of Recent Cephalopoda, Second Supplement, 1897-1g06.’’--Prvoc. Royal Phys. Soc. Edinburgh, 1909. 1916.] A. 1. Massy: Cephalopoda of the Indian Museum. 247 Jarra, 1896.—‘‘ I Cefalopodi viventi nel Golfo di Napoli.’’— | Fauna and Flora des Golfes von Neapel. Monog. 23: Cefalopodi (Systematica), Berlin, 1896. Jounrn, 1897.—‘‘ Observations sur divers céphalopodes. Troisiéme Note. Céphalopodes du Musée Polytech- nique de Moscou.”’—Bull. Soc. Zool. France, SSG 1697. Jounin, 1898.—‘‘ Sur quelques céphalopodes du Musée royal de ITeyde et description de trois espéces nou- velles.’’— Notes Leyden Mus., XX, 1808. JouBIN, 1901.—Céphalopodes provenant des campagnes de la ‘Princesse Alice 1891-1897 ’’—Résult. camp. sct. Albert de Monaco, fase. XVII, 1g00. Pub- lished, Igor. Jousin, 1903.—‘‘ Sur quelques Céphalopodes recueillis pendant les derniéres campagnes de S. A. S. le Prince de Monaco (1goI-1902).’’—C. R. Acad. Paris, CXXXVI, 1903. JousBrIn, 19r2.—‘‘ Etudes Préliminaires sur les Céphalopodes recueil- lis au cours des croisiéres de S. A. S. le Prince de Monaco. 2e. Note: Cirroteuthis grimaldit, nov. sp.”’—Bull. L’Inst. Océan., No. 226, March 1912. D’ORBIGNY ET Ffrussac, 1835-1848.— Histoire naturelle géné- rale et particuliére des céphalopodes acétabuli- féres, vivants et fossiles.’? Paris (1825), 1835- 1848. PFEFFER, 1884.—‘‘ Die Cephalopoden des Hamburger Naturhis- torischen Museums.’’—Abh. Naturw. Ver. Hamburg, VII, abth. I, 1884. PFEFFER, 1912.—‘‘ Die Cephalopoden der Plankton-expedition.’’ —Ergbn. Plankton-exp. der Humboldt-Stif- june, Il... a,, 1912. SmitH, 1887.—‘‘ Notes on Argonauta Bottgeri.’’—Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist-, SCia 5) Sxl, 1887. VERRILI, 1852.—-“ Report onthe cephalopods of the north-eastern coast of America.”’—Rept. U.S. Commission Fish and Fisheries, 1879. Washington, 1882. VERRILL, 1884.—“ Third Catalogue of Mollusca recently added to the Fauna of the New England Coast and the adjacent parts of the Atlantic, consisting mostly of Deep-Sea Species, with Notes on others previously recorded.’’—Trans. Connect. Acad., 1884. WULKER, I9g10.—‘‘ Ueber Japanische Cephalopoden. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Systematik und Anatomie der Dibranchiaten.’’—A bh. d. Il. Kl. K. Ak. d. Wiss., III Suppl.-Bd., I Abh., 1910. — ~~ Se Ye Ne NWO EEO Ye aan : P ; c iv, 7 aya me ¢ Ps, aide gi i ; asin: iT we ys Bee Mid et my ‘ : 4 A . Pit MST oe ihe ooh ach 4 po ‘ it ot ih hy) Oa Aa ee Fic. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIIT. 1.—Sepia arabica, sp. n., dorsal view. 2.— ,, ES ventral ,, coon ue sepiostaire. 4.— ,, c club. 5-— rr mandibles. 6.—Sepiella inermis (van Hasselt, MS.) Steenstrup, radula. 7.—Polypus pricei, Berry, hectocotylized arm. 8.— g.—Loligo indica, Pfeffer, mandibles. funnel organ. >” d) +3 Plate XXIIL. Rec. Ind. Mus.Vel. XII, 1916. Sa ~ esata, Ny, INDIAN (CEPHALOPODSs. JA Russell lith. - ey ¥ ‘ a to 7 va A ; ke bh oe = oars re va ie . { ew att am ie ele Peas ial - J ¥ | i i a 7 bd _ Bea te ee pe a aa? ‘i , > ie h he a eM 4h Veale Cie Tai, ee cen nec L METER Preaeern ye) (Cay aie F Ae, asl, oun a ae Epa il ay ve ‘ ’ a id ieee aye sae ‘ ‘mune a Tati Fig. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIV. 1.—Septella inermis (van Hasselt, MS.) Steenstrup, sepiostaire M £211" o De 9 » ”) 6. 9 9) ” ? ” be) ”) 9.— ” ” oe) —Sepia arabica, sp. n., radula. 11.—Loligo wndica, Pfeffer, radula. >”? +) mandibles. sant fo ro fo 2 2 2 g Plate XXIV. Rec, Ind. Mus. Vol_XIl, [916. Pee yrysmeoresee oe NA OTN Silage INDIAN CEPHALOPODS. J.A-Russell lith. os oan hii) Aes | "1 i] ai a. a Peels NO Bion © New Hib PR SEW AT ER FTSA9O2 (EAD R AS. By B. SUNDARA Raj, M.A., Fishertes Bureau, Madras. (Plates XXV—XXIX.) INTRODUCTION. The following notes, necessarily imperfect, on the habits, spawning season and early stages of some of the Madras fresh- water fish, are based mainly on investigations made during Igto-I1, the results of which were embodied in a dissertation which was submitted to the University of Madras in 1912. The enquiry, however, was continued in subsequent years amidst other work, and consequently the original paper has been considerably modi- fied as the result of additions and corrections made in the light of further research and study. Though a number of notes on the habits of Indian freshwater fish have appeared from very early times, they are comparatively few and most of them are at best random observations. Inthe following pages an attempt has been made to combine all that is known regarding the habits and early stages of the fish in question (by a fairly exhaustive though by no means complete reference to previous literature) with facts personally observed and recorded for the first time in this paper. Only such observations from pre- viously published accounts as are likely to be of general interest have been included and duly acknowledged. They have been gathered for the most part from the writings of Hamilton Bucha- nan, Sir E. Tennent, Cantor, Jerdon, Day, Thomas and especially Dr. Willey, whose observations on the breeding habits of Ophio- cephalus striatus and accounts of the nests, eggs and fry of some other species in his report on the inland fisheries of Ceylon are sub- stantial contributions to our knowledge of the spawning habits of Indian freshwater fish. The local limits of my collection and observation are defined by the title of this paper, my examination being confined to the rivers Cooum and Adyar and to the ponds within the municipal limits of the city of Madras, and in a few cases being extended to some large outlying tanks such as Sembarambakkam and Red Hills. The Red Hills, some seven miles west of Madras, is a large perennialtank, while Sembarambakkam, about ten miles from the city, is the largest irrigation tank in this neighbourhood, but runs dry during the hot weather. The ponds within the city limits are of the usual type and require no special consideration ; nearly all of 250 Records of the Indian Museum. Vou. Seite them contain fresh water excepting a few on the sea-coast in which the water is brackish. The rivers Cooum and Adyar, like most rivers of the Coromandel coast, are almost dry for several months of the year; the season of their chief flow is usually during the N. E. monsoon (November and December). When in flood they are raging torrents and the water is brick-red owing to the admix- ture of a red deposit of light specific gravity: at other times the water is clear and collects in pools on the bed. Near the mouth for a distance of over two miles from the sea both rivers form extensive estuaries, and the embouchures of both are encumbered by natural bars. Since the construction of the Buckingham Canal it has been found necessary to keep the mouths of both the rivers closed throughout the year in order to regulate and confine their spill so as to contract the waterway for boat traffic: in the case of the Cooum a high level in the estuary is further necessary for sanitary purposes, in order to keep submerged its sewage-laden banks and shoals. Hence the estuary is not subject to tidal action and the percentage of salt is not very variable. A sample of water ob- tained from the Cooum estuary in August, when the river was at its lowest, had 3°576 per cent of dissolved salts and a specific gravity of 1°0164.! The Cooum estuary is always highly contaminated with sew- age except during the freshets. The flora of the ponds and the rivers in Madras is more or less the same and consists chiefly of many filamentous and unicel- lular algae notably species of Chava and Spirogyra; the former abounds in brackish water. A few species of Phanerogams, prin- cipally Elodea and Vallisneria, occur; the former is the commonest and the most abundant water-weed in Madras, while the latter is found in clumps in a few places in the rivers. Of the 57 species of fish recorded, one (Panchax parvus) is des- cribed as new to science ; in the case of at least three species, wz. Catla catla, Doryrhamphus brachyurus and Mastacembelus pancalus, the geographical distribution has been extended; in two species, Anabas scandens and Macrones vittatus, albinism has been noted and for more than a dozen, information regarding breeding habits has been furnished. Notes regarding growth and colouration of fry are based mainly on observations conducted in aquaria. How- ever, I have been able to verify the results of such experiments in most cases by obtaining identical stages direct from nature. I am indebted to Drs. J. R. Henderson and N. Annandale for many references and much help; and to Dr. B. I,. Chaudhuri for kindly. confirming my identifications in a few doubtful cases. My thanks are due to Mr. H. C. Wilson of the Madras Fisheries for permitting me to publish his figures of the eggs and larvae of Gobius striatus and for valuable information that he has kindly given ine regarding the habits of some of the species. ! I am indebted to Mr. Ramaswami, B.A., of the Madras Fisheries, for this information. 1916. ] B. SunDARA Ray: Freshwater Fish of Madras. SySTEMATIC INDEX OF SPECIES. Family Elopidae. Elops indicus oe Megalops cyprinoides Family Notopteridae. Notopterus notopterus Family Clupeidae. Engraulis purava Family Cyprinidae. Labeo calbasu Cirrhina reba Catla catla Barbus chrysopoma Barbus amphibius Barbus dorsalis Barbus sophare Barbus filamentosus... Barbus mahecola Barbus vittatus Rasbora daniconius ... Nuria danrica Amblypharyngodon microlepis ... Amblypharyngodon mola Chela clupeoides Perilampus cachtus ... Family Cobitididae. Lepidocephalichthys thermalis ... Family Siluridae. Clartus batrachus Saccobranchus fossilis Wallago attu ; ss Pseudeutropius atherinoides Artus falcarius Macrones cavastus Macyvones vittatus Macrones keletius Family Anguillidae. Angutila elphinstonet Anguilla australis Page bo wb WN WN mmo nau —& oo WN hw NY b& loRNo Re) Nw NW WY ONO SING On Gn Our Cn Gu Ge: UG ho ion NO b& bw Ww DANAAD ON OY mutt whr wh ° Family Cyprinodontidae. Haplochilus melanostigma Panchax parvus Family Syngnathidae. | Doryrhamphus brachyurus | Doryrhamphus cuncalus Family Scombresocidae. Belone cancila Family Ophiocephalidae. Ophiocephalus striatus | Ophtocephalus punctatus | Ophrocephalus gachua Family Anabantidae. Anabas scandens Family Nandidae. Nandus nandus Family Serranidae. | Lates calcarifer | Ambassts ranga Ambassis ambassis Ambassis miops : Family Osphromenidae. Osphromenus gouramt Macropodus cupanus Family Cichlidae. Etroplus maculatus ... Etroplus suvatensis ... Family Gobiidae. Eleotris fusca sa Gobius (Acentrogobius) neilli Gobius (Acentrogobius) acutipin- nis & Gobius (Glossogobius) giuris Gobius (Oxyurichthys) striatus ... Family Mastacembelidae. Rhyncobdella aculeata Mastacembelus pancalus Mastacembelus avmatus Elops indicus, Swainson.! (Elops saurus of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil—A atti. oO N b ~~ NI Ooo OC bo Habitat and Habits—Day mentions tropical and subtropical seas as the habitat of this fish, while Drs. Max Weber and De Beau- fort regard EL. hawatensis and E. machnata as sea fish.” ‘The Madras species, however, appears to be-essentially an estuarine fish, which a Dr. B. L. Chaudhuri has discussed the Indian species of this genus in de- tail in his report on the fish of the Chilka Lake, in vol. V of the Memovcrs of the Indian Museum, pp. 413-416. monly at Madras should be called Elops indicus, Swainson. 4 Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, U1, p. 4. He concludes that the species that occurs com- 252 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vior. XT, easily acclimatises itself to fresh water. Large numbers are caught in the river Cooum within tidal influence, and in brackish ponds near the coast.!. During the floods young fish are common in the Cooum above tidal influence, while adult fish occur in the Madras Fort ditch and in tanks in the Government House gardens, both of which have had no access to the sea for years. The above facts seem to show that this fish breeds in fresh water. A congener, EL. lacervta of Africa, is known to enter rivers. FE. indicus appears to breed during the cold weather. The fry of this genus, like those of the other members of the family, are said to be ribbon-shaped.* Megalops cyprinoides (Broussonet). Tamil—Moran Kendai. All the specimens examined, ranging from a length of 6 inches to 20 inches, are referable in most respects to Bleeker’s M. kun- dinga, but the head is slightly smaller and there area greater number of anal and dorsal rays. Habitat and Habits.—M. cyprinoides is an estuarine fish fre- quently entering fresh water and easily accommodating itself to it. The larvae and young are common in the Cooum river, within and above tidal influence and in pools near the coast; but the largest specimens I have seen, about a foot and a half in length, are from ponds in the city. According to Thomas they acclimatise very readily to fresh water and grow fast and are said to breed in fresh water.” In support of the last statement, I may state that I have obtained the species in various sizes from a pond about 4 miles from the sea which has no communication with river or backwater. I have not seen it in the Red Hills tank or in any of the larger lakes further inland. M. cyprinoides is an active and powerful fish, predaceous in habits, subsisting mainly on the smaller Cyprinidae in ponds. In an aquarium young specimens are attractive, but their growth in such surroundings is not rapid. At frequent intervals they rise slowly till they are quite near the surface, when they make a sudden dash to the surface and descend down in a moment having swallowed air, which escapes through the opercular cleft. This habit is natural to the fish, as it often rises to the surface in ponds and the act is accompanied by a characteristic splash of water and the escape of air bubbles. According to ‘‘Skeen Dhu”’ they rise to the surface only between 5 and 6 p.m.§ Connected with this habit is the fact observed by Dr. Willey that this species lives ! At the lower anicut on the Col river, Tanjore district, specimens over a foot and a half in length are frequently captured with Hilsa (Clupea tlisha) during the floods in July and August. * Thomas, Tank Angling, p. 168 (1887). ° and * Cambridge Nat. Hist., VII, Fishes, p. 547. ® Thomas, Rod in India, Pp. 214. 5 Skeen Dhu, Zhe Mighty Mahseer, p. 49. 1916.] B.SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 255 for many hours out of water, rather an exceptional feature in the herring family to which Megalops belongs.' M. cyprinoides breeds during the cold weather. Thomas, however, in his Report on Pisciculture in South Canara states that FE. apalike, Day (=M. cyprinotdes) is said to breed from May to June. The larvae are common in the river Cooum in October and November in fresh water. As in Albula vulpes (A. conorhynchus of the ‘‘ Fauna’’) the young pass through a characteristic larval stage analogous to that of the eel.” Notopterus notopterus (Pallas).* (Notopterus kapirat of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil—Chotta Valat, Habitat and Habits.—Day records this species from fresh and brackish waters. In Madras, however, it is confined to the former and appears to thrive best in the stationary water of ponds and lakes; Hamilton-Buchanan, however, obtained his largest speci- mens (3 feet in length) from rivers.* Uses.—Though the species is said to attain to 3 feet, I have not seen it above a foot and a half in length. It is esteemed as food. Engraulis purava (H. B.) Tamil—Ven Kannu. Young fish of E. purava occur in the river Cooum in fresh water during October and November, which appears to be the breeding season. It is an estuarine fish which ascends rivers when young. In 1g1o a specimen was collected as far inland as Tirhoot in Bengal.® Labeo calbasu (H. B.) Tamil—Sé Kenda. Habitat and Habits.—This species abounds in large tanks in the neighbourhood of Madras and in rivers above tidal influence. It also occurs in a few small tanks within the city. Like the other species of Labeo, it feeds on vegetable matter and minute crus- tacea and is essentially a bottom-feeder.6 L. calbasu breeds dur- ing the cold weather. Immature fish are common in the river Cooum in fresh water in January. Young fish of about 6 inches in length are silvery white in colour, the scarlet spots being entirely absent. © 1 Spolia Zeylanica, VII, p. 98. 2 van Kampen, Larvae ot Megalops cyprinoides: Bull. Dept. Agri. des Ind. Neer. Buitenzorg, 1908 (10-12). 8 Max Weber and De Beaufort, Fishes of the Indo-Australian Archipelago, II, p.9. (Pallas, Sprcrl. Zool., VII, p. 40.) + Hamilton-Buchanan, Fishes of the Ganges, p. 235. & Fourn. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., XX, p. 432. 5 Thomas, Rep. Pisctculture S. Canara, p. 70. 254 Records of the Indian Museum. [ Von. XT, Uses.—This is a large fish, growing to about 3 feet in length, which is much esteemed as food. Cirrhina reba (H. B.) Tamil—Avinjal or Arinjal Kendat. This is a common species in large tanks in the neighbourhood of Madras; it however does not seem to occur within the city or in brackish water. Uses.—It is a small fish growing to about g inches in length, and not much in demand as food. Catla catla (H. B.) (C. buchanant of the Fauna of Brit. India.) On toth June, 1912 I obtained a fresh specimen in the Chinta- dripet Market, Madras which is preserved in the Madras Museum. This is apparently the first record of this species south of the Kistna. Mr. Wilson informs me that since the introduction of this species into the Cuddapah-Kurnool canal by the Fisheries Depart- ment, it has found its way into the Pennar river and some of the large tanks of the Nellore District. Some tanks further south are shortly to be stocked by the Fisheries Department. It is a valuable food fish attaining to 6 feet and more in length and an inhabitant of fresh and brackish waters. ‘‘It is a very strong and active animal and often leaps over the seine of the fisherman . . .’’ (H.B.). Growth is said to be very rapid in this species. Mr. Mitchell’s specimens, which were only } to 1 inch in length when introduced into his tank, had attained a length of II inches in the course of five months (Nature, 1875, XIII, p.107). In the Godavari river, where this fish is quite common, it breeds about August. Young specimens from 2 to 3 inches in length are common in that river in January. Barbus chrysopoma, C. and V. Tamil—Panjela, also Shani Kendai. I have referred to this species' a common tank Barbus in Madras, though it does not exactly agree with Day’s description of the species. The original description by Cuvier and Vallen- cienes is very defective.” In Madras specimens usually there are 3 or 4 anterior un- branched rays in the dorsal fin, the pectoral has 15 rays, the number of perforated scales on the lateral line varies from 29 to 32, the diameter of the eye varies from 4 to 44 in the length of the head, there are 1c to 12 rows of scales in front of the dorsal fin, | Jerdon (Madras Fourn. Lit. Sc., 1849, p. 314), Thomas (Zank Angling, pp- 90-97) and Skeen Dhu (Mighty Mahseer, pp. 6 and 62) record this species. from Madras. * Gunther, B&. WM. Catalogue, VII, p. 113 (syn.). 1916.] B. SuNDARA Ray: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 255 the rostral pair of barbels are one-half longer than the orbit and the dark lateral blotch anterior to the base of the caudal fin may be present or absent. The above particulars show that Madras examples combine the characters of the three species, B. savana, H. B., B. chrysopoma, C. and V., B. pinnauratus, Day, all of which according to the Fauna of British India may occur in Madras. Day himself doubted the validity of his species B. pinnauratus, which he thought may be a variety of B. chrysopoma, while B. sarana is closely related to these.!. The series examined, however, is entirely too limited to decide whether these three species are really distinct. This fish is common in ponds in and around Madras and does not appear to occur in rivers. The breeding season seems to be about December, as the young are very common in January and February. Inthe young the eyes are comparatively large.” When they are an inch long, there are 4 undivided anterior rays in the dorsal fin. All the fins and the opercles are suffused with orange, the body is bright silvery and the dark lateral spot at the root of the caudal fin is very distinct. Uses.—Much valued as food. Barbus amphibius (C. and V.) Tamil— Numbriki Kendat. Both in the Fishes of India and in the Fauna of India Day gives the number of undivided anterior rays in the anal fin as 2, while in his Fishes of Malabar he mentions 3 such rays; in Madras specimens the latter number usually occurs. Habitat and Habits —Though not uncommon it does not appear to be very numerous except in some tanks. In the river Cooum it occurs within tidal influence. It is a shallow-water species subsisting on a mixed diet composed of aquatic weeds, worms, flies, etc. B. amphibius breeds during October, November and December and also according to Thomas during June and July.’ Description of young. “When young the summit of the head is golden green, and a yellow streak runs from opposite the centre of the eye to the centre of the tail. When about two inches in length the black spot on the side of the tail commences to appear, and by degrees the golden streak along the side disappears.’’ + Uses.—lIt is a small fish not much in demand as food. Barbus dorsalis (Jerdon). Tamil—Miukandng Kendai. ‘‘ Saal Candee’’ (Day) is the name given to Labeo calbasu in Madras. Habitat and Habits —B. dorsalis occurs in ponds and rivers, but nowhere abundantly. It is rare in tanks within city limits. | Day, Fishes of India, p. 502. ® Report Pisciculture S. Canara, p. 72. © Tbtd., ps 501; * Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 214. 250 Records of the Indian Museum. (Vox, Sorte. The spawning season is said to extend from August to Octo- ber. Dr. Willey observes : “On August 31st a half-spent spawning (barbus dorsalis) accompanied by a batch of adhesive eggs was brought from the Colombo lake. The eggs measured 0°75 mm. in diameter with a pale grayish transparent yolk nearly uniformly granu- lous. The eggs had been caught in the act of being laid and were apparently unfertilized.” } Uses.—This species attains to at least eight inches in length and is fairly good as food. Barbus sophore (H. B.)? (B. stigma of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil—Kulla kendat. In June, 1910 I obtained a dozen specimens of this species from a pond behind the Madras Museum, some of which pos- sess a pair of small maxillary barbels The chief characters of examples of the two kinds obtained simultaneously from the above pond are detailed below to obviate all possible doubt as to their identification— I. SPECIMENS WITH A PAIR OF MAXILLARY BARBELS. 1. A specimen 3 in. in length. DD. 3/85 eA 3/50 We 2/7autue zo: A dark lateral blotch on scales 22 and 23 of the lateral line. Three rows of scales between the LL. and the ventral fin. Length of head 5 in total length. Nine scales before the dorsal fin. A scarlet lateral band. 2. A specimen 4 in. in length, D2 3/8075; 3) 5.227 ee ee A dark lateral blotch on scales 22, 23 and 24 of the LL. Three rows of scales between the 11. and the ventral fin. A scarlet lateral band present. Ten scales before the origin of the dorsal fin. 3. Aspecimen 47, in. in length. D: 3/8. A. 3/6) M. 2/7. “Tne2e. A searlet lateral band. A dark lateral blotch on scales 22, 23 and 24 of the LL. Three rows of scales between the LL. and the ventral fin. Length of head 4!, height of body 3! in total length. The diameter of the eye 3% in the length of the head. Ten scales before the dorsal fin. | Spolta Zeylanica, VII, p. 103. 2 Chaudhuri, Mem. /nd. Mus., V, p. 436 (1916). 1916.] B.SunpARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 257 II. SPECIMENS WITHOUT BARBELS. 1. A specimen 3} in. in length. Di Sere 8/5) V3 2/9. od. 25; A dark lateral blotch on scales 22 and 23 of the LL. Three rows of scales between the Ly. and the ventral fin. Length of head 4 in total length. Nine rows of scales before the dorsal fin. A scarlet lateral band. 2. Aspecimen 4 in. in length, DagSrar a 3/5; vee 7. Lie 25; A dark lateral blotch on scales 22 and 23 of the lateral line. Three rows of scales between the LL. and the ventral fin. Length of head 5, height of body 3% in total length. The diameter of the eye 3} in length of head. Nine scales before the dorsal fin. A scarlet lateral band. In all the specimens the eyes are 12 diameters apart, the first dorsal ray is osseous and entire, the dorsal fin commences rather in advance of the ventral fin, midway between the end of the snout and the base of the caudal fin. The lateral line sense organs exist in all the specimens only on 25 scales, the 26th scale is a small scale, when present, without a perforation. In all, there are only 3 rows of scales between the LL. and the base of the ventral fin. A dark blotch on the mid-dorsal rays is present in all. The only fish with which a possible confusion could arise is B. amphibius, which has a maxillary pair of barbels; but in all the specimens described above, there are 3 rows of scales between the Lu. and the origin of the ventral fin. This character apart from others, such as the greater breadth of the body in B. sophore, is sufficient to distinguish it from B. amphibius, which has only two such rows of scales. From the above statements it will be seen that maxillary bar- bels, while absent in most specimens, are present in some. If my observations are correct, the presence or absence of barbels is evi- dently variable and so cannot serve as a safe criterion for classify- ing species of Barbus. Day also doubted if the two species B. mahecola and B. filamentosus, distinguished by the presence of a small pair of maxillary barbels in the former, were really distinct.! From the history of B. sophore it is seen that till 1869 B. stigma (C & V.) destitute of barbels was considered identical with B. sophore (H. B.), and the mention of 4 barbels by the latter author in his description, as they were not shown in his figure, was considered a mistake. In 1869, Day discovered a form with 4 barbels in the Khasi Hills for which he adopted the name B. sophore, b. stigma being retained by him for the common form without barbels.* t Day, Fishes of India, p. 556; Fauna Brit. Ind., 1, pp. 293 and 204. 2 Day, l. c., p. 566; Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 379. 258 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. Sul, Though I have not seen the form with 4 barbels, it seems likely that these three forms—the common form destitute of barbels, the Madras one recorded in this paper with a pair of maxillary barbels, and the kind from the Khasi Hills with 4 barbels—represent phases of a very variable species which accord- ing to time or locality may possess four, two or no barbels. Habitat and Habits.—B. sophore is one of the commonest species in Madras, occurring in abundance in the shallows of ponds and rivers. In the Cooum it is found within tidal influence in brackish water. It breeds during the cold weather; Day records finding 1850 mature eggs in a female at Madras in January.' The young, which are common in November and December, closely resemble the adult, except in their paired fins, which are comparatively long ; the pectorals reach the ventrals and the latter the origin of the anal fin. The lateral scarlet band, frequently seen in the adult, is often present in the young also. Uses.—A small species, reaching a maximum length of about 5 inches, not much in demand as food. Its flesh is bitter and is supposed to be medicinal. It is a valuable mosquito larvicide. Barbus filamentosus (C. & V.) Tamil—Sevali (red tail) or Retha kendat. It is very doubtful if the present species is really distinct from B. mahecola (C. & V.).2. Both forms, those with a pair of minute maxillary barbels (B. mahecola) and those without them (B. fila- mentosus), occur in Madras and are identical in all other charactets. This handsome fish frequents streams in small shoals. Barbus mahecola (C. & V.) Occurs in a few tanks in the neighbourhood of Madras, Barbus vittatus (Day). Tamil—Sinna kulla kendav. Colour.—In Madras examples there are only three characteris- tic black spots, one on the dorsal fin, another at the root of the caudal and a third in front of the anal fin; the last though fairiy constant appears to be caused by feecal matter. ‘“Inthe immature the colours vary: when the fish is about 8, roths of an inch long, a vertical stripe begins to show itself in the posterior third of the dorsal fin, the summit of which also becomes edged with black, whilst there are some irregular orange markings, in very young specimens the line of- demarcation between the green of the back and the silvery abdomen appears like a white band running from the eye to the middle of the tail.’ (Day). 1 Day, Fishes of India, p. 579. 2 Day, Fishes of India, p.550. Day combines the two species in his Fishes of Malabar, Pp: 215. 8 Fishes of Malabar, p. 215; Fishes of India, p. §82; Fauna brit. Ind., D336: 1916.] B.SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 259 Habitat and Habits.—Very common in several ponds in and around Madras and in rivers in fresh water. After a heavy shower this is one of the foremost fish to enter drains and gutters in the city. Uses.—Its small size, hardihood and the ease with which it could be kept alive for years in small aquaria make it one of the most valuable mosquito larvicides. Rasbora daniconius (H. B.) Tamil—Ovari or Paravu. In Madras specimens, two complete horizontal rows of scales do not exist between the L, line and the root of the ventral fin as stated by Day,! there being only one and a half rows as correctly shown by his figures”; the number of rows in front of the dorsal fin varies from I4 to 16. Habitat and Habits.—R. daniconius abounds in all the rivers and tanks in Madras in fresh water. It is ashallow-water species and feeds on both animal and vegetable matter. This species breeds during the rains in September and October in Madras, while its congener R. vasbora (R. buchanani of the ‘ Fauna’) is said to breed on the West Coast in June and July.* The fry, which are very common during the breeding season, enter drains and are frequently caught there with the young of species of Ambly- pharyngodon, Nuria danrica aud Barbus vittatus, the other common tank-fish of Madras. They are easily distinguished from the fry of Amblypharyngodon by the absence of both the orange colour and the convex dorsal profile so characteristic of the latter ; but are not easily separable from the fry of N. danrica before the barbels appear in them, and the fry of B. vittatus. Uses.—Conflicting opinions exist as to their usefulness as mosquito-destroyers; my experiments show them to be at least as useful as N. danrica in this respect. Nuria danrica (H. B.) Tamil—Paravi. The height of body in some large examples is 5 in total length and the eyes are usually 1: diameters apart. Habitat and Habits —N. danrica is very common in ponds and not uncommon in rivers. The breeding season extends from October to December, when many adults have the caudal portion ! Day, Fishes of India, p. 584; Fauna Brit. Ind., p. 337.- 2 Day, Fishes of India, pl. cxlvi, figs. 2 and 3 8 Jerdon, Madras Fourn. Lit. Sc., xv, p. 320. The statement of Messrs. Chaudhuri and Sewell i in their Jind. Fish of Proved Utility as Mosquito Destroyers, that this species is a pure vegetarian is contradicted by Mr. H. C. W ilson in his ‘Notes on larvicides and natural enemies of mosquitoes in South [India,"’ Proc. Gen. Mal. Commit., 2nd meeting, Madras, 1912. 4 Thomas, Rep. on Pisct. South Canara, Bet 260 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, of their bodies with the caudal fin stained crimson; which is sup- posed by fishermen in Madras to indicate good rains. The fry are very common in November, when they frequently enter drains in the city after a heavy shower. Tull they attain a length of 19 mm. the barbels are undeveloped and the scales are indistinct ; when 25 mm. long, the maxillary barbels reach the eye, the colour is greyish white, a faint yellow band extends along the sides and some dark pigment spots are present at the root of the caudal fin. Uses.—This is a small species which is said to reach a maxi- mum length of 5 inches. Being a surface feeder it is valuable as a mosquito-destroyer.! Amblypharyngodon microlepis (Bleeker). Tamil—Pult Elai Kendat or Pacha Thalai Kendai; both names refer to the metallic green colour of the back. The rows of scales between the I. line and the base of the ventral fin is usually 6 and even 7; only occasionally is it 5 as stated by Day. Habitat and Habits.—A. microlepis is one of the commonest tank-fish in Madras. It inhabits shallow water and is among the first to migrate from ponds with the shallowest of overflows, in which act it is frequently caught in drains after a heavy shower. The breeding season extends from October to December, when the fry are extremely common. Description of Fry.—There are usually 9 rays in the dorsal and 8 in the anal fin. When less than 2 centimeters long the scales are indistinct, the body translucent and bright orange in colour, except the abdomen, which is silvery ; the dorsal profile is very convex; a dark green crescent mark on the head behind the line of the eyes is very distinct in preserved specimens; the pectoral fins reach the ventral, which reach the anal. Uses.—A small species not more than 3 or 4 inches in maxi- mum length, which enters largely into the diet of the poorer classes in consequence of its abundance. Experiments prove it to be a valuable mosquito-destroyer. Amblypharyngodon mola (H. B.) Not so common as A. microlepis in Madras. Chela clupeoides (Bloch). Tamil—V ellichi. C. clupeoides is found chiefly in ponds and only occasionally in rivers. Though not uncommon it is rarely abundant in any single locality. It is an active fish and a fast swimmer and in- t Sewell and Chaudhuri, /nd. Fish of Proved Utility as Mosqutto-destroyers, Den aki 1916.| B.SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater lish of Madras. 261 habits clear water. Being a surface-feeder it is frequently seen near the surface of the water. “The chelas are remarkably active in the early mornings and evenings, which means that they are thoroughly on the feed then. During the middle of the day they seem to favour the deeper waters and become less active, occasional rises being seen in the centre or deep parts of the pool, but not feeding regularly.” ! In sport or when chased they shoot into the air; more fre- quently they expose their silvery sides at the surface of the water in bright sunshine. Uses.—This species attains a maximum length of six inches and is esteemed as food. The doubt cast on the usefulness of species of Chela in destroying mosquitoes by some writers” has been criticised by Mr. H.C. Wilson.2 My own experiments show that C. clupeoides readily eats mosquito larvae at any rate in captivity. Possibly C. argentea differs from the present species in this respect. Perilampus cachius (H. B.) (P. atpur of the Fauna of British India.) Tanul—Salvaz. Cachius being the first of the two specific names (cachius and atpar), used for this species by Hamilton-Buchanan‘*, has to be adopted according to the law of priority. In Madras specimens the anal fin has only 20 to 22 rays, the number of longitudinal rows of scales between the L. line and the base of the ventral fin is frequently only 34, and the number of perforated scales on the L. line usually only 50. I have not seen this species more than an inch anda half in length, though it is said to grow to a maximum length of 4 inches. It is a rare fish in Madras. I have met with it very occa- sionally in the Cooum river and in the Sembarambakkam tank. Uses.-—Messts. Sewell and Chaudhuri mention it as a mos- quito-destroyer.° Lepidocephalichthys thermalis (C. and V.) Tamil—A saraz. This common species abounds in the rivers where the bottom is sandy, and in ponds. Habits.—L. thermalis inhabits the bottom mud or sand of tivers and ponds, where it usually lies buried during the day, venturing out to feed at night.’ The burrowing in mud or sand does not appear to be a laborious process. In an aquarium, when 1 Wilson, Some notes on larvicides and natural enemies of Mosquitoes in South India. Proceedings Third General Malaria Committee, Madras (Novem- ber 18th, 19th and 20th, 1912). 2 Bentley, 27d Rev. Wellcome Laboratory, p. 418; Sewell and Chaudhuri, Ind. Fish of Proved Utility as Mosquito-destroyers, p. 19. SEN Cy Wiser. foie. + Hamilton-Buchanan, Fishes of the Ganges, pp. 258 and 259. 5 Ind. Fish of Proved Utility as Mosquito-destroyers, p. 19. 262 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor XH disturbed, it rapidly darts about and suddenly strikes the bottom sand head-forwards, diving into it by sheer force. A favourite position for the fish is to lie buried with just the snout and the tail above the surface of the sand; often the latter is also concealed and the snout is withdrawn at the approach of danger, only to reappear almost immediately. Branchial respiration appears to be insufficient in this loach. In an aquarium it grows restless at varying intervals, and rises to the surface to take air, which is apparently swallowed; conse- quently it lives for a long time out of water. The erectile sub-orbital spine appears to be an organ of de- fence ; when the fish is seized by the tail it rapidly swings round and dashes its head against the hand, when the prick of the erected spine is felt. The breeding season extends from October to January, when the young, which resemble the adult, are quite common every- where in shallow collections of rain-water. Uses.—Though small it is considered very nourishing. Clarius batrachus (Lin.) ! (Clarius magur (H. B.) of the Fauna of British India.) Tamil.—K aruppu theli (theli=scorpion, has reference to the poison- ous pectoral spines). Habitat and Habits.—C. batrachus is rare in Madras. It in- habits fresh and brackish water. Like most Silurids it is sluggish and prefers muddy to clear water. It lives and feeds at the bottom of ponds and rivers, and in the mud sometimes lies concealed for hours, with no movements save those of respiration and the constant lashing of its barbels, which appear to be its chief organs of perception. Experiments in an aquarium seem to prove that this fish is practically blind to objects beyond the reach of its barbels. The colour is eminently protective and effectively conceals the fish in dark muddy sur- roundings. As is well known C. batrachus is amphibious, possessing an ac- cessory breathing organ; it lives a considerable time out of water. The pectoral spines in this species are not dreaded. Uses.—C., batrachus reaches a length of a foot and a half and is considered as wholesome and nourishing food. The air-bladder yields a coarse isinglass.” Saccobranchus fossilis (Bloch). Tamil—Thélv. Cuvier and Vallenciennes in 1840 identified S. fossz/is (Bloch) with S. Bee ee B.).2 Gunther in 1864 held the two to be dis- t Max Weber and De Beaufort, Jdo-Australian Fishes, 11, p.190. (Linné, Syst. Nat., 1758, Pp. 305). 9) 2 Day, Fishes of India, p. 485. 3 Hist. Nat. des Pots., XV, p. 207. 1916.] B.SunDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 263 tinct species.' Again Day united the two in 1878.? Since then, S. singio (H. B.) has been ranked as a synonym of S. /ossilis (B1.) by most systematists. Recent anatomical research, however, appears to show that the two are probably distinct species. Hyrtle * (1853), followed by Hubrecht and Day (1877) *, states that in S. stngio the right accessory air-sac is supplied with blood by the first afferent branchial artery, the left on the contrary being supplied by the fourth afferent artery. Burne in 1894 found that in S. fosstlis both air-sacs are supplied by the fourth afferent arteries? Habitat and Habits—Quite common in ponds and ditches, where it frequents the muddy bottom. Its distribution does not appear to be limited to fresh water as on the west coast (Cochin) ; it is said to occur in backwaters where the fishermen catch it at night with a torch, the light of which attracts it. S. fossilis is amphibious and consequently lives for a long time out of water. ‘““ Wounds from the pectoral spines of this fish are dreaded in India as they are reputed to be very poisonous.’ The breeding season extends from September to December; during the rains the fish deposit their eggs in irrigated fields, where the young, which are copper-red in colour, are frequently caught for stocking tanks. Uses.—S. fosstlis attains a length of a foot and a quarter when full grown and is highly esteemed as food by Indians.’ Wallago attu (Bl. and Schn.) Tamil—Valai, Athu Valat. Habitat and Habits.—The ‘‘ freshwater shark” inhabits lakes and rivers. Col. Tickell® states that it occurs sometimes within tidal influence; this is probably the case when it is carried down by floods, as the least salinity seems to disagree with this fish and to cause death. W. attu is a large and powerful fish and predaceousin habits. It feeds on both vegetable and animal matter, preferably on the latter, and is said to destroy fry and large numbezs of smaller fish in ponds. It is sluggish in its movements and lives for the most part at the bottom. Thomas attributes the frequent slowness of this fish to discover the presence of food to deficient sight. The statement that it feeds mostly at night® appears to be incorrect, as I have seen it very active and freely take a bait byday. It is usually caught in large nets and when handled it makes fierce attempts to bite. | Brit. Mus. Cat. Fishes, V, pp. 30 and 31. > Fishes of India, p. 480. 3 Akad Wiss. Wien, XI, p. 302 (1853). + Four. Lin. Soc. Zool., XIII, p. 198 (1877). 5 Loc. cit.. XV, p, 48 (1894). 5 and 7 Day, Fishes of India, p. 487. * Rod in India, 1881, p. 168. * Day, Fauna of Brit. India, Fishes, I, p. 127. 204 Records of the Indian Museum. [Wo aie Uses.—This is a large fish which is said to reach a maximum length of six feet though specimens above four feet are very rare. It is esteemed as food and salts well.! Pseudentropius atherinoides (Bloch). Tamil— Na Keliti (the epithet ma == dog and hence an inferior kind). The ‘‘ three or four bands along the sides formed by black spots’ (Day)* are not found in Madras specimens and the pecto- ral spines usually have about twelve denticulations. Habitat and Habits.—P. atherinoides inhabits lakes and ponds in the neighbourhood of Madras and is rarer than most other Silurids. Arius falcarius, Richardson. Tamil—Uppu Kali Keliti. In most Madras specimens the pectoral fin does not reach the ventral nor does the ventral the anal. Habitat and Habits.—A common estuarine species which occa- sionally ascends rivers and comes into fresh water. The interesting breeding habits of species of Avius are well known.’ The breeding season in Madras extends from September to November, when large numbers congregate in estuaries to deposit theirspawn. One of the breeding grounds for this species in Madras is the mouth of the River Adyar. The eggs, which are large and yolky measuring ‘5 to ‘6inches in diameter, are probably deposited in batches by the female. The male takes up the eggs—-usually about eight—into his mouth and keeps them there for many days till they hatch out as fry. They are retained by the male till the yolk is absorbed. During the whole of this period the ovigerous male never feeds. During the breeding season the males frequently have the caudal, anal and part of the dorsal fins stained red. Uses.—A. falcarius attains a maximum length of two feet, and, being common, enters largely into the diet of the poorer classes. Macrones cavasius (H. B.) Tamil—Solai Kelitt. It is common in lakes and rivers at a distance from the sea ; while it is common in Sembadambakkam and Red Hills tanks, it is not known to occur within city limits. In habits it closely resembles other Silurids. The pectoral spines cause painful wounds. Though it does not breathe air direct, it lives for a long time out of its native element. Uses.—It is said to attain a maximum length of eighteen inches and is esteemed as food by Indians. | Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 193. 2 Fishes of India, p. 475; Fauna Brit. Ind., 1, p. 141. > Spolia Zeylanica, VII, p. 97 (1911); Day, Fishes of India, p. 457; Fauna Brit. Ind., p. 169. 1916.]} B.SunpArA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 265 Macrones vittatus (Bloch). Tamil—Nattu Kelitt. Habitat and Habits.—This is the commonest species of Macrones in fresh water in Madras. In the Cooum and Adyar rivers it frequently occurs within tidal influence. In habits it closely resembles the previous species; Day! observes :— ‘‘ This fish is termed ‘ the fiddler’ in Mysore; I touched one which was on the wet ground, at which it appeared to become very irate, erecting its dorsal fin and making a noise resembling the buzzing of a bee, evidently a sign of anger. When [ put some small carp into an aquarium containing one of these fish it rushed at a small example, seized it by the middle of its back and shook it like a dog killing a rat.”’ In April, r911 I obtained from a ditch near Chetput, which contained large numbers of this fish, two albino specimens perfect- ly pigmentless ; they were translucent white, showing the surface blood vessels of the skin, and were less active and more sensitive to light than pigmented ones. In March I found a female with eggs. Uses.—-Though small, it is very common, and is eaten by the poor. - Macrones keletius (C. and V.) Comparatively rare in Madras; I have met with it only in one or two ponds in the city and in the Red Hills tank. Anguilla elphinstonei, Sykes. (Anguilla bengalensts (Gray) of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil—V elangu. Dr. Max Weber, in his recent revision of the species of Anguzlla of the Indo-Pacific region, considers the earlier name A. bengalensis (Gray) invalid, as the figure published by Gray and Hardwicke is altogether inadequate to identify the species.” Habitat and Habits.—This is by far the commoner of the two species of Anguilla in Madras, and is abundant in ponds and rivers. It is carnivorous and is very voracious, hiding in the bottom mud during the day and emerging out to feed at night; hence it is mostly captured at night. Indian fishermen have an easy way of taking it ‘‘ they leave small-mouthed earthen pots with a bit of sheep skin in each overnight, and draw them up in the morning, with their fish lying coiled up most comfortably in them.’ *® It is very tenacious of life and survives most adverse conditions such as drought and starvation. Like most eels, it lives for a long time out of water and leaving its native waters | Fauna of Brit. Ind., p. 158; Fishes of India, p. 449. 2 Max Weber, Revision der Indo-Pacifischen Anguilla-Arten, Zoo/. Fahrb., Sup, 15, Band I, p. 578 (1912). ® Thomas, Tank Angling, p. 100 (1887). 266 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL 1. migrates considerable distances overland in search of ponds and streams, when desirous of a change. ‘‘It is an irritable creature, swelling its head whenever angered; and constantly, when it can, buries itself in putrescent carcases.’’ ! Every year a large number of elvers, measuring two or three inches in length and perfectly transparent in colour, ascend the rivers Cooum and Adyar about November. Uses.—Though good to eat there is little demand for this eel. It is consumed chiefly by Mahomedans. A. elphinstonei attains a large size; a specimen in the Madras Museum measures 4:2 feet in length. Anguilla australis, Richardson.’ (A. bicolor, McClelland, of the Fauna of Brit. India.) A rarer species than A. elphinstonet in Madras but resembles it in habits. It is a smaller species, attaining a maximum length of about two feet. Haplochilus melanostigma, McClelland. (PISXXV Migs. 1) 364; LO ipl xxi ose 2-00). Tamil—Munda Kanni (=big eye). McClelland’s specific name melastigma (Gr. = black spot) has been corrected in the Fauna of British India into melanostigma, which is the correct etymological rendering of the word. The caudal fin is truncated and not rounded in Madras specimens. In the adult male, which is larger than the female, the anal fin has most of its rays prolonged in a filiform manner beyond the membrane, and each premaxilla has about four coarse ‘ teeth’ at the angle of the mouth: whereas in the female the anal rays are not prolonged and the premaxilla is drawn out into a bifid ‘tooth’ at the angle of the mouth. Habitat and Habits.—This very common species abounds in ponds and rivers in both fresh and brackish water; in the latter it seems to thrive best, as the largest specimens in my collection are from the Cooum within tidal influence. It inhabits the shal- lows of ponds and rivers, where it affects the surface and swims very close to it frequently with its mouth touching it. ‘‘ When swimming in their natural surroundings, the surface of the head is kept almost on a level with the plane of water.’’* The flat head and the transverse mouth are adaptations to surface feeding and the species is well-known as an effective mosquito-destroyer. The habit of inhaling the oxygenated surface water enables it to ! Hamilton-Buchanan, Fishes of the Ganges, p. 22. 2 Max Weber, Revision der Indo-Pacifischen Anguillidz. Zool. Fahrb., Sup. 15, Band I (1912), ° Sewell and Chaudhuri, Jd. Fish of Proved Utility as Mosquito Destroyers, Ds 3s 1916. | B. SunDARA Ray: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 267 withstand to a considerable extent foul water full of organic im- purities detrimental to most fish: in the city it frequently occurs in gutters and sewage-farms. Being a surface fish it is diaphanous, but possesses a remark- able capacity to change colour in accordance with its environ- ment. Fish inhabiting the Cooum river often, within a distance of a few yards, show variations in colour; those among green weeds are greenish, those in dirty water correspondingly brown and those in clear water translucent white; while I have caught specimens reddish in colour during the floods, when the water is brick-red owing to the admixture of clay. The breeding season extends chiefly from September to Feb- ruary or even later, but is certainly not limited to these months. In the Cooum the earliest specimens with eggs are found in brackish- water and only later in fresh water higher up. The peculiar breed- ing habits were first observed by Dr. Jenkins.! During the spawn- ing season the dorsal, caudal and anal fins in both sexes usually acquire a bright golden-yellow edge. The eggs after extrusion are attached in two rounded clusters, one on each side, to the genital opening of the female. In the natural surroundings the eggs are probably carried till they are hatched, a condition highly favour- able for their protection and aeration; but in an aquarium they are sooner or later cast and, being demersal, sink to the bottom. Gobies and carp attack the fish when it is carrying eggs and feed on the latter. On an average from 20 to 40 eggs are carried by a female at a time. Description of egg.—The eggs are transparent and large, about I mm.” indiameter. Under the microscope the outer egg-membrane is seen to give off externally numerous short adhesive threads, by means of which the eggs adhere to one another or to foreign objects (figs. 12-14). From a certain area on each egg a group of very long filamentous threads arise, and these from different eggs are twisted together to form a common cord which protrudes from the genital opening of the female (fig. 12). In the yolk there is a small oil globule, not large enough to make the egg float. The embryo is clearly seen within the egg-membrane in all stages of development (figs. 13 and 14). Inan advance stage dark pigment cells appear on the body of the developing embryo and the egg looks dark in colour. Distinguishing characters of the fry.—I succeeded in hatching some eggs in an aquarium. The fry when hatched measure 4 mm. in length and possess the pectoral fins and a single median fin start- ing dorsally about the middle of the back, and continued round the tail up to the remains of the yolk-sac on the ventral surface. They are easily identified from the fry of other fish by the charac- teristic arrangement of dark stellate pigment-spots. On the head and snout a few large scattered spots occur ; immediately behind : @ ts ! Jenkins, Rec. Ind. Mus., V, p. 137, pl. vi, figs 7 and 7a. 2 Jenkins, 7. c. (His measurement of the egg ‘‘ about a centimeter ’’ is obvi- ously wrong). 26 Records of the Indtan Museum. [VOr..2an e6) the root of the pectoral fins, dorsally, is a semi-circular patch of close-set small spots: on the body and tail there are five longitu- dinai rows of spots, one mid-dorsal, two lateral and two ventral rows, one on either side of the mid-ventral line of the body (figs. 15 and 16). During growth the following changes occur: the dorsal, caudal and anal fins become distinct in about 3 weeks; the pigment spots slowly disappear, except the lateral row which is retained in most adults as a faint black streak. The eyes acquire a glittering azure- blue colour and a pearly white speck is developed on the head —two unmistakable features of the immature H. melanostigma. Uses.—-A valuable mosquito-destroyer. Panchax parvus, sp. nov.! (Blo xxv;ihigs) 258 ; pl xxvij eer): Tamil—Pachat Munda kann. Br. Vi. .D..2-3/5.. A. .3/11-12. -C. 24; ,-V 16. P. 122. Vertebtacaao: The length of the head is 33 to 3} times, and the depth of the body 4 to 4; times in the total length (exclusive of the caudal fin). The snout is longer than the diameter of the eye, which latter is 33 to 32 in the length of the head, and nearly half the interorbital width ; the lower jaw is slightly projecting. Teeth are present in bands on both the jaws, some three vestigeal ones on the anterior edge of the vomer. Fins—the pectorals reach considerably beyond the root of the ventrals which reach the anal. In the male, the 4th or 5th dorsal ray and the 11th and 12th anal rays are prolonged and both the fins reach the caudal; in the female these fins are rounded and do not reach the caudal. Scales possess both concentric and radiating seriations. The lateral line is ab- sent; there are 26 to 27 scales along the mid-lateral line of the body counted from the top of the branchial aperture to the root of the caudal fin (scales on the caudal fin are not included). Seven longitudinal rows of complete scales exist between the root of the dorsal fin and that of the anal. ; Colour.—Males are larger and are more brightly coloured than females. In both during life a metallic green spot exists on every scale of the back and upper half of the body, and on alter- nate scales of the mid-lateral row and a few horizontal rows below it. In this latter portion light Italian pink dots alternate with ! Day appears to have described this species from Madras under the name Panchax rubrostigma (Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 1867, p. 706) in the idea that it was identical with Jerdon’s Aplocheitlus rubrostigma. Later, in 1878, in his Fishes of India the description of Haplochilus rubrostigma is identical with that of Jerdon, and obviously he has mixed up the two species. P. rubvostigma differs from the present species chiefly (1) in size, as it reachgs nearly 3 inches in length, (2) in having the second ray of the ventral fin elongated. P. parvus reaches only a maximum length of 11 inches and never has the rays of the ventral fin elongated. i s 1916.] B.SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 269 the above-mentioned green dots. The ventral surface is more or less translucent in life, and the scales possess a purplish gloss. The usual pearly white speck is present on the head. An ocellus, with a black centre and light margin, is usually present at the root of some of the anterior rays of the dorsal fin, most distinct in female and immature examples. In the males, the longitudinal rows of alternating green and pink dots extend over the proximal half of the caudal, dorsal and anal fins; in the two latter fins the spots gradually increase posteriorly so as to completely cover the pos- terior half of the dorsal and a third of the anal fin. Inthe female the above-mentioned fins are unspotted and of a light orange colour. These brilliant colours disappear more or less completely in spirit. Ty pe-specimen.—In the Indian Museum. Habitat and Habits.—P. parvus isfound only in fresh water and confined, so far as I am aware, to the tanks and rivers in and around Madras city. It is somewhat local in distribution and in- habits stationary and sheltered waters of tanks and rivers over- grown with vegetation. The breeding season appears to be January and February. The eggs are demersal and adhesive and are not carried in clusters by the female after extrusion. Thomas remarks: ‘““ H. panchax’’ (I have no doubt he means this species) ‘‘ extrudes one egg at a time and that disproportionately large, as big as its own eye. This keeps hang- ing to the vent as the fish is moving and feeding till it is cast and adheres; and so single eggs are laid and distributed.” ! Description of egg (pl. xxvi, fig. 11).—The egg of P. parvus closely resembles that of H. melanostigma but is slightly larger, the adhesive threads of the outer membrane are thinner, longer and more numerous. ‘The chief difference, however, is the absence of the tuft of long processes by which the eggs of H. melanostigma are held together and are suspended from the genital opening of the female. This is obviously due to the fact that the eggs in this species are not carried about by the female. Uses.—A small species (adult male about 42 mm. and adult female about 28 mm.) which is valuable as a mosquito larvicide. Doryrhamphus? brachyurus (Bleeker). (Doryichthys bleekeri of the Fauna of Brit. Indta.) In a recent paper *® George Duncker has united D. brachyurus (Bleeker) with D. bleekeri (Day). The only appreciable difference between the two, as would appear from descriptions, was in the number of the rays of the dorsal fin, there being 40-45 rays in D. bleekert and only 36-37 in D. brachyurus ; from an examination 1 Thomas, Tank Angling, p. 112 (1887). 2 The name Doryrhamphus has priority over Doryichthys. Max Weber, Fish. Siboga-Expedition, 1913, p. 116. 3 Duncker, Syngnathids from Ceylon. Spol. Zeylan., VII, pt. 25, p. 26 (1910). 270 Records of the Indian Museum. [VOL; lle of a large number of Ceylon examples Duncker has now shown the number to vary from 37 to 43. In an adult Madras example I found 41 rays in the dorsal fin. For want of material (ovigerous males), I have placed this species as usual in Kaup’s genus Doryrhamphus (= Doryichthys) and not in Duncker’s new genus Microphis. Habitat and Habits.—Rare in Madras, afew occur in the Cooum River just above tidal influence in November. D. brachyurus is usually sluggish in its movements and keeps close to the banks of the river amidst grassy weeds; when frightened, however, it swims very rapidly and skilfully after the manner of eels. Accord- ing to most writers! the Pipe-fishes swim in a vertical position like Hippocampi. D. brachyurus, D. cuncalus and at least one species of Syngnathus, which I have had the opportunity of ob- serving in their natural surroundings, swim in the normal horizon- tal position, flush with the surface of the water. The males are known to take charge of the eggs after extru- sion, in a brood-pouch on the abdomen. Such males were found in summer by George Duncker in Ceylon in tg09. ‘‘ The eggs were small, in 4—13 longitudinal and 60—11Io transverse rows.’’? Doryrhamphus cuncalus (H. B.) (Doryichthys cuncalus of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil—Usz kolachi (=needle fish). A few occur in the Cooum during November and December. In habits it closly resembles D. brachyurus, in whose company it frequently occurs. Belone cancila (H. B.) Tamil—Kolachi, ‘‘ Pissu kolah”’ (Day). In Madras this species appears to be confined to freshwater ponds and lakes. Though common it is never abundant in any one locality. According to Jerdon ‘‘ It is very voracious and devours large quantities of the little A plocheili’’ (Haplochilus and Panchax). Ophiocephalus striatus, Bloch. Tamil—Verahi. Habitat and Habits.—Common everywhere in ponds, ditches and rivers. In the Cooum it occasionally occurs within tidal in- fluence. In its natural surroundings O. striatus often resorts to the margin of the water overgrown with weeds. It frequents shal- low water probably because air is easy of access and so suits its amphibious habits. The air-breathing habit of this fish is well- known: in consequence it lives hours, sometimes days, out of 1 Fauna of Brit. India, Fishes, Il, p. 460. ? G. Duncker, Syngnathids from Ceylon. Spol. Zeylan., VII, p. 26. 1916.| B.SunpDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. Ay a water, especially when kept among moist water-plants. Like most other air-breathers it is never seen to perform the usual respiratory movements of fish. During the rains in Madras young Ophio- cephali are often caught on land in the course of their migrations : out of water they progress in a serpentine manner, by means of their pectoral fins and the alternate contractions of the lateral muscles of the body. During periods of drought they are known to bury themselves in the soft bottom mud of ponds.! All the species of Oftocephalus are monogamous and build nests? for depositing their eggs. Under favourable conditions O. striatus breeds twice a year, about January? and February and again in June and July; but the same pair do not seem to breed twice in the year. The nest consists of a circular clearing in grassy Swamps or in the weedy edges of ponds andrivers. Both parents, the malein particular, keep guard. The eggs, which are large (1°25 mm.) and float at the surface, are never numerous but vary from a few hundreds to a few thousands according to the size of the fish. Dr. A. Willey gives a full description of the nest, egg and young of this species in Spolta Zeylanica, Vol. VI, pp. 108—123. The following is a brief résumé of facts observed by him. Eggs.—Translucent golden-yellow or amber-coloured. They are spread like a sheet, flush with the surface in a sub-circular area in the centre of the nest. Diameter of egg 1°25 mm. ‘‘The floating eggs owe their buoyancy to the presence of a single large oil- globule which occupies the greater part of the ovum, and is immersed in the golden-yellow yolk. It is adjacent to the upper pole of the eg g, andin surface view under a low power of the microscope is seen to be surrounded by a narrow zone of the yolk, the whole being contained within a space bounded by the vitelline membrane.’ The subjoined table gives a summary of the chronological data ascertained by him regarding the external features of the development of O. striatus. Days after hatching. Total length. Principal events. I a 3755 mm. Yolk-sac circulation established ; pigment cells develop their black colouration; pigment begins to appear in eyes. 2.and 3 475 to5 mm. Pectoral fins arise; mouth opens, and respiratory movements com- mence. 4 Bi 0°75 mm, Larvze leaving the surface and swim - ming freely at all levels. Bright yellow spots over eyes. 7 mm. Larvee swarming and_ turning in unison at the slightest concussion Caudal cartilages appear. ™“s 1 Day, Fishes of India, p. 303; Fauna of Brit. Ind., Il, p. 359. 2 Col. Puckle (quoted by Day), Fishes of India, p. 362; Thomas, Rep. Prsc. S. Canara, p. 37 (1870). ®* Thomas, Rep. Pisc. S. Canara, p. 74 ( pe er Freshwater Fish and Fishertes of India and Burma, p. 23 (eaten 187: 292 Records of the Indian Museum. EchompeG tls Days after hatching. Total length. Principal events. 12—15 60°75 mm, Posterior end of notochord bends up. 28 8 to 10 mm. Caudal rays jointed and articulated with the basal cartilages. Larvae rise to surface to take air. 37 a 10 mm, Primordia of dorsal and anal rays. 40 ae LO°25 tO) £3 mam. Rudiments of ventral fins appear. Dorsal and anal fins separating from caudal. End of larval deve- lopment. 17 mm. 2 a a Fry now hide in the mud. 73 e 25 mm. - Characteristic colour of the Larvae.A—On either side of the body there is a broad reddish-orange band occupying almost the entire height of the myotomes, commencing from the eye on each side, and ending behind with a rounded edge at the base of the caudal fins. ‘The iris is golden with a red flush; there is a bright golden occipital point, and the base of the anal and dorsal fins is black along their whole length. This characteristic livery is retained by the fry till they reach a length of about 40 mm. (nearly for 3 months after hatching) ; after which period the definitive markings begin to appear, in the form of 9 dark vertical half-stripes on either side descending from the base of the dorsal fin. Growth.—From the fifth day after hatching, when the larvee begin to feed independently, the daily growth begins to vary. Some young O. striatus kept by Dr. Willey in Colombo had an average total length of about 35 mm. in February 1908, 45 mm. in July 1908, 96 mm. in April 1909; the series last measured con- sisted of six individuals ranging from 85 mm. to 115 mm. The average measurements of a brood hatched in the central pond of the Marine Aquarium, Madras, was as follows :— Aprile. ts ts. 7 Matched siromeses: Bg LO sl eo iu (eO anChes: DaelOIss Pee .. over a foot in length. In nature growth is even more rapid and the young under favourable conditions begin to breed in about two years. Uses.—O. striatus is one of the largest and most valuable food fishes of our inland waters. Being an air-breather it is transported with ease®; and is admirably adapted for pisciculture. Care, however, should be exercised in introducing it into preserved waters * as it is very voracious and destructive to fry. The young are susceptible to attacks from internal parasites ( ? Schistocepha- lus larvee).* | Willey, Spol. Zeylan., V, p. 145 (1908); VII, p. 116 (1910). 2 Day, Rep. Freshwater Fish and Fisheries Ind. and Bur., p. 25 (1873). 3 Thomas, Rod in India, p. 234 (1897); Willey, Spol. Zeylan., V, p. 146 (1908). 4 Willey, Z.c. 1916.] B.SuUNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 273 Ophiocephalus punctatus, Bloch. (Pl. xxvii, figs. 17—22). Tamil—M aniang koravai (Para korava (Day) is the name of O. gachua in Madras). Habitat and Habits.—A very common species in ponds, ditches and rivers. In the last it is known to occur in brackish water when it is said to acquire a purplish colour.! It is a mud-burrow- ing fish* and prefers stagnant and muddy to running water.’ It is one of the fish Day saw exhumed from the mud of a dried-up tank.* The breeding habits are very similar to those of O. striatus. O. punctatus is monogamous, and breeds twice in the year, about January and February and again about July and August ; occa- sionally nests are met with at other times.’ At these seasons the fish come together in pairs and construct a nest among the rushes in the shallows of ponds and rivers. I have never seen the nest in water deeper thari a foot and a half, as a rule it is built in water only a foot in depth. The nest is the usual roundish clearing measuring 8 or ginches in diameter. The nests of O. striatus differ in being larger (about 12 to 14 inches in diameter) and are found in water at least 2 feet, frequently 3 or 4 feet deep. At the surface the nests of both species appear as circular areas of clear water with the eggs floating in the centre. Both parents tend the nest; while the male keeps a vigorous guard, aggressively protecting the spawn from intruders, the female is found in the neighbourhood. Eggs.—Oviposition usually takes place at night ; a few thou- sand eggs® are deposited by the female in a single night. The eggs measure about 1°25 mm. in diameter and are of a pale am- ber colour. In size and appearance they are hardly to be distin- guished from those of O. strzatus and like the latter contain a large oil-globule and float flush with the surface of the water’ (figs. 17 and 18). The rapidity of the embryonic development seems to depend on the strength of the sun. On all occasions whenI obtained col- lections of eggs they invariably hatched during the night following, z.€., on the average in 24 hours after procuring them. ‘This cor- roborates the statement of fishermen that the eggs of O. punc- tatus usually hatch on the night following that on which they are laid. 1 Day, Fishes of India, p. 308. 2 Willey, Spol. Zevlan., V, p. 149. 8 Day, Fishes of India, p. 308; Fauna of Brit. India, \I, p. 365. 4 Day, Freshwater Fish and Fisheries of India and Burma, p. 28 (1873). 5 Willey records finding a nest in October, Spol. Zeylan., VII, p. 101 (1911), and I have seen nests in the Cooum in December. 5 Day, Fishes of India, p. 318 (records finding 4702 eggs in a female in February ). 7 Willey, Spol. Zeylan., VII, p. tot. 3) 274 Records of the Indian Museum. [Yor XT The embryonic and larval development of this species closely resembles that of O. stviatus,' but is more rapid. In fresh eggs the outline of the embryo encircling the yolk becomes evident in about 8 hours; the eyes and auditory sacs are developed in 16 hours; and the heart begins to beat and the curious yolk-sac circulation also starts soon after this (figs. 19 and 20). At the time of hatching the embryo violently twitches its tail, which is now free of the yolk-sac, and performs rotations within the egg- membrane. On hatching the fry measure 3'25 mm. in length and are almost identical in general appearance with the first day hatch- ings of O. striatus (fig. 21). They, however, do not remain at the surface for 3 days like the latter fry but begin to descend down even at the close of the first day, though this is accomplished with considerable effort. On the second day, the pigment cells are well developed, the eyes being quite black ; the length increases to 42 mm. ; the mouth opens and respiratory movements begin; and the pectoral fins develop. The larve move in unison and effect their descent from the surface in a long procession, swimming slowly close to the bottom sand of the aquarium. Most of the above changes are those of the 3rd day in the development of O. striatus. On the third day, the fry swim at all levels with ease. On the sides of the body the mid-lateral line is clear of pigment, but pig- ment is intense along the root of the dorsal and ventral portions of the median embryonic fin. During the second and third days the capillary network formed by the caudal vein in joining the subintestinal vein, and the ‘‘ marvellous yolk-sac circulation ’’ described by Dr. Willey, arise in the same way as in O. striatus. On the fourth day (fig. 22), the length is 5mm. ‘The charac- teristic black and yellow colour of the fry, which distinguishes it from the brown and pink fry of O. striatus, now begins to appear. It will be seen from the above observations that the larval development in this species, while it closely resembles that of O. striatus, goes forward more rapidly. This is true of most of the subsequent stages, such as the formation of the network of vessels at the root of the caudal fin (which happens about the eighth or ninth day instead of on the twelfth as in O. striatus *); the deflection of the end of the notochord, the commencement of aerial respiration, etc. Characteristic colour of the young® (fig. 22).—The character- istic larval colouration begins to appear as early as the fourth day after hatching. On the sides of the body, as noticed above, pigment is intense along the root of the dorsal and ventral por- 1 Willey, ‘‘Nests, eggs and larve of Ophiocephalus striatus.’ Spol. Zeylan., V1, pp. 108-118 (1909). 2 Willey, Spol. Zeylan., VI, p. 112 (1909). > Willey, Spol. Zeylan., V, p. 150; VI, p. 116. 1916.] B. SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 275 tions of the median embryonic fin, but the mid-lateral line is free of pigment and is consequently traversed by a pale longitudinal band, which later on acquires a bright golden-yellow hue. There is also a more or less uninterrupted pale longitudinal band in the mid-dorsal line of the head and fore-body. The larval colours when fully assumed are as follows :—The body is dark olive along the back and sides, becoming slightly pale or whitish along the abdomen. ‘This dark ground colour is re- solvable into close-set longitudinal stripes along the scales, clearly seen in specimens preserved in spirit. Three longitudinal golden- yellow bands pass from the snout to the caudal fin; a mid-lateral band on each side which becomes narrow as it passes over the opercle and the upper portion of the eye to meet its fellow on the tip of the snout, and a narrow median dorsal band extending from the junction of the above two bands on the tip of the snout, along the base of the dorsal fin to the root of the caudal. These three bands are of a brilliant golden-yellow colour and stand out clearly on the dark ground colour; while the two lateral bands extend on the caudal fin to the extent of nearly one-third the length of that fin; the dorsal band, which is comparatively narrow and is more distinct in younger than in older stages, has two spindle- shaped enlargements in front of the dorsal fin (fig. 22). Thus the fry of O. punctatus are easily distinguished from the fry of O. striatus after they assume their characteristic larval colour. In growth the dorsal median band is the first to disappear. In specimens above two inches in length the dark olive brown of the back and sides changes to a dirty brown, and a double row of ill-defined brown blotches appear on either side of the body one above the other, the blotches of the upper row aiternating with those of the lower. These blotches encroach on the lateral golden bands and disfigure and destroy it in growth; the three golden bands are, however, retained for some considerable time on the head. The parents guard the young till they reach two inches in length, 7z.e., till they lose their larval colours. It is quite a sight to see the parents leading their brood of brightly coloured fry in bright sunlight in shallow water in fields ,! where they usually come out to feed. Uses.—O. punctatus is extensively eaten. Ophiocephalus gachua, H. B. (Pi xeeviehe 23). Tamil— Para koravai. Habitat and Habits.—This very common species is found in ponds but much more abundantly in rivers, where it often fre- quents brackish water within tidal influence. 1 Willey, Spol. Zeylan., V, p. 149. 276 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor. XII, In habits it closely resembles O. punctatus. The breeding season is December and January in Madras (June and July in South Canara).! I have not seen the nest of this species; from the accounts of fishermen it does not appear to be among weeds but in sheltered crevices in the bank. A brood of young with the parents were brought to me on the 15th February, 1911, from the river Cooum near Chetput. The adults refused to feed and died after a few days, but the fry continued to live. In habits and appearance the fry were very different to those of the previous two species. The entire brood consisted of some 300 individuals, a comparatively small number. Description of Fry (fig. 23).—The average length of the young was 7 mm.; traces of the yolk-sac and the continuous embryo- nic median fin devoid of fin-rays were present. The colour was dark brown, due to a very considerable development of pig- ment cells, which were arranged on the sides of the body chiefly in two horizontal rows, one dorsal and one ventral, with a more or less unpigmented area between them along the mid-lateral line. Of the two the ventral band was the more conspicuous, being very broad on the abdomen and tapering gradually into a streak pos- teriorly. A number of pigment spots are also found on the head; a concentration of them occurs behind each eye. Scattered spots are found on the continuous median fin. Later on, some much older fry were brought to me from the same locality. ‘These measured on an average 48 mm. long and had the following characteristic colour. The body was of a pale olive-brown, and the sides were crossed by ten or twelve <-shaped light bands with their apices on the lateral line pointing forwards. I have not seen the large ocellus on the dorsal fin mentioned by Day? and doubt if it ever occurs in this species. It is frequently present in the young of some larger species of Ophiocephalus. Uses.—A small fish not much in demand as food. Anabas scandens (Daldorff). Tamil—Panat eri kendai (—fish that climbs palmyra-trees). Habitat and Habits.—‘ Estuaries and freshwaters*...... most numerous in maritime provinces and the deltas of the larger rivers’ observes Day.* In Madras I have not seen it in estuaries or in rivers; Hamilton-Buchanan, Jerdon® and Thomas® record it only from ponds and ditches. This species is the well-known ‘‘ Climbing perch.” Though I have never witnessed a display of the extraordinary scansorial powers attributed to it by Daldroff? and John, and wholly 1 Thomas, Rep. Pisc. South Canara, p. 74 (1870). 2 Day, Fishes of India, p. 368. © Day, Fishes of India, p. 370; Fauna of Brit. India, 11, p. 367. Day; 7736:, pe OO. 6 Madras Fourn. Lit. Sc., XV, p. 144. 5 Tank Angling, p. 99. 7 Daldorft, Trans. Linn. Soc., 111, p. 62, 1797: 1916.] B.SunpDARA Ray: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 277, discredited by most subsequent writers, I have no doubt it sometimes takes place. Gill records Mr. Rengaswamy Mudaliar’s and Capt. J. Mitchell’s (once Superintendent, Govt. Museum, Madras) experiments which show the reliability of the early reports.! Mr. Wilson of the Madras Fisheries tells me that he once trained a few of these fish to climb up a nearly vertical sheet of cloth, when held over the water in the aquarium in which he kept them. The highly mobile sub-operculum and its spines are the chief organs of climbing.” Many records exist of these fish leaving their native waters and migrating long distances on land to other ponds, and of their aestivating during the hot months.* Day describes how they pro- gress on land* either by lying flat on one side or by keeping their erect position. The power that the fish possesses of erecting its fins, scales and opercles assists it to move on land. The air-breathing habit of A. scandens is well-known, and its great tenacity of life enables it to live out of its native element, as Hamilton-Buchanan observes, even for six days. The breeding season extends from May to July.’ On the 2oth of May, 1915 a brood of very young fry were obtained from a pond. On the average they measured 17 mm. in length. They were of a light olive-brown colour above, becoming pale white below. On the sides there were eight (somewhat indistinct in live but quite distinct in preserved specimens) dark vertical bands extending from the pectoral to the root of the caudal fin. A dark terminal band was found at the free edge of the dorsal and anal fins. A very distinct ocellus, consisting of a black central spot surrounded by white, was present at the root of the caudal fin on either side. ‘The iris was red. By the 25th of July they had grown to 25 mm. in length; the anterior vertical bands were fading away, while the posterior ones were still clear; the ocellus continued to be quite distinct. A dark band was observed to pass from the corner of the mouth backwards and downwards, and another parallel to it below: the upper and lower lips were silvery. By November the fish had attained a length of over 8 cm. and had lost all traces of the vertical bands; the ocellus, however, remained as a black round dot. The young of A. scandens grow up rapidly; the fry in the marine aquarium, spoken of above, have grown to 80 mm., #.c., more than four times their original length (17 mm.) in the course of six months (May to November). Dr. Willey records a much L Jordan, Guide to the Study of Fishes, U1, pp. 367 and 368. 2 Jordan, J. c., pp. 366—368. § ‘Tennent, Nat. Hist. Ceylon, p. 354, 1861 (speaks of a specimen dug out from a depth of a foot and a half in the bottom mud of a dried-up tank). * Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 133. 6 According to Day the breeding season is June and July (Fishes of India, p- 370). I have seen them breed in May while Willey found a female egg-laden ate in January in Ceylon, Sol. Zeylan., VU, p. 92. 278 Records of the Indian Museum. Wor. oxcie slower growth in the case of half a dozen young which he kept under observation at Colombo.! I have recently obtained two albino specimens. Uses.—A. scandens is a small fish attaining a maximum length of g inches. It is highly esteemed as food. It bears transport well and is employed for stocking tanks. Nandus nandus (H. B.) (Nandus marmoratus of the Fauna of British India.) Tamil—Mapanjt, or Seepu-meen (=comb-fish). Habitat and Habits.—A comparatively rare species which in- habits a few freshwater tanks in the interior. It is never abun- dant in any locality, feeds voraciously on small Cyprinidae and, as observed by Buchanan, is very tenacious of life.” According to Thomas the breeding season is May and June and again in December and January *, when this “‘ fish builds nests among the rushes at the margin of the water, deposits its eggs therein and keeps guard over them like a stickle-back.*”’ Lates calcarifer (Bloch). Tamil—Koduwa. Habitat and Habits—A common estuarine species which as- cends rivers and is frequently captured in fresh water. Immature specimens are met with in the Cooum river far above tidal influ- ence; Day records the capture of one at Mandalay in Upper Burma about 680 miles from the sea.° While it is common at the mouths of rivers and in backwaters, its occurrence at sea appears to be very scarce and occasional ; thus Willey records the remarkable fact that statistical reports show that this fish is never captured out at sea at Kalutura (Ceylon), where it is very common.® Pertwee’ observes that L. calcarifer breeds in backwaters and lagoons generally about January and February, but the breeding season is known to vary ; some spawn as late as March. Uses.—A highly esteemed food fish which attains a large size. Ambassis ranga (H. B.) Tamil—Sennel or Kaka Sennel. A. vanga appears to be very local in its distribution ; while it abounds in some freshwater ponds and ditches in the vicinity of ! Willey, Spol. Zeylan., VI, p. 120. 2 Hamilton-Buchanan, Fishes of the Ganges, p. 97. 8 Thomas, Rep. Pisc. South Canara, p. 73 (1870). + Thomas, J. c., p. 57. 6 Day, Freshwater Fish and Fisheries Ind. and Burma, para. XXVIII. 6 Spol. Zeylan., VII, p. 100 (1911). 7 A. H. Pertwee, Notes on the Freshwater Fish of Ceylon. Spol. Zeylan., VIII, p. 246. 1916, B. SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 279 910. Madras, it is entirely absent from others. ‘‘ It breeds everywhere during the rains and has in some instances been found breeding as early as March.’’ ! Uses.—A small species which is said to be an effective mos- quito-destroyer.” Ambassis ambassis (Lacepede). (A. commersont of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil.-——-A une Kakachi. The occurrence of this species in fresh water is very rare and occasional. Ambassis miops, Gunther. (Bl =xvilicnesa 242), (Ambassis myops of the Fauna of Brit. India.) A very common estuarine fish in Madras which ascends rivers when young and comes into fresh water. Fry almost certainly of this species swarm the river Cooum in November and December, which appears to be the breeding season. Characters of Fry.—D. 9/10. A. 10 (2/8), The fry measured from 12 to 14 mm. in length when captured. The scales were un- developed. The body was diaphanous, of a translucent yellow colour, except the abdomen and opercles which were bright silvery ; the upper two-thirds of the first dorsal fin black; a beautiful arrangement of dark stellate pigment-spots occur in clusters along the back. The shape of the body was similar to the adult (figs. 24 and 25). Osphromenus gourami, Lacep.’ (O. olfax of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil—Sangara. The gourami is a large freshwater fish of the Malay Archi- pelago* which has been introduced into Europe, Mauritius, Cayenne, Australia (1864), Madras (1866), Ceylon (1909)° and other places as a valuable food fish. Sir William Denison®, when Governor of Madras, imported them from Mauritius about 1865. The fish arrived in the early part of Lord Napier’s stay and were introduced into the Govt. 1 and ? Chaudhuri and Sewell, Jud. Fish of Proved Utility as Mosquito- Destroyers, p. 10. 3’ Tate Regan, Asiatic Fishes of the Family Anabantidae. Pyvoc. Zool. Soc., 1909, II, p. 774. + The locality China (Richardson and Day) has been omitted by most autho- rities such as Gunther (Brit. Mus. Cat., III, p. 382); Boulenger (Cambridge Nat. Hist., Fishes, p, 669). 5 Spol. Zeylan., VII, pp. 95, 96, 210 and 221. 8 Rod in India, 1881, pp. 279 and 280; La Pisciculture et la Péche en Chine, 1872. 280 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, House ponds at Guindy and Madras, while a few were taken to the Nilgiris. In 1874 eight young fish are on record as having been caught in the ponds at Madras; about 1883 they must have been breeding in Madras as Gilbert ' mentions obtaining a supply of fry from Thomas for the Ana Sagar tank that year. Dr. Hender- son informs me that a few years ago they existed in two ponds close to the Madras Museum, from one of which he once took a four-pounder. One of these tanks has since been filled up and the other is at present low and said to contain no gourami. Mr. Wilson of the Madras Fisheries, in connection with his proposal to re-introduce this fish into Madras, examined the ponds at Guindy and Madras about April 1915”, with the result that he found only a few in the ponds at Madras and none at Guindy. In May, r9tt I obtained from the Red Hills tank, seven miles from the city, two full-grown specimens. The larger was a female measuring 48 cm. in length and contained numerous small eggs of a bright orange colour. I am certain that the fish were breeding in the tank at the time, as later on, in July, I obtained a young one about Io em. in length. The above facts prove that the introduction of the gourami into Madras is not a failure, and the fact that they have done very well and were numerous and of fair size till lately in the Govt. House ponds, combined with their character as a non-predaceous and herbivorous species, show that they are well fitted for the waters of India. Gourami inhabit ponds and rivers and in the latter some have been found within tidal influence in brackish water’; they how- ever prefer stationary waters and thrive best in the shallows of large weedy ponds and lakes. In Java, according to M. Dabry de Thiersant*, they thrive in ponds not more than three feet in depth ; survive with difficulty at 2800 ft. elevation and die promptly at any higher altitude. Its sensitiveness to cold is further shown by the fact that in spite of the numerous attempts to introduce it into France, the fish have never been successfully acclimatized in the Republic. The gourami though acento a vegetarian, being fond of several araceous plants ® and of water-lilies in India, is omnivorous and feeds at times on flesh, fish, insects, etc. Among themselves they are said to be pugnacious.*? They are able to respire air direct and possess an accessory super-branchial organ; but, ac- cording to Gilbert, this is done only when the water is foul.’ I doubt the accuracy of the latter statement. In a pond in the old Powder Factory grounds in Madras where some 200 gourami re- cently received from Mauritius and Java are kept under observa- ! Fourn. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., VIII, p. 436. 2 G. O. No. 632, 10th March, 1915. Govt. Madras, Revenue Department. 8 Jordan, Guide to the Study of Fishes, U1, p. 369. (Quotes from Gill.) + La Pisciculture et la Péche en Chine, 1872. 5 Jordan, J. c. 6 Cantor, Cat. Mal. Fish. “f¥ourn. As. Soc. Bengal, XVIII, p. 1071 (1849). 7 Fourn. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., VIII, p. 436. 1916.] B.SUNDARA Ray: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 281 tion, they are seen to come up at all hours and take air though the water is beautifully clear. The breeding season in Java is March! and in Madras about May. ‘‘ The fish is assiduous in the care of its young’’ and con- structs complex nests for the reception of its eggs. General Hard- wicke” has described the interesting breeding habits of this fish in Mauritius, while Gilbert gives an account of its breeding in an aquarium.’ The nest is of a nearly spherical form composed of plants, preferably tufts of a peculiar grass (Panicum jumentorum) which grows on the surface of the water, and considerably resem- bles a bird’s in form. It is usually attached to plants or weeds growing at the edge of the pond and the bottom selected is muddy while the depth varies.*. According to Gilbert, whose observations were on aquarium fish, the gourami assume a jet black colour and flashing red eyes during this season and become highly pugnacious. The female emits a stream of 15 to 20 eggs which (in the aquarium) adhered to the undersurface of a rock, and are aerated by the female frequently rising to the surface and bringing down a mouth- _ ful of air which she lets go against the underside of the rock. In its natural surroundings the eggs are attached to water plants.’ The eggs hatch in about a month.’ The fry on hatching are trans- parent and possess a yolk-sac. ‘‘ When I had had them about two months ’’ observes Gilbert ‘‘ they were perfectly formed and very handsome but alas they were only two inches long at the out- side.”’ The rate of growth appears to be rapid if conditions are favourable; ‘‘ the gourami is known to attain a length of about 4 inches in the first year, 7 or 8 in the second and Io or I1 in the third’’;7 ‘‘ the young has black bands across the body and also a blackish spot at the base of the pectoral fin.”* In captivity they are fed on bran and oil cakes. Uses.—The gourami is well-known and highly prized as an article of food. It attains a large size (nearly 2 feet in length) and bears transport and acclimatization well. It is one of the few fish well adapted for pisciculture. Macropodus cupanus (C. and V.).° (Polyacanthus cupanus of the Fauna of Brit. India.) Tamil—Punnah, Panni (Day). Habitat and Habits.—A rare species in Madras occurring ina few small ponds in the city. ! Dabry de Thiersant, La Pisciculture et la Péche en Chine, 1872. 2 Zool. Fourn., 1V, p. 309. 8 Fourn. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., VIII, p. 436. + jordan, Guide to the Study of Fishes, 11, pp. 166-167. 6 Dabry de Thiersant, J. c. 6 Hardwicke, Zool. Fourn., V1, p. 309. 7 Willey, Spol. Zeylan., VI, p. 120. 3 Jordan, Guide to the Study of Fishes, Il, p. 368. ® Tate Regan, Asiatic Fishes of the Family Anabantidae. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1909, II, pp. 769 and 775. 282 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL Xd; “Tt lurks under stones or amongst weeds’’ observes Day, but so far as I have observed, it appears to bea gregarious surface fish. In an aquarium, however, it at times settles on the bottom, when the prolonged ventral rays are stuck perpendicularly into the sand to support the forepart of the body.- They are pugna- cious and often fight and chase each other ; the immature fish are afraid of the adults. According to Jerdon! ‘‘ it must be handled with caution, for the spines inflict a most severe burning pain which lasts a few hours.’’ They are air-breathers and in an aqua- rium they mount up to the surface every 2 or 3 minutes to take air, but unlike most other fish which respire air, the act is not usually accompanied by the escape of air-bubbles. M. cupanus is essentially a vegetable-feeder and in captivity eats crumbs of bread, but feeds also on insects and insect larvae. Ground-feeding is not natural to this fish, as it does so with deliberation and effort, and in an aquarium I have often seen it fail to pick up the particle of food on the bottom in spite of repeated efforts: the mouth is dorsal in position and in order to feed on the bottom it has to stand almost vertically upside down. The breeding season has been ascertained to be May and June.? M.cupanus probably builds a nest like its congener M. viridiauratus.’ Uses.—According to Mr. Wilson it is an effective mosquito- destroyer. Etroplus maculatus (Bloch). (Pl. xxviii, figs. 26—30). Tamil—Burakasu. Habitat and Habits.—This pretty little fish is abundant all over Madras in ponds, ditches and rivers; in the last many habi- tually live and breed within tidal influence in brackish water. E. maculatus frequents the weedy shallows of ponds and streams and feeds for the most part on aquatic vegetation and partly on worms and insects. It is highly pugnacious in disposi- tion and at times, as observed by Day *, turns almost black with passion. ‘‘ This species does not live long after its removal from water’? observes Day®; but on the contrary its tenacity of life has frequently surprised me. It is one of the few fish that is oc- casionally brought to the market alive ; out of water it sometimes makes, at regular intervals, a peculiar ticking noise by the sudden closing and opening of its mouth. The spawning season extends from January to April: most fish breed during February and March. The only account of the nidification was published in 1848 by Jerdon in his paper ‘‘ On the 1 Day, Fishes of India, p. 371. 2 Thomas, Rep. Pisc. South Canara, p. 72. 8 Gill, Parental care among F.W. Fishes. Ann. Rep. Smith. Inst. 1905 p- 529. and 5 Fishes of India, p. 415. 1916.} B.SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 283 Freshwater Fishes of South India’’ in the Madras Jour. of Lit. and Science, Vol. XV, p. 143. He observes that “At the season of spawning the fish (both male and female I believe though | am not quite certain of this) assumes a brighter livery than at other times; the yellow of its lower surface deepens, and the one dark spot on its side is accom- panied by several others so much soas to give it a marbled appearance, which however is somewhat transient. The eggs are not very numerous, and are depo- sited in the mud at the bottom of the stream, and when hatched, both parents guard their young for many days, vigorously attacking any large fish that pass near them. I have had an opportunity of observing this, as well among fish in confinement as in the streams.”’ The colours are very variable, but usually become very vivid and bright during the breeding season. The whole fish becomes orange, especially the ventral half of the body, the ventral fins turn jet black, and a broad terminal band of the same colour extends along the margin of the anal covering nearly #ths of that fin. The eyes are red, and shining metallic blue lines appear below them and on the opercles. During the breeding season the fish are found in pairs and several pairs build their nests close together in the same locality. Early in February, 1910 I had the opportunity of observing several such nests in an innundated paddy-field in Puruswakam, Madras. They contained eggs and fry in various stages of development, with the parents guarding them. The nest is a shallow cup-shaped pit, roughly an inch deep at the centre and about 3 to 4 inches in diameter, scooped in the bottom debris and lined with the silky fibres of the common freshwater alga (Spivogyra).' All the nests were in very shallow water, the depth varying from 4 to 9 inches. The eggs are not very numerous (in a nest recently obtained there were 266) and are demersal and adhesive in character. They are oval, about 1} by rt mm. each, and of a dark brown colour. They were deposited in the centre of the nest and each egg was found adhering to a plant-fibre, being attached at one end by a short thick stalk. The yolk is dark brown and contains a large oil globule (fig. 26). I have not been able to ascer- tain the interval between oviposition and hatching. The eggs hatch by the top of the egg-membrane lifting off like a lid. The shallow water which becomes tepid during the day no doubt helps to develop the eggs, The parents keep a vigorous guard and every now and then the male or female is seen to stoop over the nest and scrutinise the eggs. Description of fry.—A few eggs obtained from one of the above nests hatched in the aquarium. On the first day the fry measure 44mm. in length (fig. 27), the eyes are pigmentless, the yolk-sac is large, the median fins are continuous and there is no trace of the paired fins. The larvae rest on the bottom with the ventral surface uppermost. There are two cement organs on the head, one above the other, by which they adhere to the bottom debris. Once L Recently in South Arcot I saw a nest which was a mere pit in the sand and the eggs were attached to a submerged rock. 284 Records of the Indian Museum. VOL. Aide the larvae are hatched they are restless; an incessant vibration of their bodies continues day and night. On the second ‘day the length increases to 5 mm. (fig. 28), pigment appears in the eyes and in the form of stellate cells on the yolk-sac, the pectoral fins appear as buds. ‘The habits are the same as on the first day. Ina few days the mouth and anus are formed, the fry assume their normal position, z.e. have their backs directed upwards, and the yolk-sac is considerably reduced. In a fortnight the yolk-sac becomes completely absorbed, only two clusters of pigment spots are now seen, one on the head and the other on the nape: the embryonic median fin still persists, and the fry still adhere to the bottom and oscillate their bodies (fig. 29). So long as the fry keep to the nest the parents guard it and, in the natural surroundings, I have noticed that one of them, the female probably, is engaged in the task of what appears to be feeding the fry. She is seen constantly to go to a selected spot in the neighbourhood, usually only a few feet from the nest, and there dig with her mouth at the root of an aquatic plant and bring up a mouthful of dark sediment which she ejects into the nest. If the nest is attacked she leaves her task and joins the male in defence. As soon asthe voung are able to swim freely the parents and their brood desert the nest and a life of wandering in quest of food commences. In such rambles, the mother occupies generally the centre of the family group and the male takes charge of the circumference. When thus engaged the adults are highly pugna- cious and vigorously attack any large fish that pass near them: on one occasion I saw an adult O. punctatus chased for several yards by one of these fish. As the body of the adult is much compressed and elevated, there is a curious disproportion at various stages of growth in the relative length and height of the body, as will be seen from the table below :— Length g—12 —16 —18 —19g—30 mm. Height 3— 44— 44— 74$— 8—14 mm. In a specimen 9 mm. long the back is green or olive, a well- matked white band is found across the nape and the body is elongated (fig. 30). In young 19 mm. long there is a considerable increase in height so that the body is oval in shape, the back is olive and has 6 broad transverse bands descending half way on the sides and the ventral surface is dirty white. In the adult fish these bands disappear and the lower ends of 3 of them alone are retained as the characteristic 3 spots on either side of the body. When the young are about an inch long they are aban- doned by the parents. 1916.] B.SunpARA Raj: Freshwater lish of Madras. 285 Etroplus suratensis (Bloch). Tamil—Pani shettat, Setha kendaz. Habitat and Habtts.—Fairly common in fresh and brackish water, both in’ ponds and rivers. Salinity does not appear to affect this fish, while it lives and breeds in the Red Hills in absolute fresh water. I have obtained adult fish on at least two different occasions from the sea opposite the mouth of the river Adyar. In the Madras marine aquarium specimens captured in the backwater live in sea water with marine fish. Saltwater specimens are much more vividly coloured than freshwater ones. ‘“ Etropus greatly affect the shallows of a tank or river and congregate near rocks and stones, and if there are wooden palings going into the water, they are often to be found round about them, probably for the sake of the moss and weeds.” ! It is essentially a vegetable-feeder but takes worms and insects also, and according to Thomas ejects the cuticle. It is said to be a very powerful fish for its size, but very sluggish. ‘‘On hot days the Etroplus may be seen basking in large shoals on the surface. They take best from about five o’clock until dusk ; the larger fish especially seem very particular as to the time of day they feed.’ 2 Day’s statement that this fish buries itself in the mud * has not been confirmed by other observers. Recently, while engaged in stocking operations when hundreds of E. suratensis had to be cap- tured, I have observed that it has the peculiar habit of lying flat on the bottom of ponds and rivers to escape drag nets. It occurs almost entirely in the maritime districts and hence is probably unsuitable for stocking waters far inland ; the experiment however is being made by the Madras Fisheries. The only published account of the breeding habits is that of Dr. Willey,* who describes the nest, eggs and young of this species in his preliminary account of the Inland Fisheries of Ceylon, (Reports of 1908 and 1909) ; from which the following extracts are taken :— The breeding habits are very similar to those of FE. maculatus. ‘The eggs . . . are attached to the lower surfaces of stones and logs and are watched over by the male. On May 21, 1909, a Koraliya (EZ. swratensis) HES was Lounds fa\euspaces . I went there about 11-30 A.M. and saw the adults, both male and female keeping guard. When the man who was with me advanced his hand to the small stone projecting from the bank of the canal under which the eggs were attached, the smaller, male, . . . approached and pecked at the man’s fingers. The large, female, kept a little in the background in deeper water. . . . . The eggs were attached contiguously in a single layer on the underside of the stone, which was partially imbedded in the earth at the base of the bank of the canal. Some of the eggs were white, indicating failure and death. The living eggs were in an advanced stage of development, the em- bryo being formed and the yolk pigmented. The yolk is yellow opaque, and | Thomas, Tank Angling, p.91 (quotes from “ Fleur de Lys’’). P= Vhomae, |. cp. 92. 3 Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 162; Fishes of India, p. 416. ; * Notes on the Freshwater Fisheries of Ceylon. Spol. Zeylan., VII, p. 102 (IQII). 286 Records of the Indian Museum. EVOL. Say darkly pigmented, but no pigment was present in the eye. The circulation of the blood is active, and the embryo can change its position within the egg membrane. The surface of the egg appeared minutely rugulose. The length of the egg, without the short stalk, is 2mm., the width 1mm., slightly narrower at the free end. Within 24 hours after finding the nest one of the eggs hatched out, the top of the egg membrane lifting up like a lid; there 1s still no pigment in the eyes, and no mouth; length 5mm. On the second day after hatching pigment begins to appear in the eyes, and on the third day, when the larva is 6mm. long, the mouth opens and respiratory movements commence; foreign particles were noted adhering to what looked like a cement organ at the front of the head. The eggs of Koraliya are very difficult to rear when removed from their proper habitat. On May 23, and again on June 1, more eggs were found attached to cocoanut husks, branches, and stones at Hunupitiya, ;Colombo. . . . . . On October 28, 1909, another series of Koraliya eggs containing formed embryos wasfound . . . . attached to the. outer surface of a short length of water- logged bamboo stem. ‘his species is therefore a perennial spawner. According to Thomas! E. suratensis breeds twice in the year in S. Canara, in May and June and again in December and January. In Madras the specimens in the Red Hills tank build their nests in the open canal in which water is brought to the city, during April and May. Of the later changes which the fry undergo in growth nothing is known, except that ‘‘ very young fish have a large black ocellus surrounded by a white margin extending from the fourth to the tenth soft ray of the dorsal fin.’’ ? Uses.—E. suratensis attains a large size, more than a foot in length, andis a highly esteemed food fish. Its non-predaceous and vegetarian habits make it a very suitable fish for stocking tanks. Eleotris fusca (Bl. and Schn.). Tamil—M ussoorie (Day), in Madras Kul Uluvay. Habitat and Habits.—E. fusca is common in fresh and brackish waters, occurring in ponds, ditches, rivers, and more abundantly in the backwater. It is apparently nocturnal in habits. During the day it is vety slow in its movements, ‘‘ concealing under stones and among weeds, and remaining for hours motionless.”? In an aquarium it becomes very active by night and frequently jumps out of the vessel if uncovered ; and as Jerdon has observed ‘‘ it is very fond of fixing itself vertically to the side of a tub or vase (in which it may be confined) with its head downwards.” Experiments with a specimen in confinement tend to show that the sense of sight in this species is very poor, at least by day. It is said that black fish appear pale white in colour at night; and according to Jerdon ‘it has the faculty of changing its colour, at times becom- ing nearly black, at other times marbled; and usually with a strong line of demarcation between the tint of the back and sides.’ It is tenacious of life and lives a fairly long time out of water. It is carnivorous and a bottom-feeder. | Rep. Pisc. S. Canara, p. 73 (1870). 2 Day, Fishes of Malabar, p. 162. 3 Jerdon, Madras Fourn. Lit. Sci., XV, p. 149. 1916.] B.SunpARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 287 E. fusca breeds during the cold weather in Madras, but in S. Canara, as ascertained by Thomas', in June and July and again in January and February. I have not seen young below 2 cm. in length, and when of that size they are easily distinguished from other young fish by their distinctive colour. A broad black lateral band, very conspicuous and sharply distinguished from the pale colour of the back and abdomen, extends from the snout to the caudal fin, while the summit of the head and the portions of the body above and below this band is pale gray. The younger the specimens the more sharply contrasted are the two colours, Gobius (Acentrogobius) neilli, Day. This small species abounds in shallow pools in the bed of the Cooum and Adyar rivers both in fresh and brackish water. Though essentially a backwater fish, I have kept it living for months in fresh water. It is a bottom-feeder with limited powers of swimming; when resting on the bottom it spreads out its ventral sucker as a support and by means of this organ often adheres to stones and in the aquarium to the glass, and climbs aquatic weeds on the leaves of which it frequently rests. In its natural surroundings it delights to bask in the sun, coming up close to the margin of the water, receding at the least sign of danger and raising a cloud of mud under cover of which it escapes. G. neilli seems to be a perennial spawner as I have seen young ones throughout the year, but it is specially prolific about March and April. It is evidently monogamous and during the breeding season each pair inhabit,a horizontal burrow excavated in the mud. Gobius (Acentrogobius) acutipinnis, C. and V. Tamil—Nation pulowe (C. and V.). Cuvier and Valenciennes describe this species under the two names G. acutipinnis (from Malabar) and G. setosus (from Pondi- cherry); the chief differences between the two being :—(1) the length of the head is 6 in the total length in the former while it is only 5 in the latter; (2) spots and blotches occur on the body of the former whereas they are absent in the latter. There is no constant difference in the relative lengths of the head between the blotched and unblotched forms, and the difference in colour between the two forms appears to be due to the difference in sex; the males, having their bodies spotted and blotched, represent G. acutipinnis and the females, being destitute of such spots, correspond to G. sefosus. Habitat and Habits.—Not uncommon in pools. within tidal influence, in the Adyar and Cooum rivers where the bottom is muddy ; occasionally ascending into fresh water higher up. l Rep. Pisc. S. Canara, p. 73- 288 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vo.. XII, Like most of its congeners G. acutipinnis is a bottom-feeder with limited powers of swimming. It habitually inhabits hori- zontal burrows, which it excavates in the soft mud full of organic debris. These tunnels, which are nearly straight, measure on an average 4 inches in length and half an inch in diameter and are provided with two orifices, one at each end, hidden under some aquatic plant. A pair inhabit a burrow. The two entrances ate a repetition of the usual device employed by shallow-water forms ; if danger threatens at one end, the fish escape by the other, causing a cloud of mud which effectually hides the animal and its burrow. G. acutipinnis breeds about February when the females contain ova. Gobius (Glossogobius) giuris,' H. B. (Pl. xxviii, fig. 31; pl. xxix, figs. 32—36). Tamil—Uluvay or Nallatanni uluvay. The term uluvay appears to have been derived from a Tamil word which means to plough, and is appropriate to a fish which is a bottom-feeder and a burrower. Habitat and Habits.—One of the most common and best known freshwater fish of Madras, occurring everywhere in ponds, ditches and rivers, in abundance. While the typical G. giuris is an ex- clusively freshwater form, the variety kokius is confined to back- waters and the sea. In habits G. gzwris closely resembles other gobies. It is vora- cious and lives for a considerable time out of water, dying with its opercles dilated. The colour of this fish is well adapted to its muddy surroundings. The breeding season extends from October to December in Madras, while it is said to be May to July in Ceylon.” The fish deposit their eggs as a rule in shallow water, in crevices and burrows, usually not of their own construction. The nests have been found under submerged rocks and tiles, in demersed pieces of iron piping, bamboo and cocoanut shells, and more frequently in the deserted burrows of such aquatic animals as crabs (Para- telphusa sp.). The eggs are very numerous and of a pale greenish-yellow colour and are attached in contiguous clusters (fig. 31) to the roof of the burrow. The egg-membrane is in the form of an elongated tube 3 to 6 mm. long and about + to 4 mm. in diameter and holds the egg at the slightly swollen diseal free end. It is attached at the other end by means of a short stalk to a shape- less basal stolon which adheres to the substratum (fig. 32). The parent remains on guard in the burrow and by the movements of its pectoral fins promotes the aération of the eggs. In the early stages of development the embryo faces the at- tached end, with its tail a oD ina Sea) behind (figs. 33 and 1 Max W Gites Die Fische der — Dee p: 768 Ga. ? Willey, Spo/. Zeylan., VII, pp. 102-103. 1916.) B.SuNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 289 34); but when the tail is detached from the yolk-sac the embryo changes its orientation by the agitation of its tail (fig. 35). The fry on hatching (fig. 36) measure about 2°25 mm. long and are not quite so helpless as the larvae of Ophiocephalus, Etroplus, etc., but are able to feed and swim. The parents do not appear to guard them after hatching. The eggs and fry of this species are very difficult to rear when removed from their natural surround- ings. Uses.—G. giuris grows to a foot and a half in length and fetches a high price in the local market when large. Gobius (Oxyurichthys)! striatus (Day). (Pip xxixw fips. 37-38). Tamil—Kundalam. Habitat and Habits —Not uncommon in ponds, rivers and in the backwater. It is a sluggish fish, chiefly nocturnal in habits, and frequents sandy shallows, where it is fond of lying half buried during the day time. Its movements are for the most part confined to the bottom, but it swims occasionally in a feeble clumsy manner, swaying and rolling irregularly. This species breeds from October to November. Mr. Wilson of the Madras Fisheries obtained a nest of this fish with eggs in an advanced condition. Figs. 37 and 38 are copies of his figures reproduced by kind permission. The eggsclosely resemble those of G. giuris and Jike them are attached to the under surface of de- mersed stones, tiles, etc., by means of a gelatinous stolon. Rhyncobdella aculeata (Bloch). Tamil—A: val. Fairly common in fresh and ercieh water. In an aquarium R. aculeata habitually conceals itself by day in the bottom sand or mud, with just the snout and at times the whole head projecting above the sand for respiration; even this is withdrawn at the least disturbance. At night however it emerges to feed. The pointed snout, the weak sight, the conical head, the absence of the ventral and the poorly developed pectoral fins are obvious adaptations to the burrowing habits of this fish. The dorsal spines are organs of defence, while the trilobed proboscis is evidently an organ of touch. ‘The fish lives a long time out of water, and is known to withstand periods of drought by burrowing in the bottom mud of ponds and streams.* ‘‘ It becomes drowned in water if unable to feESs the surface, as it apparently requires to respire air directly.” es Uses.—It is moderately esteemed as food. lL Max Weber, Die Fische der bier: Expedition, p- 475: : 2 Day, Freshwater Fishes and Fisheries of India and Burma, p. 28 (1873). 3 Fauna of Brit. India, Fishes, Il, p. 332. 290 Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL. XII, Mastacembelus pancalus (H. B.). Tamil—Pul Aral. Colour.—In Madras examples the vertical stripes are as a rule absent in adults and the pectoral fins are unspotted. Habitat and Habits.—M. pancalus abounds in tanks all over Madras and in the Cooum, usually above tidal influence. Day is obviously in error in stating ‘“‘I have taken this species in the Ganges ..... but have not seen it in the Coromandel coast south of the Kistna’’, as the fish is too common on the Madras coast to escape notice. Its habits are those of the genus. It is a much smaller species than M. armatus, and in its natural haunts it fre- quents the soft loose mud close to the margin of the water. One of the easiest ways to capture this fish is to draw ashore a portion of the weeds growing in the water and to search for it in the loose mud that is thus brought ashore. M. pancalus breeds during the cold weather. Early in Feb- tuary I obtained the young of this fish in a shallow pool in the Spur tank, Egmore; they measured on an average 30 mm. in length. : Description of the immature fish. D. 24/31. A. 3/35. Shape of body same as that of the adult. Colour.—Pale olive along the back and sides, whitish beneath, iris red. A dark band from the tip of the proboscis to the eye and extending behind that organ over the opercles. About 31 dark transverse stripes at regular intervals on the sides of the body from behind the opercles to the root of the caudal fin. The spinous portion of the dorsal fin is placed in a yellowish groove on the back. Uses.—A small species attaining a maximum length of seven inches and of no market value. Mastacembelus armatus (Lacep.). Tamil—Kal Aral. ‘Though it is said to occur in brackish water elsewhere in India', in Madras it is not known to frequent estuaries or rivers within tidal influence. M.armatus appears to prefer stationary to run- ning water, and is fairly common in large tanks, where it is said to affect the neighbourhood of demersed rocks and stones. Early in February, 1910 I found mature ova in a female. Uses—This species attains a much larger size than R. aculeata which it resembles, and is highly esteemed as food. 1 Day, Fauna of Brit. India, Fishes, I, p. 334. 1916. | B.SUNDARA Raj: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 291 APPENDIX. REMARKS ON THE GENUS HAPLOCHILUS, Tate Regan! has recently suggested a division of the genus Haplochilus into two genera, viz. the genus Haplochilus proper, represented in India by the single species melanostigma, and the genus Panchax, to include the remaining species panchax, lineatum, rubrostigma, dayi and parvus. He has stated the differences as fol- lows :— “In the one (Panchax) the praemaxillaries are flattish and somewhat pro- duced, protractile, the cleft of the mouth is rather wide, horizontal, almost semi- circular, the teeth are in bands, with an outer and a more or less distinct inner series of enlarged teeth, vomerine teeth and pseudobranchiae are present, the gill-membranes are not united, and the pectoral fins are placed low. In the other (Haplochilus) the mouth is small, transverse, not protractile, with the teeth in a single series, sometimes followed by a second series of minute teeth; there are no vomerine teeth or pseudobranchiae, the gill-membranes are broadly united, and the pectoral fins are placed high.”’ This division of the old genus Haplochilus has not been generally adopted in India and further research was desired on the sub- ject.” At the instance of Dr. Annandale I have recently ex- amined all the Indian species save H. rubrostigma and H. dayi* of Ceylon, with special reference to the differences between the two proposed genera, with the result that I accept Tate Regan’s division of the genus but modify some of the differences he has pointed out between the two. In addition I have stated other differences, notably in the structure of the scales and in the habits of the two genera. The praemaxilla.—The shape of this bone differs considerably in the two genera (pl. xxv, figs. 3, 4 and 5). In Panchax, towards the mid-dorsal line of the body where the two premaxillae meet, each gives off posteriorly a flat triangular process of considerable length: the rest of the bone is narrow, elongate and bent back- wards and downwards, tapering to a spine at the extreme corner of the mouth. In Haplochilus the triangular process is feebly represented by a rounded extension, the rest of the bone is short and of uniform breadth, ending in two or more coarse teeth in the corner of the mouth, according to the sex. The mouth.—The cleft of the mouth in Panchax is wide but in Haplochilus it is small: beyond this there is very little to be said by way of a difference. If it is semicircular in Panchax, in Haplochilus melanostigma too it is so to a slight degree, and as to its being horizontal in Panchax and transverse in Haflochilus the distinction to a large extent depends on the proportionate lengths 1 Tate Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), VII, p. 324. 2 Sewell and Chaudhuri, Jnd. Fish of Proved Utility as Mosquito Destroyers, te 2s : 8 Steindachner, Denkscriften der kats. Akad. Wein, LIX, PP. 376-377 (1892). a 292 Records of the Indian Museum. EVOL, Xai of the two jaws. In lineatum the upper jaw is longer, in panchax the two jaws are equal, in parvus the lower jaw is distinctly longer and the direction of the mouth-cleft in the normal unpro- truded condition is very similar to that in melanostigma (pl. xxv, figs. Trane 2). The upper jaw is protractile in Panchax and in the normal unprotruded condition a deep transverse fold is formed across the snout (pl. xxv, fig. 2). In Haplochilus the upper jaw is not pro- tractile and there is no fold. Teeth.—Tate Regan lays special emphasis on the difference iu teeth, which he believes are present in a band in Panchax, while they occur in a single series sometimes followed by a second series of minute teeth in Haplochilus. A microscopical examina- tion of the isolated praemaxilla and mandible of H. melanostigma reveals the presence of a band of teeth hardly distinguishable from that in species of Panchax (pl. xxv, figs. 3 and 4). Vomerine teeth (pl. xxv, figs. 6, 7 and 8).—These are invariably present in all the known Indian species of Panchax, in lineatum as a narrow band composed of three or four rows of teeth, in panchax in a single or occasionally double row; in parvus about three vestigial teeth are borne by the vomers at their extreme anterior end, and in rubrostigma and day: also they are said to occur. It is quite likely that all species of Panchax possess these teeth in various degrees of development. While they are present as a prominent band in lineatum, the presence of the three teeth in favvus can only be detected by a microscopical examination of the vomer. At least so far as Indian species are concerned, their presence or absence constitutes a safe criterion of classification. The pseudobranchiae are glandular, richly supplied with blood during life, and covered by a highly pigmented mucous membrane. They are present in all the three species of panchax examined and probably in rubrostigma and dayt, while they are absent in H. melanostigma. Gill-membranes.—These are broadly united with one another in H. melanostigma, while they are not united, but cleft to the chin in lineatum, panchax, parvus and probably in the other two Indian species of Panchax. Position of pectoral fins.—In melanostigma these are placed high, i.e. nearer the mid-dorsal line of the body than the mid- ventral, whereas in species of Panchax they are placed low (pl. xxv, figs. 1 and 2). Scales.—In meianostigma the scales possess only concentric (circular) striations, but in the three species examined and probably in all other species of Panchax radiating striae (basal radii) are pre- sent in addition to the concentric rings in the imbedded part of the scale (pl. xxv, figs. 9 and 10). Vertebrae.—Their number in the various species are as follows: in melanostigma 29, in lineatum 32, in panchax 29, in parvus 26. ‘Tate Regan seems to have supposed that the number 29 in the species panchax obtains in all the species of the genus Panchax. 1916.] B.SuNDARA Ray: Freshwater Fish of Madras. 293 Breeding Habits.—'There is a wide difference between the Indian representatives of the two genera in spawning habits. 4H. melanostigma as stated above has the remarkable habit of carry- ing the extruded cluster of eggs suspended from a cord attached to the genital opening of the female, probably till they are hatched. Species of Panchax however show no such parental care, and according to the only observer Thomas,' who has recorded oviposition in this genus, Panchax (parvus ?) extrudes a single egg at a time which is soon deposited. The eggs of both genera, how- ever, are adhesive and demersal and are very similar in structure. In addition there are a number of minor differences which separate H. melanostigma from species of Panchax. From all this it is clear that Tate Regan’s division of the genus Haplochilus of Gunther and Day is amply justified and quite natural and neces- sary. ‘The diagnostic characters of the two genera and a key to the Indian species may be drawn up as follows :— Genus Panchax. Praemaxillae flat, elongate and protracticle, a deep transverse fold on the snout, mouth wide, vomerine teeth and pseudobranchiz present, gillmembranes not united, pectoral fins placed low, and scales with concentric and radiating strie. A. With a prolonged ventral ray— Spotted with red ee ee Body with vertical dark bands or blotches— B2o 24 scales one. lines <. as ... lineatum. 29 to 30 scales on L. line ... ci Sse Ie B. No prolonged ventral ray— Numerous vomerine teeth ; greenish or olive in colour ; size large (3” to 33”) ee ioe 3 vomerine teeth; body greenish, with peacock- blue and sometimes Italian pink dots ; size small (13" to 12”) ... Genus Habplochilus. Mouth small, not protracticle, no fold on the snout, neither vomerine teeth nor pseudobranchiz present, gill-membranes broadly united, pectoral fins placed high, and scales with concentric stria- tions only. A single species, H. melanostigma. rubrostigma. panchax. parvus. I have classed P. dayi as a distinct species from P. lineatum, only provisionally, as it is very likely that further research will prove them to be conspecific. Steindachner in his description distinguishes dayi from lineatwm by the intense sexual dimorphism of the former, the most conspicuous differences between the sexes in dayi consisting chiefly in the dark vertical bands of the female and in the elongation of the anal rays of the male. From an ex- amination of a large collection of P. lineatum from Coorg and Cochin, I venture to state that the above-mentioned sexual dimorphism is exhibited by this species also, though Day fails to record it.? 1 Thomas, Tank Angling, p. 112 (1887). » In his Fishes of Malabar, p. 222, Day states that the colours vary according to the sex and that the vertical black stripes are absent in some specimens. 294 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vot,. XII, 1g916.] Apart from sexual dimorphism no salient anatomical feature has been stated in the description of P. dayi save the reduced number of scales on the lateral line mentioned in the above key to the species. History.—McClelland in 1839 founded the genus 4 plocheilus, in which he included the two Indian species melanostigma and panchax. In 1846 Valenciennes made Panchax a generic name and included under it the species panchax and lineatum. T,ater Bleeker distinguished the two genera, restricting the genus Panchax to those species possessing vomerine teeth and the genus Aflochetlus to those destitute of them. Giinther protested against this differ- entiation and included all the known species under the genus Haplochilus, on the ground that ‘‘ the vomerine teeth of panchax are minute and rudimental, not offering a character on which a genus may be founded. In one out of three specimens they are entirely absent.’’ Day stated that the latter statement was not true of his numerous specimens. No such variation is shown by the species I have examined. ‘Tate Regan in the paper cited above remarks that vomerine teeth are not invariably present in Panchax, probably on the authority of Giinther. At least so far as Indian species are concerned, vomerine teeth are always present. Oo OOOO Nien ive aad EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXV. Structural differences between the genera Haplochilus and Panchax. Fics. 1 and 2.—Heads of Haplochilus melanostigma, McClelland and Panchax parvus, sp. nov., showing the position of the mouth and pectoral fin. Note the fold over the snout of the latter. Fic. 3.—Right premaxilla of a female H. melanostigma, McClelland. J: ee: cones ») ” male Jade) By Sie FS of Panchax lineatum, C.V. Fics. 6, 7 and 8.—Vomerine teeth of Panchax lineatum, C.V., P. panchax (H. B.) and P. parvus, sp. nov. g and 10.—Scales of Panchax panchax (H. B.) and Haplo- chilus melanostigma, McClelland. C. S.=circular striations; P.= pectoral fin; R.S. = radiating striations ; T.S. = terminal spines (‘teeth ’’). Plate XXV. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XII, 1916, A.Chowdha ry, lith. B.Sundara Raj, del. FRESHWATER FISH OF MADRAS. “ EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVI. Fic. 11.—Ovum of Panchax parvus, sp. nov. Haplochilus melanostigma, McClelland. Fic. 12.—A cluster of eggs with their long filaments twisted to- gether. 13.—Lateral view of embryo inside the egg-membrane. 14.—Dorsal view of embryo inside the egg-membrane. 15.—Larva just hatched from the egg (dorsal view). 5, 16.— a Be A (lateral view). A. =adhesive threads; An, = anus; C.=pigment cells (chromatophores) ; Ch.=cord formed by twisted filaments from eggs; Cir. = circulation in the yolk-sac; E.=eye; Fil. = filaments; O. G. = oil globule; V. = egg-membrane. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol.XII, 1916. Plate XXVI. f Eo ae re * * eee a ee ee Rath. a a te cad Honea ee CK & ORK. {ea ae Eal iatat FE ROR KE tot a a SER he M Ja Oe ek Ae tte he Oe EEE eR EE EE TE B.Sundara Ray, del, A.Chowchary, lith. FRESHWATER FISH OF MADRAS. EXPLANATION OF PLATH XXVIE Ophtocephalus punctatus, Bloch. Fic. 17.—Egg floating in water. ,, 18.—Enlarged view of an egg. ,, 19.—Lateral view of embryo inside the egg-membrane. ,, 20.—Dorsal view of embryo inside the egg-membrane. ,, 21.—Larva just hatched from the egg. ,, 22.—Larva5 mm.long. Note the first appearance of the mid-dorsal streak (0) with its two spindle-shaped en- largements. Ophiocephalus gachua, H. B. Fic. 23.—Larva 7 mm. long. B. = mid-dorsal band; B. V.=blood vessel ; C.= chromatophores ; Cir. = circulation in the yolk-sac; D.=ear: D.F.=dorsal fin; Bae ve ald. ieabe O.G.= oil globule; V. = egg-membrane; W.= water; Y. = yolk. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XXVII. s waren ner ner rn OY. where eee eee ~~ ------ = Y- i 7s bomocceere canes ccoce sel . == ny > A.Chowdhary,lith. B.Sundara Ray, del. FRESHWATER FISH OF MADRAS. aaah iss ee 5 es ee - ar aes ; Boris aM oe on Seay Sa EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVIII. Ambassis (miops ?), Gunther. Fic. 24.—Lateral view of a young fish. 25.—Dorsal view of the same. Etroplus maculatus (Bloch). Fic. 26.—Egg attached to a plant filament. 27.—Larva just hatched from the egg, 44 mm. long. 28.—Larva on the second day, 5 mm. long. 29.—Larva a fortnight old. 30.—Young fish 9 mm. long. Gobius (Glossogobius) giuris, H. B. Fic. 31.—Two clusters of eggs attached to the root of a plant. An.=anus; B.=white band on the nape; B.V.=blood vessel: Ch. chromatophores ; C.g. = cement organs ; C. E. = cluster of eggs; D. =ear; E. eye; H.=heart; O.G.=oil globule; P.=stalk; P.F.=plant filament; V. egg-membrane; Y.= yolk. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XXVIIL b. SSC COE i B.Sundara Raj, del. A.Chowdhary,lith. FRESHWATER FISH OF MADRAS. rrr SP ae ee ‘ ee) shy : pa be DAY ; ale EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXIX. Gobius (Glossogobius) giuris, H. B. Fic. 32.—Enlarged view of two eggs attached to a root. 5» 33-—Lateral view of embryo within the egg-membrane. 3» 34.—Dorsal view of the same. 55 35-—Lateral view of a more advanced embryo still within the egg-membrane. The tail is uncoiled and the embryo now faces the free distal end of the egg. ,, 30.—Larva just hatched from the egg, 2°25 mm. long. An. =anus; B. V.=blood vessel; D.=ear; E.=eye; H.=heart; M.= mouth ; N.= nasal organ; T.=tail; V.=egg-membrane; Y.= yolk. Gobius (Oxyurichthys) striatus (Day). Fic. 37.— Outline of three clusters of eggs attached to a rock. », 38.—Enlarged view of two eggs with embryos in an advanced stage of development. : a. = egg-membrane; b. = yolk; c.=oil globule ; ds= heart ;< es—eye:; hRecy ind Mus. Vol XH; 1916. Plate XxIX B.Sundara Ray, del. A.Chowdhary, ith. BRB WA Lee: Elst OF MADRAS. SOVCEILT oh Upp bone N LN DLA No BLM Tay = Tir Orle3@ Gay: No. III. ON AN UNSUCCESSFUL ATTEMPT TO INFECT MUS DECUMANUS witH HYMENOLEPIS NANA, SIEBOLD, AND ON THE SECTIONAL ANATOMY OF THAT PARASITE. By F. H. STEWART, D.Sc., Capt., 1.M.S., Hon. Assistant, Indian Museum. (Plates XXXIV—XXXV). The question of the specific identity or distinctness of Hy- menolepis nana, Siebold, and H. murina, Duj., is a matter of prac- tical as well as of scientific interest. Grassi, Calandruccio, and Rovelli (1, 2 and 3) consider that the two species are identical and that H. nana is only a dwarfed variety of H. murina. Moniez (7) and Linstow (5) have maintained on anatomical grounds that they are two valid species. Grassi and Rovelli (3) state that on feeding rats aged between one and three months with ripe proglottides of H. murina the contained onchospheres developed to cysticercoids in the intestinal villi of the rat, and further that the cysticercoids ultimately rupture into the lumen of the intestine and there become adult. They apparently did not attempt to infect man with the tapeworm from the rat or to perform the reverse experiment. Grassi (1) had previously ad- ministered to a boy ripe proglottides of H. nana and had found proof of the subsequent existence of the parasite in the bowel. He did not, however, consider this to be conclusive proof of direct transmission from man to man as Hymenolepis nana is very frequent in the district where the experiment took place. If the two species are identical and if the development in the rat is direct as described by Grassi and Rovelli, it is clear that infection in man will as a rule be due to contamination of food by rats. To prove or disprove the transmissibility of H. murina to man or of H. nana to the rat would therefore be of considerable practical importance. It is also clear that when such eminent zoologists differ on anatomical grounds as to whether the species are one or two, the scientific question can only be decided by feeding experiments. The experiment which the present paper records could unfor- tunately be conducted on a small scale only and as it proved negative would require to be repeated on a larger scale to be 206 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor Soir. conclusive. It is, however, of considerable value in consideration of the statement of Grassi and Rovelli that they obtained infec- tion in every rat employed which was between the ages of one and three months. On the roth of January two young white rats (Mus decu- manus albino) were obtained which were stated to be twenty days old and which appeared to be about that age. Their faeces were examined and no eggs of parasites found. On the 1oth of Febru- ary they were presumably 42 days old. Five specimens of H. nana were obtained on that day from an Indian soldier after the administration of Ol. Chenopodii. One specimen was stained and mounted and proved to contain onchospheres. The remaining four were given, two each, to the two young rats and were actually swallowed by them. On the toth of March and 5th of April the faeces of these animals were examined and found not to contain any ova. One rat died on the 12th of April, the second was killed on the 17th. No tapeworms were found in their intestines. The experiment! therefore tends to prove that Hymenolepis nana and H. murina are two distinct species and that the rat is not the source of infection of man. On THE SECTIONAL ANATOMY OF HYMENOLEPIS NANA, SIEB. The anatomy of Hymenolepis nana, Sieb., has been described by Leuckart (4, pp. 832, 995), Linstow (5), Miura and Yamasaki (6), Railliet (g), and other authors. A full account of the litera- ture is given by Ransom (10). None of the authors mentioned above have illustrated their papers with figures of sections except diagrammatic figures. The present writer therefore considers it desirable to publish drawings of the actual sections together with some pictures of the undissected animal and a short account of the anatomy of the reproductive system. The female reproductive organs are fully developed from the 50th segment; fertilisation takes place between the 62nd and 66th (fig. 12). It takes place abruptly; thus in the 61st segment all the eggs are unsegmented; in the 62nd, if this is the first fertilised segment, the left lateral and ventral half of the egg-mass is segmented, the right lateral and dorsal half unsegmented; in the 63rd segment all the eggs with the exception of one or two near the yolk-gland are segmented. Fig. 12 shows this transition between the 62nd and 63rd segments, it also shows the commenc- ing atrophy of the yolk-gland in the fertilised segments and the testes, seminal vesicle and cirrus sac. - Figs. 1-5 are drawn from sections of the 60th segment. They show the yolk-gland, the bilobed ovary, the receptaculo-ovarian duct, the receptaculum seminis’ and vagina. The receptaculo- ovarian duct has not been described previously in this species. It leads from the receptaculum in the direction of the ovary, but its 1/1 understand that the experiment was carried out at Hong Kong.—Ed. | 1916. | F. H. Stewart: Indian Helminthology. 297 exact lower connection cannot be determined. A uterus is not recognisable apart from the cavity of the ovary. The tissues of the animal are, however, so loose that it is impossible either to prove or to disprove the homology of some of the spaces with the uterus of larger forms. On passing from the unfertilised to the fertilised segments (fig. 12) the egg-mass broadens out. This may be due to a change of situation of the eggs or merely to an increase in size. . The present writer has not been able to recognise a shell-gland. The yolk-gland atrophies at the 65th segment, having decreased in size from the 63rd. Development of the ova.—The ova in the 50th segment have no cell outlines, the nuclei being embedded in a syncytium (fig. 6). At the 53rd segment irregular cell outlines appear (fig. 7). In the 54th segment yolk granules occur in the protoplasm (fig. 8), which increase markedly in size up to the 60th segment (fig. g). Fig. 10 shows the segmented egg of the 62nd segment. The embryos develop double-contoured shells in the goth segment and embryonic hooks in the gIst. , Male reproductive organs in the 60th segment.—The three testes lie near the posterior margin of the segment close to the dorsal surface (fig. 1). The vas deferens (figs. 2 and 3) leads forward to the base of the seminal vesicle. The seminal vesicle (fig. 4), a sausage-Shaped thin-walled structure, runs from the midline to- ward the left side to become continuous with the cirrus pouch. The walls of the latter (fig. 5) are markedly thicker than those of the former and contain muscle fibres. A definite cirrus has not been recognised by the present writer. The seminal vesicle can first be observed to contain sperma- tozoa in the 44th segment. The testes are progressively com- pressed behind the 63rd segment and disappear about the 67th or 68th. Fig. 11 represents the 57th segment of an undissected prepa- tation seen from the ventral surface. It shows the three testes, the vas deferens and seminal vesicle, the ovary, yolk-gland and receptaculum seminis. LITERATURE REFERRED TO IN THE TEXT. 1. Grassi.—Die Taenia nana und ihre medecinische Bedeutung. Centralbl. f. Bakt. und Parasitol., 1887, p. 97. 2. Grassi and Calandruccio.— Weitere Nachrichten ueber Taenia nana. Ibid., 1887, p. 282. 3. Grassi and RovelliimEmbryologische Forschungen an Cesto- den. Ibid., 1889, p. 370. Leuckart.—Menschliche Parasiten. Linstow.—Ueber Taenia nana, Sieb. und T. murina, Duj. Jenaische Zeit. }. Naturwiss., 1896, p. 570. 6. Miura and Yamasaki.—Ueber Taenia nana. Mitth. a. d. med. Fac. d. kats. Jap. Univ. Tokio, 1897, p. 239. gk Records of the Indian Museum. [Vot,. XII, 1916.| Moniez.--Sur le Taenia nana, parasite del’homme. C.R. Ae. Sci. Paris, 1888, p. 368. Meniez.—Traite de Parasitologie, Paris (1896). Railliet.—Traite de Zoolog. Med. et Agricole, Paris (1895). Ransom, B. H.—An account of the tapeworms of the genus Hymenolepis parasitic in man. U.S.A. Hyg. Lab. Bull., No. 18, 1904, Washington, D. C. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXIV. Hymenolepis nana, Siebold. Fic. 1.—Transverse section through the posterior end of the 60th segment. X 400. 2.—Transverse section 24 microns anterior to the above. X 400. 3.—Part of a transverse section 20 microns in front of sec- tion 2. XI1050. 4.—Transverse section 8 microns anterior to section 3. X 400. 3) 9? 5.—Transverse section ‘ microns anterior to section 4. 400. 6.—Section of the ovary of the 50th segment. 1360. 3 29 Plate XXXIV. Rec. Ind. Mus.,Vol. Xll, 1916. N, i iN SN Ce Ce b SS ee 7 SS al AG £. ) Ni We A.Chowdhary,lith. F.H.S. del. HYMENOLEPIS NANA, Siebold. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXXV. Hymenolepis nana, Siebold. Fic. 7.—Section of the ovary of the 53rd segment. XX 1360. ,, 8.—Section of the ovary of the 54th segment. X 1360. ,, 9.—Section of the ovary of the 60th segment. 1360. ,, 10.—Section of an embryo in the 62nd segment. X 1360. ,, I1.—The 57th segment, stained with borax-carmine. 680. ,, 12.—The 62nd and 63rd segments, stained with haematoxylin. X 680. Reference letters.—cir. p. = cirrus pouch; emb. =embryo; gen. ap. = genital aperture ; l.c. =longitudinal canal; n.=nucleus; ov. = ovary; r.o.d. = recepta- culo-ovarian duct ; r.s. =receptaculum seminis; s.v. =seminal vesicle ; t. =testis ; vag. = vagina; v.d. =vas deferens; y.g. = yolk-gland ; y.gr. =yolk-granule. Rec. Ind. Mus., Vol. XII, 1916. Plate XXXV. / COE Via A 5s SA) a PS F. Hu, dei A Chowdhary, lith. HYMENOLEPIS NANA, Siebold. ie ON A-COLMsClIiON OF OL LGCOCHAETA BELONGING TO. THE INDIAN MUSEUM. By J. StepHenson, M.B., D.Sc. (Lond.), Lieut.-Col. I.M.S., Professor of Zoology, Government College, Lahore. (Plates XXX—XXXIITI). CONTENTS. Page Page INTRODUCTION ... eae 290 Gen. Megascolex poe) ae ,,. Pheretima acne | 304: Fam. ete wicie nda SEY Subfam. Octochaetinae Gne, Slavina Stihl oD De ee s Gen. Octochaetus ie BBO Lara x OS * ae Br actria Don . pee ee SH ” “Aulophorus ood Subfam, Trigastrinae eg SES) Gen. Ludichogaster ... 344 Fam. Tubificidae ve 307 5, Dichogaster rep 346 Gen. Lzmnodr tlits saa KOH Subfam. Ocnerodrilinae Fam. Moniligastridae BAe 8307 Gen. Ocnerodrilus ... 348 Gen. LECCE, eee od Fam. Glossoscolecidae sno IG. Fam. Megascolecidae- oot Gu! Subfam. Glossoscolecinae Subfam. Megascolecinae Gen. Pontoscolex Se 340 Gen, Fede per g ou Subfam. Microchaetinae ,, Megascolides shea ue Gen. Glyphidrilus ,., ; : Lampito Spe ee SUS J? a ,, Pertonyx PARA Sy) Fam. Lumbricidae B58 (2152 Notoscolex Teh S25 Gen, Helodrilus 352 INTRODUCTION. The following paper describes a collection of Oligochaeta belonging to the Indian Museum, which has been accumulating for some time. Contained in the collection were a number of worms from Trivandrum and places in the vicinity, handed over to the Indian Museum by the authorities of the Trivandrum Museum. I have also added a few records of worms that have come into my hands from other sources during the preparation of the paper. _ Nineteen forms are described as new, either species or varie- ties ; and one or two more, which I have not named, may be so also. In addition I have given fairly complete descriptions of a few forms which have only been recorded and described once, and that, perhaps, some time ago. There is no addition of importance to our knowledge of the distribution of Indian earthworms; indeed this is hardly to be 300 Records of the Indian Museum. Wor, 2s expected, at any rate from regions represented in the present collection. The genus Megascolides appears again in its double distribution, on the one hand S. India, and on the other the E. Himalayas (cf. Stephenson, 23). The record of an apparently endemic species of Pheretima in S$. India represents an extension of the proper range of the genus beyond the limits that have hitherto been assigned to it. New species of Peritonyx from the E. Himalayas are in accordance with what was to be expected. The Glyphidrilus described below (G. tuberosus} is an interest- ing novelty ; the genus has, however, previously been recorded in India, and its bearing commented on by Michaelsen (14). The new species belongs distinctly to the Further India group, and is not in any way closely related to the African G. stuhlmannt. Artificial introduction must account for the presence of Dicho- gaster bolaui (Mchisn.) subsp. palmicola (Eisen), described by Eisen from the Pacific Coast of America, in the compound of the Mu- seum. An interesting series of specimens of Aulophorus necessitates the fusion of two species, and it is possible that another will sooner or later have to be merged in A. furcatus. Some of the specimens were sexually mature, and I give below an account of the appear- ances ; so far as I know there has hitherto been no description of the genital organs of any species of Aulophorus My best thanks are due to Dr. Annandale for kindly allowing me the opportunity of examining this extensive collection. Fam. NAIDIDAE. The determination, from preserved material, of species belong- ing to the Naididae is liable to be very unsatisfactory. Though the family is particularly fascinating to study in the living condi- tion, spirit specimens are extraordinarily troublesome ; and this is due to several causes. In the first place the setae, on the minute description of which so much depends, cannot be seen as a rule in their whole extent nor in one plane. One can easily, simply by allowing the water to evaporate, cause the coverslip to exercise sufficient pressure on a fresh specimen to flatten it completely ; but this does not answer with preserved material. The only way is to soften the specimen by treatment for some time with solution of potash ; and I once thought that this would prove a method of some value. But I now find that the potash distorts the setae ; and the more, the longer the specimens remain in the solution. According to my observations the setae-may actually swell from a thickness of 3/ to as much as 7/ ; and although the length, position of nodulus, and even the general curve of the shaft are more or less maintained, the shape of the terminal prongs is quite unreliable in specimens so treated. Secondly, the preservation of the setae often leaves much to be desired. It may happen that throughout the whole length of a 1916. ] J. StrePHENSON : Jndian Oligochaeta. 301 specimen not a single dorsal seta is found perfect. In some cases nearly the whole of the dorsal setae may actually be broken off level with the body-wall, scarcely one being left projecting ; so that I was for a time misled, in the examination of one of the present specimens, into thinking that I had before me one of the genera which are without dorsal setae. But even where the ends of the setae of one single segment are alone damaged, it may be difficult or impossible to discriminate, for example, such forms as Pristina longiseta from the other species of its genus. Thirdly, there is frequently more than one species represented in a limited amount of material ; and there is naturally the liability to confusion, especially if some of the specimens are fragmentary. Confusion may easily result if, in order to get a complete description, one specimen is used for the dorsal, another for the anterior ven- tral, and a third for the posterior ventral setae, according as they happen to be well shown in one or other specimen ; additional specimens have frequently to be taken for a description of the process of budding, or perhaps for the internal organs. It is prac- tically impossible ever to write a complete description from a single specimen, I thus spent much time over a tube of eight small worm from Bhim Tal. Besides two specimens that I can say nothing definite about, there was one specimen of a Nats without eyes ; three of a Slavina which I describe shortly below, but which I do not feel justified in naming; and two of a Stylaria which seems to to me to require specific distinction. Gen. Slavina. Slavina sp. (Plate xxx, fig x). Bhim Tal, 4450 ft., Kumaon, W. Himalayas, 2—10-v-1911 (S. W. Kemp). Three speeimens, one considerably damaged. Length 5-5°5 mm., diameter about °25 mm. Segments 47 or 48, with a small undifferentiated zone at the hinder end. No zone of budding. A considerable amount of debris adherent to the surface. Prostomium blunt. No eyespots. The anterior ventral setae are in length 135, in thickness 3u. The proximal prong of the fork is almost equal in length to the distal, but is twice as thick, and this on the whole is much the more massive of the two; the distal prong is slightly claw-like. he curve of the shaft at its proximal end is slight; the nodulus is proximal to the middle point of the shaft, the relation between the segments of the shaft proximal and distal to the nodulus respectively being 2 : 3 or 3:5. There may be up to four setae per bundle (fig. r). Behind the first few segments the ventral setae are not very different from those just described. The length is rather less, 125p, 302 Records of the Indian Museum. [MOK eae and the number in a bundle does not exceed three; but I could not be certain of any other constant distinction. The dorsal setae begin in segment vi, and the bundles consist of one hair-seta and one needle. The hairs are equal to the diame- ter of the body in length, that is about 2504, and taper finely towards the tip; none are specially lengthened, the one on segment vi being in fact rather shorter than that of vii. The needles are straight or perhaps slightly curved at the tip (this last character was only noted in a potash preparation), which is simple; they taper to a point distally, and in length are from 50 to nearly 6or. The bodywall contains pigment grains. Chloragogen cells begin in segment vi; there was a stomachal dilatation in vii in one specimen, but none in another. The sensory papillae characteristic of S. appendiculata are present. They are flat-topped, of some considerable height, often higher than broad, truncated or cylindrical. They are segmentally arranged, several in each segment rather behind its middle, often about at the level of the setal bundles. Remarks.—If{ I could be certain that no specially elongated setae had dropped out from segment vi, this would be an extreme- ly well-defined species (I say ‘dropped out’ because so far as I could see there were no broken stumps on segment vi). It would, I think, be necessary to enlarge the scope of the genus Slavina, defining it by the sensory papillae and covering of foreign par- ticles, without reference to the elongated dorsal setae of vi. The papillae and the foreign particles are such peculiar characters that I cannot doubt the close relationship of this form to S. appendt- culata ; and it would be pedantry to remove it to another genus (e.g. Nazis) or to form a separate genus for its reception, merely because of the absence of specially long setae in a particular segment. Whether such setae have fallen out or not, I think these specimens are specifically distinct from S. appendiculata. Eyespots, which are absent here, are present in S. appendiculata, as a rule, at any rate, though perhaps not constantly [‘‘Augenflecke meist vorhanden”’ Michaelsen, 13; ‘‘ meist mit 2 Augen,”’ Michaelsen (1) ; though Piguet (I9) apparently allows noexception]. Is it not pos- sible that where eyespots are not present in S. appendiculata it is because the individual—on this supposition the former posterior component of a chain—has separated before complete differentia- tion of the head region ? The stomachal dilatation, here in vii, is in viii in S. appendi- culata according to Piguet, and it is in viii also in the specimens which I previously distinguished as S. punjabensts (20), but which Michaelsen (15) thinks are to beincluded under S. appendiculata. The point of the dorsal needles is expanded at the tip in S. appen- diculata (Piguet, 17). I think Michaelsen’s statement (13) that the nodulus is distal in the ventral setae of S. appendiculata is probably a slip. 1916. | J. STEPHENSON : Indian Oligochaeta. 303 Gen. Stylaria. Stylaria kempi, sp. nov. (Plate xxx, fig. 2). Bhim Tal, 4450 ft.. Kumaon, W. Himalayas, 2—10-v-1g11 (S. W. Kemp). ‘Two specimens. Length 2:25-4mm. Noeyes. The prostomium forms a long narrow proboscis, in length equal to three times the diameter of the body. n=25. The anterior ventral setae (fig. 2) (segments ii-v) are 120 in length; the terminal prongs are very unequal, the distal being large, the proximal veryshort. The nodulus is markedly proximal, the relation between proximal and distal portions of the shaft being 1:2. The distal curve of the seta is slight, the shaft being straight almost to its end; there is a slight bending forwards (in the direction towards which the prongs point) of the shaft at the nodulus. The number in a bundle is six or fewer. The posterior ventral setae (vi backwards) are 96-100 in length. The proximal prong is perhaps even more rudimentary than in the more anterior setae. The nodulus is still proximal, but not so markedly, the relation of the two parts of the shaft being 2:3. There isa slight ‘kinking’ of the shaft at the nodulus here also. The number in a bundle is six or seven. The dorsal setae begin in segment vi. In each bundle there is a long hair 450-600n, i.e. twice, three times, or even more than three times as long as the diameter of the body. In addition to the long hair there are others, shorter, equal in length to the diameter of the body or less, 200% down to 120» or less, even 80y. A third component of the dorsal bundles exists in the form of two or three short, fine, and sharp needles, 4or in length; these do not appear to differ (except in length) from the shortest of the hairs, and may be merely a younger stage of the latter. It is possible also that the shorter hairs are merely a stage in the growth of the long hair; certainly they are much thinner, but then they naturally would be thinner if they represent only the distal portion of the fully formed long seta. ‘There is apparently however only one long hair per bundle, which seems to mark it out as a. special structure. There are no septal glands. ‘The gut may show either a sudden and considerable widening, or only a slight dilatation, in segments viii and ix, taking up both these segments. Remarks.—The chief difference between this species and the common S. lacustris is the absence of eyes in the present case. This would seem to be an absolute distinction, since Piguet (17) states that he has seen hundreds of specimens of S. lacustris, but none without eyes. Piguet also describes a pigmented band encircling the gut (not always marked) in each segment after the sixth in S. lacustris ; I did not observe this in the present specimens. Michaelsen (13) 304 - Records of the Indian Museum. [VoL 22cm would limit the length of the hair setae of S. lacustris to, at most, a little more than the diameter of the body. The present specimens have no resemblance to S. lomondi, Martin (8). Gen. Pristina. Pristina longiseta, Ehrbg. Aquarium, Elphinstone College, Bombay, 26-ii-1913 (S. P. Agharkar). A few small specimens, along with some examples of Aulophorus (v. inf.). Pristina aequiseta, Bourne. Allahabad, Jumna River, 10-1-1g09 (A. D. Jmms). A number of speci- mens. The specimens correspond with the Nazdium tentaculatum of Piguet (17). This author has however (18) more lately united the Swiss species with the Pristina aequiseta of Bourne’(3). This is not accepted as beyond doubt by Michaelsen (13), who denotes Piguet’s species as “‘ P. tentaculata, Piguet (2? < P. aequiseta, Bourne).’’ Gen. Aulophorus. The collection under review contains specimens of Aulophorus from two localities,—a hot spring at Khed, and an aquarium in Elphinstone College, Bombay. Before assigning them to their position in the genus, I wish to make a few remarks on them, and to indicate the conclusions which it is possible to draw. In the specimens from Khed, besides the palps, there were three pairs of gills, all about the same size, arising from within the margin of the funnel ; the dorsal margin of the funnel projected backwards slightly as an indented prominence, which was apparent- ly not gill-like (pl. xxx, fig. 3). In one specimen examined, how- ever, the dorsalmost of the three gills, though of large size, seemed to be continuous with the margin of the funnel, —to be itself the folded margin, in fact. It may be noted also that in the specimen from which the figure is taken the anterior gill on the right side is almost completely continuous with the margin of the funnel. In the specimens from Bombay, there are three pairs of gills, decreasing in size anteriorly, all separate from and within the margin of the anal funnel. The dorsal margin of the funnel has the form of a straight edge, without projections, and is not gill- like (this was confirmed by sections). In one specimen however the dorsal lip projects slightly,—according to my original notes, not unlike what is described for A. stephensont, Mchlsn., where there is a gill-like projection on each side (v. inf.). Now let us consider the following series of forms :— (1) Aulophorus furcatus.—-Two pairs of gills, with one pair of accessory gills, the latter being the dorso-lateral project- ing margin of the funnel; when the funnel is fully Ig16. | J. StepHENSON : Indian Oligochaeta. 305 expanded these appear merely as a fold of the margin (cf. Stephenson, 24). (2) The single specimen from Khed, referred to above, in which the anterior of the three pairs of gills are continuous with the margin of the funnel. (3) The specimen figured (fig. 3), where one of this pair is well within the margin. (4) The bulk of the specimens from Khed, with three pairs of true gills (¢.e. all separate from and within the margin). (5) The Bombay specimens, similar to the last, the dorsal margin of the funnel not gill-like. (6) The single specimen from Bombay, with three pairs ot gills, and projections of the dorsal margin of the funnel. (7) Aulophorus stephensoni, described as having four pairs of gills, the anterior being the smallest, and forming only small projections on the margin; using the recognized terms, there are ‘three pairs of true and one pair accessory gills. (8) Aulophorus palustris, Mchlsu. (11, 22) possessing four pairs of gills, all within the margin of the funnels. The series is not in absolute strictness one of increasing com- plexity throughout, since the Khed specimens (2, 3 and 4) have a somewhat projecting and indented dorsal margin, while this is quite straight in 5. But it does show in a striking manner the evolution of successive pairs of gills as differentiations of the margin of the anal funnel. I think it will be admitted that, with the exception of number 8, the difference between the arrangements of the gills in successive terms is nowhere sufficient to allow us to separate the successive terms as different species or even varieties. No. 6 is almost identi- cal with 7; sois 5 with 6, and moreover comes from the same limited batch of material; both 5 and 6 must therefore be united with 7. The same reasoning obliges us to unite 2, 3 and 4 with I. But 5 is identical with 4, or even slightly less differentiated, since it wants the slight bifid projection of the dorsal margin of the fun- nel. From a consideration of the characters of the gills, then, we must conclude that Aulophorus furcatus, A. stephensont, and all intermediate forms constitute a single species. I have said ‘‘ from a consideration of the characters of the gills.’ The case would be different if we could differentiate the terms of the series by means of other structures, —for example the setae. I do not think we can. ‘There is a considerable amount of variation to be met with amongst these forms. Recent descrip- tions of A. furcatus have been given by Piguet (19) and myself (24) ; Piguet finds a stomachal dilatation of the gut in segm. viii, which was absent in my specimens, and there are slight differences in the accounts of the setae. I found that in the Bombay specimens the prongs of the posterior ventral setae were as a rule equal in length, and the distal was about two-thirds as thick as the proximal ; 306 Records of the Indtan Museum. [Vortec but sometimes the distal was shorter than the proximal, and very fine. ‘The position of the nodulus is known to vary in setae of the same bundle in A. stephensoni (21), as well as in A. furcatus (24). I have made a careful comparison of the setal and other characters of all the forms tabulated above ; and I have come to the conclusion that the differences, such as they are, cannot be used for purposes of discrimination between them. They are of the same order as the differences of which examples have just been given, and therefore fall within the limits of individual variability. As tothe outlying term of the series, A. falustris, the setal and other characters here also allow of no distinction. The gap between it and its next neighbour, in regard to the gills, is how- ever fairly well marked, and it may therefore be allowed for the present to retain the distinction of a separate specific name. A. stephensoni, however, must disappear, and it is probable that A. palustris will eventually have to follow it. Aulophorus furcatus (Oken). (Plate sexx, fiei3): Aquarium, Elphinstone College, Bombay, 26-11-1913 (S. P. Agharkar). Several specimens. Hot spring at Khed, Poona Dist., 31-x-1912 (S. P. Agharkar). Numer- ous specimens. Some of the specimens from Bombay were sexual, though perhaps not quite fully mature (apparent absence of female funnels). However, the individuals which were examined by sections had already copulated (presence of spermatozoa in the spermathecae). The clitellum extends from the anterior end of segment v back to the middle of vii (=24). This region is not thickened, and is not distinguishable except in sections. I would not say that I definitely identified the testes and ovaries in segments v and vi respectively ; there may have been some confusion with the ganglion cells of the ventral nerve cord. Many developing spermatozoa were free in v. The spermsac, as usual a backwardly directed diverticulum of septum 5/6, extends back to the hinder end of vii. The male funnels are cup-shaped, near the middle line, close together, indeed apparently continuous with each other. They look upwards and backwards, and are placed in the mouth of the spermsac; thus, though morphologically in v, they appear at first sight to be in vi. The vas deferens runs on septum 5/6 downwards for a short distance, and enters the anterior face of the atrium. The atrium, in segment vi, is small, subspherical, and in the specimens examined contained ripe spermatozoa. Its wall is com- paratively thin; its lining epithelium is cubical, and there is no covering of prominent peritoneal cells. The ejaculatory duct is short and somewhat invaginated upwards into the atrium ; a thick cluster of cells surrounds it. The aperture is on segment vi. 1g16.] J. STEPHENSON . Indian Oligochaeta. 307 The ovisac extends backwards into segment ix; as usual it encloses the spermsac. It was mostly occupied, in the specimens examined, by discrete yolk granules; a cluster of young ova was seen in segment viii, neither at the anterior nor the posterior end of the sac. The female funnel, oviduct, and aperture were not identified. The spermathecae are ovoid sacs, confined to segment v; their long axis is mainly longitudinal, but directed somewhat downwards as well as backwards; they take up nearly the whole length of the segment in a longitudinal direction. They are thin-walled and, in the examples investigated, contained sperma- tozoa and granular matter There is no prominent peritoneal investment. The duct leaves the ventral surface of the ampulla ; it is narrow, straight, and as long as the ampulla is high. Its lining epithelium is cubical. The aperture is near the anterior border of segment v. Fam. TUBIFICIDAE. Gen. Limnodrilus. Limnodrilus sp. Sona Sar Lake, Kashmir, 12500 ft., no date (H. S. Bion). A number of specimens. The worms showed the first stages in the development of the genital organs. Testes and ovaries were present, but the male ducts and spermathecae were very incomplete. The diagnosis of the genus is suggested by the fact that the dorsal setae are of the same type as the ventral. Fam. MONILIGASTRIDAE. Gen. Drawida. Drawida jalpaigurensis, sp. nov. (Plate xox, tes a4, 6): Mud at edge of R. Tista, Jalpaiguri, base of E. Himalayas, 3-vi-1911 (NV. Annandaleand 5. W. Kemp). be ; dd is distinctly more than half the circumference. No ventral setae are distinguishable in segment ii; lateral setae in this seg- ment could be seen only on the right side. Nephridiopores are in the line cd; there is no alternation in position. No clitellum was distinguishable. The male apertures are conspicuous slits with tumid lips in furrow 10/11; the middle point of each aperture is between the lines of the ventral and lateral setae, slightly nearer the latter. The female apertures were doubtfully identified as a slight whitening of furrow 11/12, in the lines of the ventral setae. 310 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vons xt The spermathecal apertures appear on separating the lips of furrow 7/8 as slits a little below the level of setae e. Internal Anatomy.—Septum 5/6 (the first) is slightly, 6/7 moder- ately, 7/8 and 8/9 considerably thickened. There are four gizzards, in segments xii-xv. The last heart is in segment ix. The meganephridia are of the usual type in the family. The testis-sacs are large, subovoid, asymmetrical. ‘The left projected into both ix and x, but more forwards into ix, where in this specimen it reached septum 8/9; it is not constricted by the septum 9/10 on which it is suspended. The right projected back- wards only, reaching and bulging back septum Io/TI1r. The vas deferens forms a closely packed coil in front of 9/10; if unravelled it would form a tube of considerable length. Its first portion is very fine. On opening the testis-sac and shelling out the contents the thin transparent sac-wall shows a slight but well-defined circular opacity around the commencement of the vas deferens ; this thicken- ing represents the funnel. The testis is a small round mass attached to the wall of the sac just in front of the funnel. Both funnel and testis were anterior in position to the septum on the left side (this sac being the one opened). The prostate, in x, is a white ovoid mass attached to the parietes by a narrower base. ‘The junction of the vas deferens was not seen distinctly ; but the vas seems to go under the perito- neum and some muscular strands in the last part of its course, and to join the base of the prostate at the outer and anterior side of the gland. Exceptionally numerous and definite muscular bands radiate outwards and backwards from the base of the prostate to the bodywall. The ovarian chamber, limited as usual by septa 10/11 and 11/12, remains unopened in the dissection for opening and displaying the worm, 72.e. these septa meet and fuse some distance beneath their combined attachment to the dorsal parietes. The chamber contains the nephridia, ovaries and oviducal funnels. The ovaries, not fully developed in the present specimen, appear each as a fringe on the anterior wall of the chamber, and arch upwards on each side towards the middle dorsal line. No egg-sacs were developed in the present specimen. The spermathecae present a pear-shaped ampulla, which narrows at its outer and lower end to form the duct. This latter forms a long coiled tube in segment viii, which passes downwards behind 7/8 to the junction of the septum with the parietes. Here it joins the atrium, which is partly buried in the bodywall, but when freed forms a finger-like, somewhat curved projecting lobe on each side of the septum. Remarks.—The original account of this species is by Bourne (2,4). The above description is fairly complete, and adds a con- siderable number of details. 1916. | J. STEPHENSON : Indian Oligochaeta. 311 Fam. MEGASCOLECIDAE. Gen. Pontodrilus. Pontodrilus bermudensis, Bedd. f. ephippiger (Rosa). From a rotten palm tree lying in the water, Pamban, Ramnad Dist., 21-ii-103 (S. li. Kemp). Several specimens. Gen. Megascolides. Megascolides tenmalai, Mchlsn. var. karakulamensis, var. nov. (Plate xxxeaies+ 67) Karakulam, 17-x-1911. ‘lwo specimens, both incomplete posteriorly. External Characters.—Length 70 mm. +; breadth 1-1: mm. Colour a nondescript medium grey, clitellum brownish yellow. Segments 93 +. Prostomium absent (or invisible). Dorsal pores small, the first in groove 4/5 (?). Setae in front of clitellum have the following relations :—taking the interval ab as the standard, aa= 2ab (= 22ab near anterior end), be =2ab, cd==12ab. Behind the clitellum aa==2-22ab, bc = 2ab, cd=t2ab or less. The seta d is above the lateral line of the body, dd being about 4 of the circumference. The clitellum extends ventrally from xiv-2xvii= 31, dorsally xiv-xvi=3. A faint annulation is visible; ventral setae are not discoverable on these segments. The male pores, on segment xviii, are associated with a pair of irregularly ovoid elevations, longitudinally placed with the an- terior ends slightly converging. The posterior ends of these eleva- tions are narrower than the anterior; the male apertures are pos- sibly on the inner margin of the elevation, in a slight indentation where the narrower passes into the broader part; if so, they would be in line with seta a. The anterior slightly converging ends of the elevations are thus within a; in length the elevations take up about the length of the segment, but slightly transgress groove 17/18 in front and fall short of 18/19 behind (fig. 6). The female pore or pores are contained within a circular whitish patch on xiv, just behind the groove 13/14. The extent of the patch is less than the interval aa. The spermathecal apertures, smail, in 7/8 and 8/9, are in line with b. Internal Anatomy.—Septum 4/5 is very thin, 5/6 thin, 6/7 somewhat thickened, 7/8-10/11 moderately thickened, 11/12 on- wards somewhat thickened even as far as 18/19. The gizzard is in segment v, of moderate size, and rather soft. There are no calcareous glands. The intestine begins in xvii. The last heart is in xiii, Beginning from the hinder end of the pharynx, the micro- nephridia form large tufts in each segment, but there are none on 312 Records of the Indian Museum (VoL. XII, the bodywall in front of the clitellum,—none visible, at any rate. Behind the clitellum the disposition is quite different ; the micro- nephridia, few and relatively large, are attached to the bodywall; towards the posterior end of the (incomplete) specimen there were about half a dozen nephridia of moderate size on each side in each segment, but no meganephridium. Testes and funnels are free, in segments x and xi. The vesi- culae seminales are two pairs, in xi and xii, on the anterior wall of each segment. Those in xi are very small, those in xii of moder- ate size. The prostates are one pair, long, flat and strap-like, with slightly lobed margins, and extending backwards to segment xxi; they look at first sight like small flattened masses of coagulum on the bodywall. The portions of the gland in successive segments are connected only by narrow necks; but each of the quadrangular expansions which occupy the individual segments appeared to be lobular in constitution, and the margins are slightly indented. One gland was sectioned; not more than one duct was visible, which was seen to give off, in one section, a small side branch; but even the single central duct becomes difficult or impossible of distinction some distance down the series. The prostatic duct begins near the anterior inner angle of the gland, and forms an oval loop, passing first inwards and backwards, then curving round outwards and forwards ; it is of equal diameter throughout and is confined to segment xviii. No penial setae were discovered. Ovaries were present in xiii; funnels were not identified. A couple of small structures in xiv may perhaps represent ovisacs ; but the specimen was too small to allow a definite determination of their nature. The spermathecae (fig. 7) are pyriform sacs, narrowing to form a duct which is not marked off in any way from the lower part of the ampulla. A single diverticulum arises from the middle of the length of the duct; it is narrow and club-shaped, with a simple cavity, and in length is about two-fifths as long as duct and ampulla together. No spermatophores were seen; and there were no glan- duiar appendages round the duct. Kkemarks.—The differences of the above specimens from the typical form (Michaelsen, 14) entitle it to rank as a variety. The distinguishing marks are the prostomium, the setal intervals, the smaller extent of the clitellum, the position of the gizzard (here in v), and the absence of glands round the spermatheca. I think the nephridia are also likely to form a distinction; Michaelsen could not see any; they must therefore be very small in the typical form, or else Michaelsen’s specimens must have been in a very bad state of preservation ,—which however is not stated to have been the case. Evenina badly preserved specimen I think nephridia of the size of those I found would probably have been visible. Michael- sen puts the male pores on the swellings in xviii; they seemed to Ig16. | J. STEPHENSON - [ndian Oligochaeta. 313 me to be probably at the inner margin, but I will not say that they might not be at the outer margin with almost equal probability. Megascolides oneilli, Stephenson var. monorchis, var. nov. Darjiling to Soom, 7000-5000 ft., E. Himalayas, 14-vi-1914 (F. H, Gravely). A single specimen. External Characters.—Length 115 mm., maximum breadth 5mm. Colour pale buff, somewhat mottled on dorsal surface and towards posterior end. Segments 188; segments iv, v biannular, the rest triannular as far as some distance behind the male pores. Prostomium prolobous. Dorsal pores very obvious, from groove 9/10 onwards. Setae very small, paired. Behind the clitellum the relations, expressed in terms of the distance ab, are:— aa=3- 4ab, bc is rather less than aa and = 3a), cd = 2ab or rather less further back. In front of the clitellum aa is rather less, > or = 2a), bc =or < 3ab, cd as before = 2ab. The interval dd = 2 circumference, or nearly. The clitellum was indistinguishable. The male pores are on segment xvii. Ventrally this segment presents a somewhat thickened pad, extending laterally rather beyond c, and taking up the whole length of the segment in an antero-posterior direction. The apertures are minute, between the lines of setae a and b. Secondary furrows are present in front of and behind the apertures, somewhat as in the typical form. Setae cd of xvii are present, but ab are absent. The anterior two-thirds of the ventral surface of xviii is also thickened, and the ventral setae are absent. The female apertures are not visible. The spermathecal apertures are in line with a, in grooves 6/7 and 7/8. Internal Anatomy.—Septum 5/6 is thin, 6/7-9/10 are much strengthened, Io/11 and 11/12 somewhat strengthened, and the next few decreasingly thinner. The gizzard is large and barrel-shaped, in segment vi, and is preceded by a soft dilated crop-like portion of the oesophagus. Well-marked calcareous glands are present in segments vili- xii; each is kidney-shaped, well set off from the gut, and contained within the curve of the corresponding heart. The intestine begins in xiv; there is a conspicuous typhlosole of a curious appearance, characterized by possessing numerous closely set transverse folds along each side. The last heart is in xii. There are large tufts of micronephridia by the side of the crop, but in general the nephridia in the anterior part of the body are minute and scattered. At the posterior end of the body the arrangement is different; meganephridia are present in addition to micronephridia, as very slender and much elongated loops. The meganephridia are not seen in any number on the bodywall on pinning out the animal, since for the most part they remain 314 Records of the Indian Museum. [Vor one, attached to the intestine. They have an attachment dorsally to the dorsal vessel, by a connective tissue strand, at about the middle of each segment, and extend downwards nearly as far as the level of seta b. Testes and funnels are free in segment ix, and in this segment only. Vesiculae seminales are present in segments x, xi and xii, on the anterior wall of each segment; those of x were of moderate size, those of xi and xii were small and obviously not fully de- veloped,—indeed the one on the left side of xii was wanting. The prostate, in the single specimen, was small, tongue-like, and contained mostly in segment xix; passing forwards it becomes the considerably coiled duct, which remains soft and non-muscular, and, keeping the same diameter all the way, ends in segment xvii. The vas deferens joins the gland at its base, where it passes into the duct. From the number of strands which radiate from the neighbourhood of the male aperture to the bodywall this region appears to be very retractile. Small ovaries were present on both sides. The spermathecae were small and not fully developed. They were situated in segments vii and viii, opening in 6/7 and 7/8, near the middle line, and appeared as small ovoid sacs, narrowing to a duct, which is scarcely separately distinguishable; there is a single diverticulum which arises from the base of the ampulla, is cylin- drical in shape, and about half to two-thirds as long as the ampulla. No penial setae were discoverable. Remarks.—The remarkable shifting forwards of the organs in the anterior part of the body occurs here as in the type form (23). The chief differences which mark the present example as distinct are the extra pair of calcareous glands in segment viii, and of seminal vesicles in xii, and especially the presence of only a single pair of testes and funnels. Less important are the differ- ences in the setal arrangement, and in the extent of the dorsal pores. Through the kindness of Dr. Annandale I was able to re-ex- amine the type form of the species, in order to compare the condi- tion of the nephridia in the hinder part of the body. Here also I found meganephridia of considerable size, which lie, in the dissec- tion, not on the bodywall but on the intestine ; the nephridia are attached to the intestine in the immediate neighbourhood of the dorsal vessel; each consists of a series of loops, of which the dorsal are the largest; and thus each nephridium as a whole is stouter dorsally and thins towards its ventral end. I also took the opportunity of re-examining the type form as regards the prostates. I found that they were much lobulated, indeed cut up to an extreme degree, and nothing could be further from the tubular type. The condition is illustrated in pl. xxx, fig. 8. The difference between the variety and the type form is probably due to the earlier stage of development of the latter. 1916. | J. STEPHENSON : Indian Oligochaeta. 315 Gen. Lampito. Lampito mauritii, Kinb. Trivandrum ; numerous specimens taken on a number ef occasions. Cape Comorin, 7-xi-1911. Several specimens. Under stones by tank, Museum compound, Calcutta, 9 and 11-iv-19g10 (Ff. H. Gravely). In mud in flower-pots, Ross I., Andamans, 26-11i-1g11 (C. Paiva).